NZX Full Year 2025 Results & Annual Report Published
Proudly backing
New Zealand
2025
Annual Report
As New Zealand’s
Exchange, a leading
investment funds manager,
and a technology funds
platform, we are guided
by our commitment to
helping Kiwi companies,
investors and New Zealand
get ahead with confidence.
For businesses
we provide the capital pathways
and market expertise – from listing
planning, connecting with investors,
to ongoing management and
compliance – they need to grow.
NZX Annual Report 2025
2
For investors
we offer access to many of
New Zealand’s largest and most
innovative companies, enabling them
to build and protect their wealth,
invest for retirement and contribute
to the success of the industries
powering our economy.
And for NZ
we play a central role in
strengthening the capital markets
that underpin economic growth.
We work closely with Government
and industry to unlock investment,
improve market liquidity and remove
barriers to growth.
NZX Annual Report 2025
3
Nā tō rourou,
nā taku rourou
ka ora ai te iwi
With your food basket and my food
basket, the people will thrive
About this report
Welcome to the NZX 2025 Annual Report:
Proudly backing New Zealand.
The report outlines the work the NZX Group has
done this year to deliver sustainable wealth, value and
opportunities for all.
The report’s theme demonstrates:
• NZX’s progress in delivering to our strategy of growing
a more integrated financial markets infrastructure and
services business;
• The strong New Zealand market links between the
component businesses in the NZX Group;
• How NZX is creating value to our shareholders and
New Zealanders; and
• The successful actions we are undertaking with
government and industry on capital market reform to
boost market activity and New Zealand’s productivity.
The report includes our full Financial Statements (and
Notes to the Financial Statements) for the year ended
31 December 2025, along with commentary on the
Company’s financial results and operational performance.
The Business Year (How We Performed and Who We
Are) and the NZX Group Overview (How We Deliver
Value) provide information on our key performance
and organisational metrics as well as our Purpose,
Vision and Strategy.
Stakeholders, customers and investors can also read
our performance in Operating Responsibly that covers
our environmental social and governance (ESG) matters.
It is broken down into three sections (Our People,
Our Environment, and Our Markets and Economic
Performance).
Our Remuneration section aligns with the voluntary
NZX Remuneration Reporting Template for Listed Issuers.
The Governance section of the report describes how
we set the objectives and direction for the business,
and the framework for identifying and managing risks is
outlined in the Risk Report.
Our corporate governance policies are available
online at https://www.nzx.com/about-nzx/investor-
centre/governance/policies
NZX Limited is registered with the New Zealand
Companies Office and our New Zealand Business
Number (NZBN) is 9429036186358.
This report is dated 25 February 2026 and is signed
on behalf of the Board of NZX Limited by John McMahon
(Chair), and Lindsay Wright (Chair of the Audit and
Risk Committee).
NZX Annual Report 2025
4
Contents
1. Business Year
How we performed 6
Who we are 8
Year in review 202510
2. NZX Group Overview
How we deliver value 30
Strategic priorities 32
Our Board 34
Our Leadership Team36
3. Operating Responsibly
Overview40
Our people 42
Our environment 46
Our markets & economic performance48
4. Corporate Governance
52
5. Remuneration
63
6. Risk Reporting
73
7. Financial Statements
82
8. Independent Auditor’s Report
123
9. Statutory Information
130
10. Appendices
137
NZX 2025 Climate Report 138
GRI Content Index 151
Getting in touch
155
P. 6
P. 3 0
P. 4 0
P. 5 2
NZX Annual Report 2025
5
Still to do
How we
performed
Funds Under Management
$15.8b
17.6%
Total Value Traded
$41. 2b
0.9 %
Information Services Revenue
$20.2m
1.5%
Dairy Derivatives Lots traded
815, 494
22.2%
Funds Under Administration
$19.9b
23.1%
NZX Annual Report 2025
6
Still to do
Data highlighted on pages 6 and 7 is “for the financial year ended 31 December
2025” or “as at 31 December 2025” (as applicable). Percentage changes represent
the movement from 2024 to 2025, except Funds Under Management and Funds
Under Administration which are the movement in balances at 31 December 2024
to 31 December 2025.
* Operating earnings are before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation,
amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, change in fair
value contingent consideration, impairment loss on goodwill and share of profit of
associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS.
The Group’s definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly
titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
Excludes one-off integration and restructure costs of $1.8 million in 2025
(2024: $1.3 million). Operating earnings including one-off integration and
restructure costs increased 11.0% to $51.7 million.
** “Like-for-like” net profit after tax excludes the 2024 accounting adjustments
to the fair value of the QuayStreet earnout provision, offset by a partial write
down in the value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority. The 2024
financial information has also been restated for a change in accounting policy
(refer to Financial Statements Note 8). “Like-for-like” net profit after tax for 2024 was
$17.9 million, with 2025 NPAT up 20.2% year-on-year.
6.3¢
Capital Listed & Raised (billions)
0
5
10
15
20
25
20252024202320222021202020192018201720162015
Prior 5 Years Rolling Average (FY)
Capital RaisedFCG
Total Capital Listed and Raised
$21.5b
(New + secondary)
35.9%
Dividend (Fully imputed)
cents per share
Operating Earnings
*
$53.5m
11.6%
Net Profit After Tax
**
$21.5m
14.2% 20.2% on like-for-like NPAT
Total capital listed and raised was $14.4 billion for the period,
excluding Fonterra Co-operative Group’s transfer to the NZX Main Board.
NZX Annual Report 2025
7
NZX operates New Zealand’s equity, debt, funds,
derivatives and energy markets. To support the growth of
our markets, we provide trading, clearing, settlement,
depository, and information services for our customers.
NZX also owns Smart, New Zealand issuer of
listed Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs); KiwiSaver,
investment, superannuation and insurance provider
SuperLife; and diversified fund manager QuayStreet
Asset Management.
NZX Wealth Technologies is a 100%-owned subsidiary
delivering comprehensive online platform functionality
to enable New Zealand investment advisors and providers
to efficiently manage, trade and administer their
clients’ assets.
NZX is responsible for monitoring and enforcing the
rules under which NZX's markets operate. This applies
directly to issuers, market participants and indirectly
(through market participants) to investors. This function is
undertaken by NZ RegCo, an independently
governed entity.
Learn more about us at: www.nzx.com
Total Market Capitalisation
$247b
Listed equity, debt and funds
4.7%
Issuer relationships
323
Total listed equity, debt, funds and other securities
2.4%
Secondary Markets
10.5m
Trades in 2025, with a total value of $41.2b
13.3%
Information Services
6 ,14 6
Professional data terminals
0.5%
Smart
160,686
Members across KiwiSaver, investment,
superannuation, and insurance solutions
2.1%
NZX Wealth Technologies
59, 4 31
Investor portfolios, with total Funds Under
Administration of $19.9b.
9.0%
Who we are
NZX Annual Report 2025
8
New Zealand
NZX Operations
(Wellington and Auckland)
Head Offices of NZX-listed
Companies
Global affiliations
ASX – Sydney
HKEX – Hong Kong
LSE – London
NASDAQ – New York
SGX – Singapore
TMX – Toronto
SPSE – Suva
SSE – Shanghai
WFE – World Federation of Exchanges
SSE – Sustainable Stock Exchanges Initiative
EEX – European Energy Exchange
Full-time equivalent employees
(excluding contractors & consultants)
356.3
Employees (FTE) by
Business Unit
71.0
80.2
109.3
15.1
80.7
Employees by
Age Group
26.0%
21.9%
24.1%
19.2%
3.9%
4.9%
Gender Diversity
All Employees
34.0%
15.3%
8.8%
41.1%
0.8%
Capital MarketsNZ RegCo
Corporate
Services
SMART
Wealth Tech
<30 years30–39 years
40-49 years50-59 years
≥60 yearsNot declared
49%
4%
3%
2%
1%
28%
13%
Ethnic diversity of NZX
European/Pākehā
Asian
Undisclosed
MELAA
Other Ethnicity
Māori
Pacific Peoples
Female ManagersFemale Employees
Male ManagersMale Employees
Other
Gender Diversity of Board & Officers
4
4
3
8
Female Officers
Male Officers
Female Directors
Male Directors
Note: In 2025, ‘Capital Markets’ has been split into Capital Markets and Corporate Services Business Units.
New Zealand presence connecting a world of investments to NZ businesses
2024: 4 female Officers,
7 male Officers, 4 female
Directors, 3 male Directors
NZX Annual Report 2025
9
NZX exists to connect people, businesses and capital.
For 160 years we have helped with capital formation,
allowing companies to meet their growth aspirations.
Public markets continue to provide the best and most
transparent way to do this.
The 2025 results of NZX Group (“NZX” or “the Company”
or “Group”) demonstrated our triple strength as a market
operator, funds manager and funds technology platform.
The Group produced a strong operating financial result
despite another volatile year for the local market. The result
included operating earnings (EBITDA)
1
(excluding one-off
integration and restructure costs) of $53.5 million, towards
the upper end of the guidance range. Net Profit after Tax
(“NPAT”) was $21.5 million. On a like-for-like comparison,
this is up 20.2% from $17.9 million in 2024
2
.
As outlined in our 2025 half-year results, the Company
lifted operating earnings in H1 2025 despite a mixed
performance for the first six months of the year. A strong
first quarter was offset by a weaker second quarter due to
increased market uncertainty and economic volatility
caused by mounting geopolitical and trade tensions.
This created market uncertainty and affected asset prices.
Mark Peterson
CEO
John McMahon
Chair
Proudly backing
New Zealand
Year in review
NZX Annual Report 2025
10
H2 2025 saw New Zealand’s short-term interest rates
continue to fall, a drop in international trade concerns,
and a boost in market activity. The level of new issuance,
alongside three companies listing in the last quarter of
the year, demonstrated the value of being NZX-listed in
a capital constrained environment. More companies are
showing interest in coming to market and this bodes well
for 2026.
At the same time, our funds manager Smart and our
funds administration platform provider NZX Wealth
Technologies (NZXWT), continue to go from strength to
strength and are key components of the Group’s growth
strategy. NZX has exposure to long-term structural tail
winds from equity market growth, increases in the use of
exchange-traded funds (ETFs), and significant future
growth in KiwiSaver fund contributions. At the end of 2025,
New Zealand's estimated KiwiSaver funds under
management totalled $130 billion. It is estimated this will
increase more than five times that amount by 2050.
As New Zealand’s Exchange, NZX continued to invest
in the necessary technology infrastructure and products
in 2025 that support the growth and effective running of
New Zealand’s capital markets, and the country’s economic
prosperity. In addition, we maintain positive relationships
with Government, regulators and stakeholders to ensure
New Zealand’s rules, regulations and settings are fit for
purpose, balancing investment and growth opportunities
with costs and appropriate protections. NZX is well
positioned for the future.
Results overview & key highlights
NZX lifted operating earnings and operating leverage,
highlighting the resilience of the Company through
market cycles.
The Company generated 2025 operating earnings
(EBITDA) of $51.7 million – up 11.0%. Normalised operating
earnings (EBITDA), excluding one-off integration and
restructure costs, increased 11.6% to $53.5 million, with:
• operating revenue increasing 7.3% to $129.0 million;
and
• operating expenses, excluding one-off integration and
restructure costs, increasing 4.5% to $75.5 million.
1 Operating earnings (EBITDA) is before net finance expense, income
tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease
modification, impairment loss on goodwill, change in fair value of contingent
consideration and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not
a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of
operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance
measures and disclosures by other entities.
NZX produced a net profit after tax (NPAT) of
$21.5 million for the year. This was up from $17.9 million
in 2024, or 20.2% on a like-for-like basis.
Earnings per share (EPS) increased (from 5.5 to 6.5 cents
per share on a like-for-like basis) in line with the strong
uplift in normalised NPAT, demonstrating the benefits of
operating leverage across the business. Free cash flow
also strengthened over the year, reflecting the earnings
growth and normalised capex levels. This improvement
enhances NZX’s capacity to continue investing in strategic
initiatives while sustaining a reliable dividend profile
for shareholders.
2 “Like-for-like” comparisons exclude the impact of 2024 accounting
adjustments to the fair value of the QuayStreet Asset Management
(QuayStreet) earnout provision (change in fair value of contingent
consideration), and partial write down in the value of the energy contracts
with the Electricity Authority (impairment loss on goodwill). The 2024 financial
information has been restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to
Financial Statements Note 8). Initial and subsequent listing fees are now
recognised evenly over five and three years respectively. Previously initial
and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent
capital raising event had taken place. Like-for-like NPAT for 2024 has reduced
from $18.3 million to $17.9 million as a result.
Operating Earnings (EBITDA)
1
11. 6
%
2025 $53.5m
2025 total dividends
6.3¢
2024 6 .1¢
NZX Annual Report 2025
11
1. Business Year
Dividend
The Directors have declared a fully-imputed final dividend
of 3.3 cents per share (2024: 3.1 cents) to be paid on 2 April
2026 to shareholders registered as at the record date of
19 March 2026. Total dividends for the 2025 Financial Year
are 6.3 cents per share fully imputed (2024: 6.1 cents).
How we performed – the Group’s key performance
measures
In 2025 the Company demonstrated clear momentum
towards achieving its strategic goals. Healthy
performances came from:
• Capital listed and raised – reached $22 billion, an
increase of 35.9%. This was primarily driven by listing
activity in equities and retail debt. It also includes the
move of Fonterra from its own private market to the
NZX Main Board
• Market activity – value traded finished the year totalling
$41.2 billion.
• Dairy market derivatives partnership with Singapore
Exchange (SGX) – saw continued volume growth for lots
traded, increasing 22.2% to 815,494. In December we
achieved a record for the number of lots traded (103,903)
in a month
• Smart finished 2025 with $15.8 billion in funds under
management – up 17.6% from 2024
• NZXWT onboarded 13 clients onto its platform bringing
the total number of clients to 45. In December, NZXWT
announced it would be extending the services it provides
to Craigs Investment Partners to include their custody
and private wealth business. NZXWT has funds under
administration of $19.9 billion – up 23.1% from 2024.
NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Performance Indicators
Performance indicatorsFY25 Target2025 Actual2024 Actual% Change
Operating earnings (EBITDA) pre integration &
restructure costs ($ million)
1
49.0 - 54.053.547.9
2
11.6%
Capital listed & raised ($ billion)16.021.5
3
15.835.9%
Total value traded ($ billion)41.541.241.5(0.9%)
Dairy derivatives lots traded (k)780 - 930815.5667.522.2%
Information Services (excl. one-off revenue)
($ million)
Grow 2.0%20.218.87.7%
Smart funds under management ($ billion)Grow 10.8%15.813.517.6%
Wealth Technologies annual recurring revenue
($ million)
13.210.822.2%
1Operating earnings (EBITDA) are before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, change in fair
value of contingent consideration, impairment loss on goodwill and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The
Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities. EBITDA including integration &
restructure costs was $51.7 million.
2Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.
3Total capital listed and raised was $14.4 billion for the year, excluding Fonterra Co-operative Group’s transfer to the NZX Main Board.
1
NZX Annual Report 2025
12
NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Summary Financial Performance
Summary Financial Performance ($ million)20252024
1
% Change
Revenue
Markets60.862.5(2.7%)
Funds Management (Smart)51.843.917.8%
Wealth Technologies12.59.926.2%
Corporate Services1.30.781.2%
Regulation4.04.00.6%
Inter-segment elimination(1.4)(0.9)57.6%
Total operating revenue129.0120.17.3%
Personnel costs(48.4)(46.3)(4.5%)
Information technology costs(16.2)(15.2)(6.6%)
Other costs(10.9)(10.7)(1.6%)
Total operating expenses excl. integration & restructure costs(75.5)(72.2)(4.5%)
Operating earnings (EBITDA) pre integration & restructure costs
2
53.547.911.6%
EBITDA Margin (%)41.5%39.9%4.0%
Integration & restructure costs(1.8)(1.4)(31.7%)
Operating earnings (EBITDA)
2
51.746.511.0%
Depreciation & amortisation
- Wealth Technologies(8.6)(6.9)(24.3%)
- Acquired management rights(3.4)(3.3)(1.8%)
- Other(7.3)(7.8)5.5%
Change in fair value of contingent consideration-10.9n/a
Impairment loss on goodwill-(3.7)n/a
Investment in associate and other gains0.30.6(42.8%)
EBIT32.736.3(9.9%)
Net finance expenses(3.4)(3.6)3.9%
Net profit before tax29.332.7(10.5%)
Tax expense(7.8)(7.7)(1.4%)
Net profit after tax21.525.0(14.2%)
1Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.
2Operating earnings (EBITDA) are before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, change in fair
value of contingent consideration, impairment loss on goodwill and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The
Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
2
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
At a Group level, operating revenue increased by 7.3% to
$129.0 million. This was mainly driven by revenue growth
from Smart and NZXWT, partially offset by the impacts
of i) the Fonterra contract ceasing on its move to the
NZX Main Board, and ii) there being no one-off audit and
back dated revenue (one-off audit revenue in FY2024 was
around $1.2 million).
NZX Annual Report 2025
13
1. Business Year
NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Markets Performance
Markets performance ($ million)20252024
1
% Change
Capital Markets Origination16.716.60.6%
Secondary Markets23.926.0(8.0%)
Information Services20.219.91.5%
Markets revenue60.862.5(2.7%)
Markets EBITDA excl. restructure costs38.941.1(5.4%)
EBITDA Margin excl. restructure costs63.9%65.7%(2.8%)
Key Operating Metrics
Equity Market capitalisation (ending, $ billion)182.3167.39.0%
Equity listed & raised ($ billion)14.2
2
5.5158.2%
Debt listed & raised ($ billion)5.18.4(39.3%)
Funds listed & raised ($ billion)2.21.915.8%
Total value traded ($ billion)41.241.5(0.9%)
Dairy lots traded (k)815.5667.522.2%
1Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.
2Equity listed and raised was $7.1 billion for the year, excluding Fonterra Co-operative Group’s transfer to the NZX Main Board.
3
CAPITAL MARKETS
Group operating expenses, excluding integration and
restructure costs, were $75.5 million – up 4.5% on the same
period last year.
Staff remuneration is NZX’s single largest cost. While
restructures partly offset the annual pay increase and lower
capitalisation levels, overall staff remuneration has risen
due to increased headcount. This reflects the continued
investment in Smart’s capability to support operational
delivery and strategic priorities. Information technology
costs were impacted by increased infrastructure services
and data feeds, inflation and foreign exchange rates.
Professional fees have seen the increased use of legal
advice, financial and other consulting services. NZX
continues to maintain a strong focus on cost management.
Group operating earnings (EBITDA) for 2025 were
$51.7 million – up 11.0.%. Normalising, by excluding
integration and restructure costs, Group operating
earnings (EBITDA) were $53.5 million – up 11.6%.
Integration and restructure costs in 2025 relate to
ongoing QuayStreet integration, activities to mature and
generate efficiencies in Smart operations, and
restructuring within the corporate functions.
Depreciation and amortisation increases were mainly
due to the transitioning of new clients onto NZXWT’s
platform in 2024 and 2025. The transition cost is
capitalised and then amortised over five years.
2024 included one-off accounting adjustments to the
fair value of the QuayStreet Asset Management
(QuayStreet) earnout provision (change in fair value of
contingent consideration), and partial write down in the
value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority
(impairment loss on goodwill).
The net profit after tax (NPAT) of $21.5 million increased
20.2% on 2024 on a like-for-like basis (excluding one off
accounting adjustments).
NZX Annual Report 2025
14
Even through ongoing economic uncertainty, the market
was able to support companies raising equity and debt
capital with capital listed and raised reaching $21.5 billion.
This includes Fonterra Co-operative Group’s (FCG) transfer
to the NZX Main Board.
NZX’s total market capitalisation of $247 billion is made
up of approximately $182 billion in equity, $56 billion in
debt and $9 billion in investment funds, which represents
about 56% of GDP. Developed economies and markets
across the globe would typically have market
capitalisations in excess of 100% of GDP, indicating the
opportunity for NZX here in New Zealand.
Large capital raises and placements were facilitated
throughout 2025. These include:
• Contact Energy equity capital raise – $1.5 billion;
• Ryman Healthcare placement and accelerated
non-renounceable entitlement offer – $ 1 billion; and
• ASB Group debt listing – $1.2 billion.
Primary listing and secondary issuance revenue is now
recognised over five and three years respectively. For the
mix of capital raised in 2025 (i.e. across equity, debt and
funds excluding FCG), each $1 billion issued or raised is
approximately $360,000 of fees to NZX recognised over
the following three to five years.
Origination & support for listed issuers
NZX’s Capital Markets Origination (CMO) team continues
to actively engage with prospective companies looking to
list and with listed issuers seeking to use the market to
further their growth aspirations (see case study on the
team on page 50).
Our strategy is to focus more deliberately on outbound
engagement — actively connecting with a wider range of
companies and deepening our relationships across
investment banks, law firms, accounting firms, private
equity, and sponsor networks to grow our future listings
pipeline. While NZX’s primary focus remains on domestic
opportunities, we are also investing in strengthening
relationships across the Australian market, with the
objective of supporting future dual listing activity into
New Zealand.
The team has also been advocating for appropriate and
workable capital market regulatory settings. This included
NZX and friends of New Zealand’s capital markets
successfully persuading Government for prospective
financial information for initial public offers to become
optional, and changes to climate-related disclosures.
In 2025 NZX was pleased to welcome three new listings
to the market. Two of these, Australian-based Uvre Limited
(now Mineral Exploration) and Manuka Resources are
looking to receive the benefits of listed company status
through a foreign exempt listing. The third company,
Locate Technologies, moved its listing from ASX to NZX
in December. All the new companies that listed noted the
high-quality support and engagement they had received
from the CMO team.
NZX Annual Report 2025
15
1. Business Year
Co-operative companies are a predominant feature of
New Zealand’s economy, with the top 30 co-operatives
employing around 48,000 people and generating
approximately $52 billion in revenue
1
. Many co-operatives
are capital constrained and cannot easily raise growth
capital from existing members. In 2025 NZX engaged with
many of these potential issuers and published guidance to
illustrate the regulatory flexibility that may be available to
support a pathway to listing.
In addition, it was positive to note that “asset recycling”
– an approach for New Zealand that NZX has been strongly
advocating for some years – entered public discussion in
2025 following comments made by the Prime Minister.
Asset recycling is where existing public assets – such as
central government-owned companies or local government
ones, such as ports, airports, and lines companies – are
monetised to release capital and that money is recycled to
use on other public infrastructure. As our CMO team has
noted to local authorities it has engaged with, listing or
partially listing those assets on the NZX provides a practical
option to raise capital that can go into other higher priority
public assets that need investment. It is transparent,
democratic and, as we have seen with Napier Port, can be
hugely successful for all.
Finally, our liquidity growth strategy also has a strong
focus on growing our participant pipeline, by onboarding
and supporting participants in a manner that is designed
to grow the investor base for NZX’s markets. This includes
strategic initiatives set up for 2026 designed to support
proprietary trading, low latency high frequency trading and
enhancing the retail investor base.
Likewise, our CMO team continues to support issuers
and their investor relations activity through high-quality
communication and engagement opportunities. In 2025
we provided podcasts, spotlight videos, virtual investor
events, education workshops and social media support
enabling issuers to connect to a broader investment
community.
Our high-tech ticker on the exterior of the NZX Capital
Markets Centre building in Auckland’s Queen Street –
along with the ticker in Wellington – gives us a great
opportunity to effectively promote achievements and
milestones of New Zealand’s listed companies and the
capital markets community to a broader audience.
1 2025 New Zealand Cooperative Economy Report published by Co-operative
Business New Zealand
NZX Annual Report 2025
16
Secondary markets – Cash Equities and Debt
Trading and clearing value was $41.2 billion – just slightly
behind 2024 levels. Trading revenue was positively
impacted by a reduction in the uncharged value (caused
by large index rebalance trading days where fees on value
traded exceeds the fee cap) (2025: 9.2%; 2024: 13.6%).
Secondary Markets – Dairy derivatives and
Global Dairy Trade
Dairy markets are an area of significant growth for NZX
and we remain well positioned across both the physical
and futures markets. NZX holds a 33.3% stake in
GlobalDairyTrade (GDT) alongside Fonterra and the
European Energy Exchange.
Alongside this, the expected significant growth from
the SGX strategic partnership in dairy derivatives is being
achieved. This demonstrates the value of NZX driving
strategic international partnerships.
Dairy derivatives highlights include:
• 22.2% growth, including a new record for lots traded
in a month in December (103,903);
• Five new financial (liquidity provider) firms signed on to
support the development of liquidity in these important
contracts; and
• NZX and SGX jointly hosted a record 190 delegates
at the annual Global Dairy Seminar in Singapore in
October 2025.
Dairy derivatives’ growth momentum continues, with a
broader range of participants entering the market, including
more speculators, an increase in commercial hedgers,
further sophistication in option structure trading, and a
growing number of banks/brokers offering structured
products that boost liquidity. This evolution positions the
market to scale significantly from 0.34 times the underlying
physical volume, to reach one to two times this as
speculator and commercial hedger participation expands.
GDT completed an auction platform upgrade in H1 2025
and has brought the system in-house. This has improved
business agility and is more cost effective. This impacted
GDT’s profitability in 2025. However, we expect our share
of associate profit to revert to past levels in 2026.
In August Lloyd Cartwright was appointed as GDT’s new
Chief Executive. Lloyd has more than 30 years’ experience
in global financial services both in New Zealand and
internationally. He will be driving GDT’s next phase of
innovation and growth.
Information Services
Information Services revenue increased 7.7% excluding audit
and back-dated revenue (2025: $nil; 2024: $1.2 million),
which is dependent on the timing of audit completions.
The royalties from terminals revenue increased by 6.7%
relating to price increases (effective January 2025) offset by
the mix of average terminal numbers being lower for
professional terminals and higher for retail terminals.
Subscriptions and licenses revenue relate to the provision
of markets data to other participants in the capital markets.
Subscriptions and licences revenue increased 9.7%,
reflecting increased license numbers and price increases,
partially offset by a decrease in direct data subscriptions.
Indices revenue is generated in partnership with S&P
and is driven by licensing to the fund management sector.
Market opportunities update
Our strategy for capital markets has for the last few years
focused on accelerating our product innovation to unlock
new markets and sources of liquidity to meet local and
global demand.
This includes:
• NZX Dark – our anonymous mid-point trading venue
has completed its first full calendar year after launching
in June 2024. Highlights from 2025 include:
—$1.7 billion of value traded delivering $4.6 million
of price improvement back to the market;
—Mid-point execution occurring in 126 distinct
securities; and
—6.63% of on-market value traded, well above our
two-year target of 4%.
• S&P/NZX 20 Futures – New Zealand has not had an active
equity futures product since the New Zealand Futures and
Options Exchange was sold to the Sydney Futures Exchange
in 1991 (SFE subsequently closed it down). It has been a
significant product gap in the New Zealand market. In 2025
NZX accomplished key milestones in relation to the launch
of the S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures Contract. This included the
completion of testing of the connectivity of our systems with
12 participants who will trade the product. We have the
backing of global banks to provide risk capital for market
making and are confident we will deliver the product in H1
2026. A liquid equity derivatives market will help drive
growth in the broader capital markets through additional
cash market trading, participation and data revenues.
NZX Annual Report 2025
17
1. Business Year
In addition, we have also been considering ways in
which the market arrangements in New Zealand could be
enhanced to create efficiencies for our participants and
investors. In late 2025 we commissioned independent
analysis in relation to the benefits of enhancing
New Zealand’s arrangements for depositories which form
part of the infrastructure of the financial markets system.
In particular we are interested in exploring the benefits
of a single set of clearing, settlement and depository
infrastructure as opposed to the dual model where NZ
Clear (owned and operated by the Reserve Bank of
New Zealand) operates a separate depository to NZX
Clearing. This is highly inefficient, costly on investors and
makes New Zealand an international outlier. Having a
single clearer would reduce the cost of capital in
New Zealand and encourage greater investment. We
consider this proposition could be highly beneficial,
enabling more efficient and cost-effective outcomes for
the New Zealand markets.
Achieving success: government market reforms being
delivered to encourage investment
Alongside the Company’s initiatives to grow New Zealand’s
capital markets, NZX – and representatives of the
New Zealand capital markets community – have continued
to engage with the financial markets sector, Government
Ministers and officials, and regulatory agencies on a broad
reform package to reduce the costs and barriers faced by
companies listed or listing in New Zealand.
This year we achieved significant success with the
Government for changes we have been advocating for.
On 12 June prospective financial information (PFI) for initial
public offers in disclosure documents was made optional.
NZX understands the cost of providing PFI ranges from
around $150,000 to $500,000 and is a major factor that
causes New Zealand advisers to recommend companies
list elsewhere where PFI isn’t mandatory.
In October the New Zealand Government announced
it would make changes to climate-related disclosures for
NZX-listed companies, lifting the market cap reporting
threshold from $60 million to $1 billion, removing deemed
director liability for directors, and removing managed
investment schemes (such as Smart) from all reporting.
These adjustments are practical and sensible, and
were strongly welcomed by the New Zealand issuers
and companies looking to list. NZX wishes to acknowledge
the Government and Commerce Minister Scott Simpson
in particular, for listening to, and acting on, the concerns
raised.
NZX continues to engage with the Government on
removing regulatory roadblocks that are hindering
investment and access to capital for New Zealand
companies and projects. These align with initiatives
outlined in the Growing New Zealand’s Capital Markets
2029 report released in 2019. This includes specific
changes to disclosure documents and tax reforms
that would remove distortions and encourage greater
investment.
As a package, all these capital market reforms and
initiatives will materially improve the viability for
companies wanting to meet their growth aspirations
via the listed market.
As part of Budget 2025, the Government announced
it will increase default employee and employer KiwiSaver
contributions from 3% to 3.5% from 1 April 2026, rising to
4% by 1 April 2028. In addition, the National Party – part of
the Government coalition – stated that if elected in the
2026 Election, it will bring in annual 0.5% increases from
1 April 2029 to 1 April 2032, reaching a combined 12%
employee-employer contribution rate.
This would have a significant savings effect and is likely
to be mirrored by the other main political parties. It would
boost investment creating a deeper pool of capital for
New Zealand’s economy, and align contribution levels with
Australia’s superannuation system. From an NZX Group
perspective, it would also provide significant, long-term
structural growth opportunities for Smart and NZXWT.
Smart has a huge structural growth opportunity ahead
with the KiwiSaver pool of funds expected to grow to
around five times its present size by 2050.
NZX continues to engage with the
Government on removing regulatory
roadblocks that are hindering investment
and access to capital for New Zealand
companies and projects.
NZX Annual Report 2025
18
NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Smart Performance
Smart performance ($ million)20252024% Change
FUM based fees48.640.519.7%
Member based fees2.52.43.8%
Other0.71.0(24.6%)
Funds revenue51.843.917.8%
Funds EBITDA excl. integration costs29.322.430.9%
EBITDA margin excl. integration costs56.6%51.0%11.1%
Funds EBITDA27.421.328.6%
Key Operating Metrics
Opening FUM ($ billion)13.511.022.6%
FUM effect from market movement ($ billion)1.41.7(14.2%)
FUM effect from net cash flows ($ billion)0.90.816.2%
Closing FUM ($ billion)15.813.517.6%
Number of NZX listed Smart funds4444-
4
SMART – BUILDING INVESTORS’ WEALTH & FINANCIAL SUCCESS
Smart, rebranded from Smartshares in 2024, is a key
component of NZX’s growth strategy. As a wholly-owned
NZX subsidiary, Smart is New Zealand’s leading passive
funds management business. Its investment solutions
include the SuperLife superannuation and KiwiSaver
products, exchange traded funds (ETFs), SuperLife
Superannuation Master Trust and active investment
manager, QuayStreet Asset Management. Smart
appointed Lisa Turnbull as its new Chief Executive
in October 2025. Lisa was previously CEO of NZX
Wealth Technologies.
Smart had a solid year of growth, closing 2025 with
$15.8 billion of funds under management (FUM). In the last
seven years FUM has grown $12.9 billion from $2.9 billion
at 31 December 2018 (including acquisitions of $3.4 billion,
cash flow increases of $4.9 billion, and positive market
returns of $4.6 billion). FUM compound annual growth rate
(CAGR) since December 2018 is 27.4%.
NZX Annual Report 2025
19
1. Business Year
Our market analysis indicates $15-$20 billion of FUM is
the point where operating cost bases are at their most
efficient for New Zealand fund managers. Smart is
targeting at least $20 billion of FUM by the end of 2029
subject to market movements.
Smart and SuperLife funds continue to have an
impressive long-term track record, with our diversified
funds maintaining a top quartile ranking (net of fees)
among peers over the past five years. Additionally, our
index-tracking exchange-traded funds (ETFs) continue to
offer a broad spectrum of cost-effective and tax-efficient
market exposures, all with minimal tracking errors.
Through Smart’s 44 ETFs, New Zealanders can diversify
their portfolios with access to global, high-performing and
special interest markets. NZX has a strategic alliance with
iShares (by BlackRock, the global ETF powerhouse) making
it easy and cost-effective for Kiwi investors to invest in local
or international markets.
Growing customer numbers remains a key priority and
we are improving our tools and services to enhance the
customer experience. This includes self-service options,
clear communications and utilising AI to assist with
customer enquiries. Highlighting our product range and
competitive pricing will be a significant focus in 2026 and
the creation of a new Smart executive role of Chief Sales
and Marketing Officer, aligns with our approach of growing
our customer base.
Alongside this, we continue to mature Smart’s
operations, including fund structure rationalisation,
client portal and registry replacements in partnership with
NZXWT, and are focused on consolidating the component
parts of the Smart business under the new brand. All this
is about creating efficiencies and strengthening the
experience our customers have.
Rationalisation saw the sale of the SuperLife UK Pension
transfer scheme (FUM of $143 million) in October to
Lifetime Asset Management Group. This decision reflects
Smart’s focus on streamlining its business and
concentrating on its core offerings, while also fostering
a valuable institutional relationship with Lifetime.
In March, Smart’s investment manager QuayStreet won
the Morningstar® Award for Fund Manager of the Year
– KiwiSaver New Zealand for the second year running, and
in May picked up the Chapman Tripp Diversified Growth
Fund Manager of the Year at the 2025 INFINZ Awards.
The awards recognise the expertise and care QuayStreet
brings to managing investors’ savings and the strength and
capability of its investment team. They follow a period of
significant growth for QuayStreet as it continues to expand
its KiwiSaver and investment fund offerings, all
underpinned by an active management approach and a
focus on robust, long-term investing.
We continue to mature Smart’s operations and embed
our growth initiatives. Once completed, these initiatives
will unlock further synergies of scale, improve operating
leverage and position us more strongly to take advantage
of structural tailwinds from increasing KiwiSaver member
numbers and contribution rate.
Growing customer numbers remains
a key priority and we are improving
our tools and services to improve the
customer experience.
NZX Annual Report 2025
20
NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Wealth Technologies Performance
Wealth Technologies performance ($ million)20252024% Change
Wealth Technologies revenue12.59.926.2%
Wealth Technologies EBITDA excl. restructure costs6.34.831.1%
EBITDA Margin excl. restructure costs50.1%48.2%3.9%
Key Operating Metrics
Opening FUA ($ billion)16.211.540.4%
FUA effect from market movement ($ billion)1.41.8(21.2%)
FUA effect from net cash flows, including new clients ($ billion)2.32.9(19.1%)
Closing FUA ($ billion)19.916.223.1%
Annual recurring revenue (ARR) on closing FUA ($ million)13.210.822.2%
Total clients on platform453240.6%
Capitalised costs for platform development & client onboarding9.49.22.6%
5
NZX WEALTH TECHNOLOGIES – LEADING THE WAY IN NZ
ADMINISTRATION PLATFORM INFRASTRUCTURE
NZXWT develops, administers and operates an online
custodial investment management platform that enables
both large-scale and small-scale financial adviser groups
to efficiently manage their business, and administer their
clients’ investments.
NZXWT’s platform technology, collaborative business
partnership, service quality, and growing reputation for
delivery are being well received in the market. As we
continue to build our market presence, our clients and
their advocacy for NZXWT as a key service provider to
their business, are hugely beneficial to our momentum
and future growth opportunities.
The platform is built and maintained on a single code
base with two offerings. A large number of independent
financial advice firms reside on the multi-tenant platform,
ranging from start-ups through to established advice
businesses managing several billion in FUA. Our larger,
institutional clients operate our platform as a SaaS
(software as a service) solution, using the same code base,
but utilising their own custodian and investment
operations teams.
NZXWT is:
• New Zealand focused – no global distractions. We
ensure our technology empowers advisers to operate
efficiently within the New Zealand financial advice sector.
• Proudly unique – our platform can comprehensively
administer a wide range of investment management
solutions, including conventional WRAP portfolios
(non-scheme), KiwiSaver, NZ Super, QROPS, and direct
investor offerings all in one unified solution.
• Best-in-class technology – we provide the most
functionally comprehensive, flexible and modern
cloud-based investment platform technology in the
New Zealand market.
• A collaborative partner – alongside our modern
technology, we take a client-centric view to
communication, service, and software development.
We are a key part of more than 40 advice businesses
within New Zealand, and we remain in-touch with growing
technology and client service expectations as the
market evolves.
In late 2025, Robbie Douglas was appointed the NZXWT
Chief Executive, replacing Lisa Turnbull who was appointed
Smart Chief Executive. Robbie previously headed NZX’s IT
operations and has a strong background in technology,
payments and financial infrastructure systems.
NZX Annual Report 2025
21
1. Business Year
NZXWT had another outstanding year, delivering 13
new onboarding and migration projects. The year began
with three key migration projects: Private Wealth Advisers,
Fortitude Financial, and Moneyworks. Two of these
migrations were from FNZ-based platforms.
QuayStreet KiwiSaver and funds were also migrated
onto the platform, supported by a significant project to
develop new platform functionality to manage their
direct-to-client investment offering.
On 19 December 2025, NZXWT and Craigs Investment
Partners (Craigs) announced an agreement to extend the
services NZXWT provides Craigs to include Craigs’
custody and private wealth business. NZXWT has
administered Craigs’ clients investing in mySTART, Craigs
KiwiSaver and Craigs Superannuation on the platform
since 2018. This is a significant growth project for NZXWT
and Craigs is expected to fully onboard by mid-2027.
Having grown FUA by $3.7 billion during 2025, NZXWT
is on track to maintain this momentum, with another client
onboarding migration scheduled for Q1 2026. The
business has a very healthy pipeline of engaged adviser
businesses who are nearing contracting phase, which
presents the opportunity to onboard more than $2.4 billion
of FUA throughout 2026. These opportunities are separate
to those underway with Smart and Craigs.
FUA has grown to $19.9 billion at 31 December 2025
driven by both positive cashflows (including new clients) of
$2.3 billion and market movements of $1.4 billion. Annual
recurring revenue is now $13.2 million – up $2.4 million
from 31 December 2024.
Capitalised labour and overheads remains at historical
highs, predominantly reflecting the robust level of new
client migration activity. This level of capitalisation is
expected to increase to enable the Craigs’ onboarding
and continue the onboarding of additional FUA from new
clients. While capitalisation (and the subsequent flow
through into amortisation that affects NZX’s reported net
profit) remains high, this is a strong indicator of ongoing
growth in NZXWT’s value.
FUA
2 3 .1%
2025: $19.9b 2024: $16. 2b
NZX Annual Report 2025
22
NZX Group 2025 AR Year in Review tables
Balance Sheet, Liquidity & Debt
Balance Sheet and Cashflow Figures ($ million)20252024
1
% Change
Net debt (excludes restricted cash)(29.6)(32.6)9.3%
Restricted cash20.020.0-
Goodwill46.946.9-
Other intangible assets91.295.9(5.0%)
Other non-current assets42.444.1(3.9%)
Net other liabilities(48.7)(54.6)10.9%
Net assets / equity122.2119.72.1%
Operating activities cashflow42.036.515.1%
Working capital movements(2.5)(0.6)(320.5%)
Cash inflow from operations39.535.910.0%
Payments for acquisitions(3.2)-n/a
Payments for PPE & other intangible assets(11.6)(13.4)13.3%
Cash outflow for investment(14.8)(13.4)(10.5%)
Dividends and other(21.4)(18.3)(17.0%)
Cash outflow for financing(21.4)(18.3)(17.0%)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents3.24.2(22.3%)
1Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.
6
BALANCE SHEET, LIQUIDITY & DEBT
NZX closed the year with net debt of $29.6 million
(excluding Clearing House risk capital of $20 million in
cash which is not available for general use) including:
• subordinated notes ($39.2 million net of capitalised
borrowing costs) – the interest rate was set at 6.8% in
June 2023 and will apply until the next election date on
20 June 2028;
• term loan and working capital facility ($22.5 million),
used to fund the QuayStreet acquisition (including earn
out payments); and
• cash and cash equivalents of $32.1 million which
includes $3.4 million of cash to meet the regulatory
requirements of the Clearing House and Smart.
The 2024 financial information has been restated for
a change in accounting policy (refer to the Financial
Statements Note 8). Initial and subsequent listing fees
are now recognised evenly over five and three years
respectively. Previously, initial and subsequent listing
fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent
capital raising event occurred. The impact on the balance
sheet at 31 December 2024 is a decrease in net assets of
$7.3 million with a corresponding decrease in retained
earnings (i.e. equity). The restatement of the 2024
operating earnings is immaterial.
Operating cash flows in future periods are expected to
increase at a faster rate than the growth in net profit. This is
due to NZXWT’s ‘amortisation bubble’ that arises when
capitalisation levels start to decrease as client migrations
are completed, although amortisation levels remain high
(the effect of capitalising past client migrations).
Investment activities’ cash flows include capital
expenditure relating to NZXWT’s software development,
office fit outs and other technology upgrades and
enhancements.
Financing activities largely reflect cash dividend
payments.
NZX Annual Report 2025
23
1. Business Year
NZX’S GROWTH STRATEGY – GROWING,
CONNECTING, ADDING VALUE
NZX is an integrated and resilient financial markets
infrastructure and services business with a platform for
strong growth prospects. We expect this to create further
value to our shareholders over time. The Company is well
positioned for the future through the growth strategy it
has been implementing over the last seven years. This
has involved focusing on our core markets business, plus
refinement and alignment around regulation, pricing and
market infrastructure, along with significant investment
to expand our funds management (Smart) and funds
administration (NZXWT) businesses.
NZX has exposure to long-term structural growth tail
winds from general equity market growth, increase in ETF
market share and the significant expected growth in
KiwiSaver fund contributions.
Since implementing our revised strategy in 2018,
we have come a long way despite the various economic
cycles.
• Operating earnings have increased from $28.6 million
to $53.5 million.
• Smart FUM has increased from $2.7 billion to
$15.8 billion.
• NZXWT FUA has grown from $1.2 billion to $19.9 billion.
• We now partner with SGX in offering our global Dairy
Derivatives market and have grown activity from
312,000 lots traded per annum, to 815,494 lots.
NZXWT has required significant capital investment to
reach the stage where it is cashflow positive on external
client activity. As outlined at the investor day in November
2024, the Group’s cashflow will rise more quickly than the
growth in NPAT or EPS. This is due to the significant rise in
the amortisation charge as a result of the capital that has
been invested in the business. The strong pipeline of client
wins and onboarding supports the increasing value this
business brings to the Group.
Since 2018 we have not only grown our revenue line –
the revenue mix has changed as Smart and NZXWT have
expanded faster than NZX’s core markets business.
As the market activity increases, the Company’s new
products are launched and mature (including the first of
our equity derivatives products to launch in H1 2026), and
our Smart and NZXWT businesses continue to grow, our
earnings mix will change further. NZX is now a stronger,
more resilient business with fantastic growth opportunities
in front of it.
Looking out to 2028 the strategy is to:
• expand our product offering in Capital Markets (equity
derivatives, drive greater scale in clearing, and continue
to build liquidity in our new mid-point order book);
• leverage the global connections and partnerships we
have made and build further market reach; and
• drive scale, efficiencies and operating leverage across
the businesses – including Smart and NZXWT.
We remain very conscious of cost control and ensuring
improved return on investment, and will always look at
strategic opportunities that may add value.
NZX Annual Report 2025
24
TECHNOLOGY
– DELIVERING SUPPORT & RESILIENCE
A critical role for NZX is to operate our technology
platforms efficiently and effectively. 2025 is the fourth
consecutive year NZX has maintained 100% uptime for
its critical applications with no market outages to the
operating platform. With more than 800 changes
completed during the year, this is a credit to the
operational management of the technology team. It also
highlights the focus on increased resilience, capability,
and capacity of our systems.
Alongside maintaining a stable market, NZX continues
to invest in efficient operations, new products and
features. In 2025, NZX embedded the full-stack technical
refresh of the BaNCS platform including turning on the
straight-through-processing of payment bookings within
the Clearing House, completing a full-stack upgrade of the
Trading System and fanatically driving down the
outstanding backlog, migrating digital products into the
Cloud and providing new data APIs, upgrading our market
data feeds, introducing new data products, and refreshing
our payments infrastructure and overall
cybersecurity posture.
NZX remains committed to engaging and working
with our customers to enhance the market technology
ecosystem, with market-wide testing completed for
disaster recovery scenarios, the S&P/NZX 20 street-wide
testing, and crisis simulations. Our progress in this area
continues to be positively noted by the FMA and through
the industry Technology Working Group. We want to thank
our key technology stakeholders and the broader financial
markets ecosystem for their constructive relationships.
OPERATING RESPONSIBLY
NZX’s focus is to create value while delivering a positive
impact on society and the environment. We play a dual role
as both the operator of New Zealand’s capital markets and
as a listed company. Sustainable economic growth is a
priority for NZX.
In 2025 NZX achieved net carbon zero certification
from Toitū Envirocare for the fifth year in a row. Public
markets will continue to play an important role in
facilitating the flow of capital towards decarbonising
the New Zealand economy.
While government changes to market cap thresholds
announced this year means NZX will no longer be required
to produce a mandatory climate statement under the
mandatory climate-related disclosures framework, we will
continue to provide a voluntary statement (containing
governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and
targets). That statement is an appendix in this
Annual Report.
At NZX we are committed to connecting people,
businesses and capital every day. That is our Purpose.
As such, NZX recognises the important role we play in
supporting the success of New Zealand businesses,
communities, and charities. This includes collaborating
in the Shares for Good initiative and being the primary
sponsor of the New Zealand Financial Markets (NZFM)
Charity Golf Classic – an annual event that fundraises for
charity (case study on page 45).
NZX also provides our employees a paid day’s leave
each year to volunteer our communities and is supportive
of events that help those in need. That includes collecting
for the Cancer Society on Daffodil Day and using our
electronic tickers to promote and support
charitable causes.
2025 is the fourth consecutive year NZX
has maintained 100% uptime for its critical
applications with no market outages to the
operating platform.
NZX Annual Report 2025
25
1. Business Year
POLICY & REGULATION
(INCLUDING NZ REGCO)
During 2025, NZX completed the review of its business
continuity plan requirements for market participants
that are contained in its market rules. We also undertook
a number of market integrity projects to ensure our
regulatory policy remains fit for purpose in the context
of evolving market conditions and technological changes.
We continue to maintain an open and constructive
relationship with the FMA, which regulates our market
operator compliance. In the latest FMA annual review
of NZX’s compliance with those obligations, the
FMA noted the maturity of our technology and risk
management resources, and the significant project
milestones that were reached (including in relation to
S&P/NZX 20 Futures).
The Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 requires the
FMA to carry out an annual review and report on how well
NZX is meeting its licensed market operator obligations.
One of the key objectives of this review is to ensure
potential conflicts between regulatory and commercial
functions of NZX, as a self-regulating organisation, are
appropriately managed.
The FMA’s overall conclusion in 2025 was that NZX
complied with its licensed market operator obligations
during the review period.
The NZX Corporate Governance Institute (NZX CGI) has
continued to provide a valuable part of our engagement
with the capital markets eco-system. In 2025 the NZX CGI
assisted NZX with the delivery of a bespoke Guidance
Note for co-operative issuers which provided a valuable
engagement opportunity with this important sector of
New Zealand’s economy.
We continued to play a pivotal part in supporting
broader capital markets reform initiatives, across
disclosure settings and climate reporting in particular, in
support of our investor, issuer and participant community.
It was pleasing to see changes in these areas which will be
critical in ensuring New Zealand’s capital markets are well
positioned for the future.
NZX’s regulatory functions are performed by a separate,
independently governed entity, NZ RegCo. NZ RegCo
monitors and enforces compliance by listed issuers and
accredited market participants with NZX’s market rules.
NZX would like to thank the NZ RegCo Board, led by
Chair Trevor Janes and NZ RegCo management under
Chief Executive Joost van Amelsfort.
MANAGEMENT & GOVERNANCE UPDATE
As was noted in the NZX Interim Report, NZX Chief
Executive Mark Peterson is to depart in April 2026
following the annual general meeting.
Mark was appointed as NZX Chief Executive in April
2017. Prior to that he was NZX Acting-Chief Executive from
January 2017, after joining in late 2015 as Head of Markets.
When the Board extended Mark’s term in August 2023,
the focus was on delivering key initiatives that further
developed our business. These included launching our
anonymous mid-point trading venue, NZX Dark, and the
S&P/NZX 20 Index equity futures, alongside growing the
Smart and NZX Wealth Technologies businesses. By April
2026 all these initiatives are expected to have been
achieved.
Mark has been an exceptional leader of NZX and will
leave a strong legacy. Mark has built strong relationships in
New Zealand and internationally, in particular the business
partnerships we have with the Singapore Stock Exchange
and the European Energy Exchange.
The NZX Board is in the process of conducting a search
for a new chief executive to deliver to NZX’s growth
strategy.
Other NZX Group management changes in 2025:
• In October NZXWT Chief Executive Lisa Turnbull was
appointed Smart Chief Executive. Lisa is a seasoned
executive with a proven record for delivering growth
and high-quality customer service. A chartered
accountant with a background in funds management,
finance, strategic development, and investment
platforms, Lisa is the ideal person to lead Smart into
the next growth phase.
• In December NZX Chief Information Officer Robbie
Douglas was appointed Chief Executive of NZXWT.
He had been acting in the role since October. Robbie
is a vastly experienced executive, with around 30 years’
experience in financial services, and a proven record of
leading teams that provide quality service.
NZX Annual Report 2025
26
• In December NZX’s Head of Capital Markets & Digital
Technology Daniel Juchnowicz was appointed NZX
Chief Information Officer. He had been acting in the
role since October.
• Earlier in the year Sophia van Zijl was appointed to the
new created position of Chief People Officer. Sophia is
an experienced executive with a background spanning
human resources, finance, strategy, and transformation.
She has a background in financial services across New
Zealand, Australia and the United Kingdom.
With these appointments made from internal NZX
employees, it demonstrates the high-calibre of senior
leadership capability the Group has.
John McMahon
Chair
Mark Peterson
CEO
In August the NZX Board was pleased to announce the
appointment of Laura Manson as its next Future Director.
NZX is a strong supporter of the Institute of Directors’
Future Director Programme, ensuring New Zealand
develops a greater pool of governance talent to draw from.
Laura is a Partner at Altered Capital, a New Zealand-
based venture capital and private equity firm. She has
more than 10 years’ experience in the finance sector and
brings a strong track record of working with boards,
executives and investors to support growth and strategic
execution in both private and public market settings.
NZX thanks Sophie Spedding, who was the Future Director
for 2024, for her valuable contribution.
In December NZ RegCo announced the appointment
of NZ RegCo board member David Hunt as its new Chair,
replacing the retiring Trevor Janes.
David Hunt has extensive executive, advisory and
governance experience. He is deputy Chair of the Accident
Compensation Corporation, a director of Northpower,
Dairy NZ and WEL Networks. Previous roles have included
serving as Contact Energy CEO and director of
Christchurch City Holdings Limited.
Trevor was initially appointed in 2020, as a member of
the NZ RegCo Establishment Board. His retirement comes
at the end of his appointed term.
Trevor was instrumental in shaping NZ RegCo’s
approach to governance, assurance oversight and
strategic direction as a regulatory agency. The Boards of
NZX and NZ RegCo thank him for his outstanding service.
2026 EARNINGS GUIDANCE
NZX expects full year 2026 operating earnings to be in the
range of $53.0 million to $58.5 million.
The guidance is subject to market outcomes,
particularly with respect to market capitalisation, total
capital listed and raised, secondary market value and
derivatives volumes traded, funds under management and
administration growth, acquisition related integration
costs and technology costs.
Additionally, this guidance assumes there is no material
decline in the macro-economic environment and market
conditions, and there are no significant one-off expenses,
major accounting adjustments, other unforeseeable
circumstances, or future acquisitions or divestments.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
NZX is New Zealand’s Exchange. We exist so New Zealand
companies, and others that list on our market can achieve
their growth ambitions. We believe a vibrant capital market
assists New Zealand to grow and prosper.
Our funds management and funds administration
businesses support this growth by providing the necessary
products and infrastructure so customers can achieve their
financial goals. NZX is proud to back New Zealand.
Thank you to all our stakeholders who work alongside
us in delivering services. It is in partnership and
cooperation with NZX that investors, issuers, participants
and all our customers are able to receive reliable, effective,
and efficient services.
Finally, we would like to extend a sincere thank you to
NZX’s directors and staff for the high-quality work and
dedication they demonstrate every day. It is much
appreciated.
NZX Annual Report 2025
27
1. Business Year
NZX Annual Report 2025
28
NZX Group
Overview
NZX Annual Report 2025
29
For 160 years we have been creating and delivering
opportunities for Kiwis to grow their personal wealth and
helping businesses prosper. As New Zealand’s Exchange,
we are proud of our record in supporting and fuelling the
growth and global ambitions of local companies and the
New Zealanders who are keen to invest in them.
NZX is an integral part of the New Zealand economy
and its future productivity. By operating efficient,
effective, transparent and resilient public markets, we
help provide the capital for businesses to grow, innovate,
invest in much-needed infrastructure, and create more
and better paying jobs for New Zealanders.
We support New Zealand’s sovereign interests
and priorities, providing important economic building
blocks and wealth creation.
We know, care for and understand New Zealand
companies, and provide a personal touch through
ongoing support that sets us apart from others.
Our Purpose or mission, lies at the heart of why
we exist. We are New Zealand’s Exchange, an integrated
financial services business, and a frontline market
regulator.
We utilise our expertise and connections here and
overseas to bring together all the ingredients required
for economic prosperity. We are people helping people.
Customer service is in NZX’s DNA and in the people
we employ. We want to make a positive impact on
people’s lives.
Our Vision is our goal or aspiration of what we want
NZX to achieve. We want to ensure we grow our business
– and the businesses and individuals we serve – in a way
that is sustainable and profitable; helping our country,
and the citizens who live in it, succeed.
Our Values are the behaviours our people demonstrate
that underpin our Purpose and achieve our Vision.
Our Strategy is the guiderail for our decision making.
We are growing a more integrated financial markets
infrastructure and services business, building on NZX’s
core strengths and continuing to explore growth
opportunities across our businesses to create further value
to our shareholders over time. Successful execution will
benefit consumers of capital, investors, our shareholders –
and ultimately New Zealand’s economy and the standard
of living of all New Zealanders.
The Operating Responsibly section in this report
outlines how and where NZX delivers value.
Committed to
connecting people,
businesses &
capital every day
Our
Purpose
O
u
r
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
y
G
r
o
w
i
n
g
,
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
in
g
,
c
r
e
a
t
i
n
g
v
a
l
u
e
O
u
r
V
i
s
i
o
n
A
t
r
u
s
t
e
d
N
e
w
Z
e
a
l
a
n
d
b
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
,
d
e
l
i
v
e
r
i
n
g
s
u
s
t
a
i
n
a
b
l
e
w
e
a
l
t
h
,
v
a
l
u
e
&
o
p
p
o
r
t
u
n
i
t
i
e
s
f
o
r
a
l
l
O
u
r
V
a
l
u
e
s
W
e
D
e
l
i
v
e
r
C
r
e
a
t
i
v
e
O
p
e
n
R
e
s
i
l
i
e
n
t
I
n
t
e
g
r
i
t
y
How we
deliver value
“New Zealand companies – and the
New Zealand Government – require
access to capital for growth. Using the
public markets that NZX provides is a fast,
transparent and effective way to do it.”
John McMahon
NZX Chair
NZX Annual Report 2025
30
Committed to
connecting people,
businesses &
capital every day
Our
Purpose
O
u
r
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
y
G
r
o
w
i
n
g
,
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
in
g
,
c
r
e
a
t
i
n
g
v
a
l
u
e
O
u
r
V
i
s
i
o
n
A
t
r
u
s
t
e
d
N
e
w
Z
e
a
l
a
n
d
b
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
,
d
e
l
i
v
e
r
i
n
g
s
u
s
t
a
i
n
a
b
l
e
w
e
a
l
t
h
,
v
a
l
u
e
&
o
p
p
o
r
t
u
n
i
t
i
e
s
f
o
r
a
l
l
O
u
r
V
a
l
u
e
s
W
e
D
e
l
i
v
e
r
C
r
e
a
t
i
v
e
O
p
e
n
R
e
s
i
l
i
e
n
t
I
n
t
e
g
r
i
t
y
NZX Annual Report 2025
31
Developing our strategy to late 2027
Strategic
priorities
STRATEGY
VISION
OPERATING
RESPONSIBLY
STRATEGIC
THEMES
VALUES
We operate under a strategic framework with
interconnected businesses driving scale and
operating leverage for shareholders to help
New Zealand grow.
Assist NZ to grow and improve
its productivity
Three connected and
complimentary businesses
Capital Markets – round
out our product offering,
build scale in clearing and
settlement and capitalise on
the operating leverage as
markets recover
Smart – continue the organic
growth, invest in our brand,
product, client service
automation and operating
platform
NZXWT – continue to
transition the client demand
and capitalise on the
competitive position
Leverage the NZXWT
capabilities for Smart
Operate a well-managed,
scalable, secure operations
and technology environment.
CAPITAL
MARKETS
SMART
NZ X WE ALTH
TECHNOLOGIES
Scale
Listed securities and
volume
Scale
Funds Under
Management
Scale
Annual Recurring
Revenue & Funds
Under Administration
InterconnectivityInterconnectivity
Growing, Connecting, Creating Value
“A trusted New Zealand business, delivering sustainable wealth, value & opportunities for all”
Planet | People | Principles of Governance | Prosperity
Stable/Secure Platform – Well Managed Risk; Healthy Culture
Client Requirements/
Product Expansion
S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures,
Clearing/Settlement Scale
Operational
Leverage
Operational
Leverage
Operational
Leverage
Client Requirements/
Product Expansion
Platform functionality
Client Requirements/
Product Expansion
Enhanced Passive
range
NZX Annual Report 2025
32
NZX Annual Report 2025
33
2. NZX Group Overview
Our
Board
John McMahon – Chair
John re-joined the NZX Board on
10 May 2023. He has extensive
industry experience in the finance
sector, including a background
in technology, company
turnarounds and transformation,
and entrepreneurial small cap
governance. He has spent more than
30 years in the Australasian equity
markets, predominantly as an equity
analyst (covering a broad range of
industries), and was Head of Equities
at ABN AMRO. John has worked
for CS First Boston, BZW, Morgan
Stanley, ABN AMRO, and Walker
Capital, and was Managing Director
of ASB Securities for three years. He
now manages his own investment
portfolio. John is a director of several
small cap NZX-listed companies:
Solution Dynamics (Chair) and AoFrio
(Chair of Audit Committee). He has
a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours),
an MBA and is a CFA (Chartered
Financial Analyst) charterholder.
Dame Paula Rebstock –
Deputy Chair
Dame Paula joined the NZX Board
in February 2023. She is a leading
Auckland-based economist and
company director, who was made a
Dame Companion of the New Zealand
Order of Merit in 2015 for services to
the State. Dame Paula has extensive
professional experience in corporate
and public services governance. She
is a Director of NZX-listed Vector,
Bluecurrent Australia and Bluecurrent
New Zealand, and also serves on
unlisted entities including AIA
Sovereign Insurance New Zealand,
Auckland One Rail, Chair of Asia
Pacific Healthcare Group, and
Sealink New Zealand, among others.
Dame Paula is a former Chair of the
New Zealand Commerce Commission,
and the Accident Compensation
Corporation (ACC); was a Deputy
Chair of KiwiRail, and a Director of
Auckland Transport. She is a member
of the Clearing, Nominations and
Human Resources and Remuneration
committees.
Lindsay Wright –
Independent Director
Lindsay was appointed as a director
in February 2018 and is Chair of the
Audit and Risk Committee. She has
more than 35 years’ financial services
and funds management experience
locally and globally. She has held
a range of senior roles in the funds
management sector both globally and
regionally (APAC) for Matthews Asia,
BNY Mellon Investment Management,
Frank Aldridge –
Independent Director
Frank was appointed as a director
in May 2017. Frank has an extensive
understanding of New Zealand’s capital
markets having spent more than two
decades working for Craigs Investments
Partners where he led the business for
16 years as Managing Director through
a period of significant growth and
expansion between 2005 and March
2021. During this period, he was also
Chair of Australian-based Wilsons
Advisory and Stockbroking, former
member and Chair of New Zealand
Securities Association, and sat on several
of Craigs Investment Partners’ subsidiary
Boards. Frank is an accredited NZX
Adviser, Financial Adviser (FA), and a
Chartered Member of the Institute of
Directors. Frank is a Director of Avion
Private advising corporates, trusts and
individuals.
Invesco Hong Kong, Harvest Funds
and Deutsche Asset Management.
Lindsay started her career with
Bankers Trust, becoming CFO/COO
before moving to Deutsche Asset
Management. Lindsay also brings
extensive governance experience
spanning 14 years, serving on
boards of both listed and private
companies. Lindsay is a director
of ASX-listed Navigator Global
Investments, and Spark and Milford
Asset Management (where she is
Chair of both companies’ Audit and
Risk Committees). Her previous board
appointments include Kiwibank and
the Guardians of the NZ Super Fund,
where she was Deputy Board Chair
and Audit and Risk Committee Chair.
Lindsay has a Bachelor of Commerce
from the University of Auckland and is
a Fellow of the Hong Kong Institute of
Directors.
NZX Annual Report 2025
34
Elaine Campbell –
Independent Director
Elaine was appointed as a director in
February 2019. She has more than 20
years’ executive experience, primarily
in financial and capital markets, and the
IT and telecommunications industry.
Elaine is the Chief Legal, Governance
and External Relations Officer at NZX-
listed SkyCity Entertainment Group.
She was previously the Executive
General Manager of Fibre Access at
Chorus. During her time on the NZX
executive team from 2002 to 2008,
Elaine led the demutualisation and
listing of NZX and was responsible for
the insourcing of regulatory functions,
along with chairing Smart. Elaine spent
five years at the Financial Markets
Authority as Director of Compliance
before joining AMP as an executive
director and General Counsel. She has
previously worked in the UK and USA
for multinational Sun Microsystems.
Rachel Walsh –
Independent Director
Rachel was appointed as a director in
October 2022. She is an independent
director on the Boards of IAG New
Zealand, Asteron Life (Chairing the
Board Audit and Risk Committee), and
Chartered Accountants ANZ (Chairing
the People and Remuneration
Committee), and a member of the
External Reporting Advisory Panel
(XRAP). A Fellow of Chartered
Accountants ANZ and Chartered
Member of the Institute of Directors,
she holds a Bachelor of Commerce
from the University of Auckland.
Rachel’s executive career includes
Group CFO of Datacom Group and
Abano Healthcare, with senior finance
roles in Rank Group, and PwC. She
has extensive experience across
financial services, technology, health
care, private equity, and professional
services, and is among a select group
of women who have served as CFOs
of NZX-listed entities.
Peter Jessup –
Independent Director
Peter joined the NZX Board in January
2022, following his appointment to
the Technology Committee in April
2021. He brings more than 35 years’
financial markets IT experience
– including trading, surveillance,
clearing, depository and settlement
systems. Peter is a capital markets
consultant with Accenture, and
previous roles include leading the
Market Infrastructure Business
Development team at LSEG and was
Senior Vice President at Nasdaq’s
Global Technology Services group.
In Peter’s earlier career he worked
for NZSE (New Zealand Stock
Exchange), where he played a key
role in automation of the exchange,
including the implementation of
electronic settlement and automated
trading technology.
NZX Annual Report 2025
35
2. NZX Group Overview
Mark Peterson – Chief Executive
Mark joined NZX in May 2015 and
became Chief Executive in April 2017.
He has 30 years’ experience in
financial services covering the capital
markets, private wealth, institutional
and retail banking, and insurance.
Mark previously worked as the
Managing Principal of ANZ Securities,
and before that held senior
management roles with First NZ
Capital, ANZ and The National Bank
of NZ.
Jeremy Anderson –
General Manager, Listings,
Information Services &
Environmental Markets
Jeremy joined NZX in March 2017.
He has significant experience working
in the agribusiness, technology
and financial service sectors across
Australia and New Zealand. Prior
to joining NZX, Jeremy led and
executed Vodafone New Zealand’s
agribusiness strategy. Since working
for NZX, and prior to his current role,
he has led the NZX Agri business,
established and led the Information
Services business and Capital Markets
Development business. His areas of
expertise include leadership, strategy
development, sales management
and innovation.
Graham Law – Chief Financial
& Corporate Officer
Graham joined NZX in November
2017. He has considerable experience
working across the financial and
professional service sectors in
New Zealand and the United Kingdom.
Graham previously worked as Head of
Finance at ACC, and prior to this was
Managing Director and Chief Financial
Officer at AMP Capital Limited.
Graham brings expertise in strategic
leadership, corporate governance,
and risk and financial management.
Our
Leadership
Tea m
Kristin Brandon – Head of Policy
& Regulatory Affairs
Kristin joined NZX in 2007 and is
responsible for leading the
development of NZX’s market rules,
and managing NZX’s regulatory
relationships. Kristin has extensive
experience in financial services law,
having previously worked in legal
roles in corporate and commercial,
and financial services teams at DLA
Piper and Chapman Tripp in
New Zealand, and Dechert LLP in
London. Kristin holds an LLB(Hons)
and BCA (accounting major) from
Victoria University in Wellington.
Daniel Juchnowicz –
Chief Information Officer
Daniel was appointed Chief
Information Officer in December 2025
after acting in the role from October.
Daniel brings more than a decade of
experience in the Capital Markets
Technology group. This includes
leading high-performing IT teams in
Trading, Clearing & Settlement,
Payments, and Integrations. In
addition to these responsibilities,
Daniel has led the Digital team,
driving the modernisation of NZX’s
digital products. With a proven
delivery record, he is recognised for
his strategic leadership, strong
stakeholder and vendor engagement,
effective incident management, and
commitment to operational
excellence.
Felicity Gibson –
General Manager, Market Operations
Felicity joined NZX in March 2014 and
leads the Market Operations team,
covering the capital and energy
markets' clearing businesses. Before
joining NZX, Felicity held capital
markets legal and regulatory roles in
New Zealand and the United
Kingdom, including with the FMA in
New Zealand and FCA in the United
Kingdom. Felicity holds an LLB and
BA (Geography major) from the
University of Otago.
NZX Annual Report 2025
36
Nick Morris – General Manager,
Cash & Derivatives Markets
Nick joined NZX in February 2016 and
leads the cash and derivatives
markets. Nick has extensive financial
markets experience both in exchange
traded and over the counter
products. Before joining NZX, Nick
held markets-based roles at Bank of
New Zealand, and at Medley Global
Advisers in central bank policy
research. Nick holds a BCom
(accounting and tax major) from the
University of Canterbury.
Lisa Turnbull – CEO, Smart
Lisa joined NZX in November 2016.
Lisa was appointed Chief Executive of
Smart in 2025, after nine years
leading NZX Wealth Technologies.
She has more than 25 years’
experience in financial services
covering funds management,
investments, insurance and banking.
Lisa previously worked for the ASB
Bank and Sovereign Insurance
holding leadership roles across
finance, investments, distribution and
operations. Lisa is a Chartered
Accountant.
Ronald Redpath –
Chief Risk Officer
Ronnie joined NZX in August 2021.
He has 20 years’ experience in
financial services, covering capital
markets, and banking in the United
Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand.
Ronnie has an extensive risk
management background, with
expertise in operational risk, controls
management and assurance. Prior to
joining NZX, he held various
management roles for Barclays in the
United Kingdom and has previously
worked for ASB in New Zealand.
Sophia van Zijl –
Chief People Officer
Sophia joined NZX in 2024 and
leads culture, talent and workforce
strategy at NZX. Sophia has
extensive experience in financial
services with a background
spanning human resources, capital
markets, and strategic
transformation across NZ, Australia,
and the UK. This includes time as
Chief People Officer at JBWere,
Head of Colleague Strategy at
National Australia Bank, and
Assistant Treasurer at NAB Wealth &
MLC. Sophia holds degrees in Law
and Commerce (majors in
Accounting, Money & Finance).
Robert Douglas – CEO,
NZX Wealth Technologies
Robert was appointed Chief Executive
of NZX Wealth Technologies in
December 2025 after acting in the role
from October. He joined NZX as the
Chief Information Officer in February
2021 and has more than 27 years’
experience in financial services. Prior to
joining NZX, Robert was the Chief
Operating Officer at Verifone NZ and
has held previous roles as Head of
Operations, Institutional, Corporate
and Commercial at ANZ Bank, the Head
of Technology at First NZ Capital and
the Chief Information Officer of Markets
Business Technology for ANZ Bank
based in Australia. Throughout his
career he has also managed several
large change programs. Robert has
expertise in leading large teams in
real-time technology environments and
is passionate about quality and delivery.
Joost van Amelsfort –
CEO, NZ RegCo
With the establishment and structural
separation of NZX’s new regulatory
agency NZ RegCo on 10 December
2020, Joost, formerly Head of Market
Supervision became Chief Executive of
NZ RegCo. Joost has 20 years’ legal
experience advising capital markets
Participants, including roles with
Simpson Grierson and Linklaters LLP,
London and Dubai. Joost’s particular
areas of expertise include corporate
governance, equity and debt capital
markets, and mergers and acquisitions.
NZX Annual Report 2025
37
2. NZX Group Overview
NZX Annual Report 2025
38
Operating
Responsibly
NZX Annual Report 2025
39
NZX’s focus is to create value while
delivering a positive impact on New Zealand
society and the environment.
NZX, as both a listed company and
market operator, interacts with a
broad range of internal and external
stakeholders, on a diverse range of
matters. The views of stakeholders
are important in helping us to define
topics that are most relevant to them,
and material to NZX’s core strategy
and long-term value creation. These
range from important and emerging
risks, such as climate change, through
to the economic and social impacts
and opportunities of doing business.
It is important stakeholders
consider both the financial and
non-financial measures of our
performance in how we deliver
sustainable long-term value. The four
“Ps” – Planet, People, Prosperity and
Principles of Governance – are the
core pillars of NZX’s environmental,
social and governance (ESG)
approach
1
. We call our approach
“Operating Responsibly”.
NZX’s ESG performance for 2025
has been prepared in accordance
with the Global Reporting Initiative
(GRI) Standards. It provides
comprehensive disclosure of our
performance against key metrics we
track. The GRI Content Index can be
found on page 151 of this report.
Public markets will continue to play
an important role in facilitating the
flow of capital towards decarbonising
the New Zealand economy and
empowering sustainable finance.
In 2025 NZX set new emissions
reduction targets that align with our
organisational purpose, vision and
strategy, and with New Zealand’s
long-term sustainability goals and
international commitments.
Changes to New Zealand’s climate-
reporting framework and reporting
thresholds in 2025 means NZX is
unlikely to be a mandatory climate-
reporting entity. We will continue
to voluntarily disclose material
information and this is included as an
appendix in this annual report.
NZX is a signatory of the United
Nations Sustainable Stock Exchanges
(SSE Initiative). We want to align with
international best practice for stock
exchanges.
Robust governance, such as
the Corporate Governance Code,
is paramount to the role that NZX
plays in overseeing the integrity of
New Zealand’s public markets.
Continuing to have a strong
focus on advancing our position on
diversity and inclusion in the NZX
Group workforce remains essential
to our business success and to better
reflect the customers, businesses and
country we serve. NZX is focused on
attracting more female managers,
executives and in governance and
providing them with leadership
development to make a positive
difference.
1 2020 World Economic Forum report – Measuring Stakeholder Capitalism: Towards Common Metrics
and Consistent Reporting of Sustainable Value Creation.
Overview
Continuing to have a strong
focus on advancing our position
on diversity and inclusion in the
NZX Group workforce remains
essential to our business
success and to better reflect
the customers, businesses and
country we serve.
NZX Annual Report 2025
40
NZX Annual Report 2025
41
3. Operating Responsibly
Our people
Our people are at the heart of NZX’s ability to
back New Zealand. In 2025, we invested further
by creating a People and Culture team that
was not only strong on HR administration, but
could drive the delivery of NZX’s Workforce and
Culture Strategy.
A full restructure of the team and the creation of
a Chief People Officer role marked a significant
step towards this objective. These changes
reflect our commitment to building a strong
business where talent thrives and people have
the right skills, experience and environment to
deliver for our customers and New Zealand.
NZX Annual Report 2025
42
Navigating leadership transitions
The year ahead will also bring
significant governance and leadership
changes. These changes represent
pivotal moments for NZX and require
careful planning. Our approach will
be focused on continuity for our
people and customers, clarity of
direction, and cultural alignment.
We will reinforce NZX’s purpose and
values as anchors for decision making,
and maintain engagement and trust
through communication – ensuring
the organisation remains resilient and
future-focused.
Culture and engagement
Our biannual engagement surveys
continue to provide valuable insight
into NZX’s culture. In 2025, NZX
achieved two of its highest recorded
scores, with our most recent score in
October placing us above 70% of
organisations globally in Gallup’s
database. These results reflect the
strength of our culture as well as our
people’s commitment to NZX’s
Purpose and Vision. Insights from
the surveys have shaped our people
strategies and informed priorities
such as leadership development,
remuneration practices, and the
refresh of employee benefits.
Community and volunteering
In 2025, we placed strong emphasis
on connection, bringing our people
together and a renewed commitment
to community engagement. In 2025,
53 people took volunteering leave to
support a wide range of initiatives,
including conservation and
maintenance support at Zealandia,
cooking meals for cancer patients
and their families at Margaret Stewart
House, supporting City Mission
providing presents and food for
children at Christmas, and
participating in several staff-led
causes such as fundraising for
Movember and Pink Ribbon
Breast Cancer.
Enhancing the foundations
During 2025 we set the stage for
future progress. We reset our plans
for the team and established a
Workforce and Culture Strategy and
a People and Culture Transformation
Strategy. These strategies will ensure
the Group has the capability and
culture it needs to serve our
businesses and New Zealand’s
markets.
In 2026 we will deliver on the high
priority items that lay the foundation
for this transformation. This includes
introducing a leadership programme
to grow capability, as well as
refreshing our remuneration
framework and employee benefits so
to ensure NZX remains a competitive
employer. Together, these initiatives
will create the foundations for a more
future-ready organisation.
3.97
3.98
4.08
4.09
4.15
4.16
4.11
4.09
4.26
4.25
4.27
4.30
4.22
4.36
4.37
4.36
4.28
Sep-17
Apr-18
Oct-18
May-19
Oct-19
May-20
Nov-20
Apr-21
Oct-21
May-22
Oct-22
May-23
Oct-23
May-24
Oct-24
May-25
Oct-25
Employee Engagement
NZX Annual Report 2025
43
3. Operating Responsibly
NZX, together with the wider
capital markets community, also
continued its support of a children’s
charity. After many years of
supporting the wonderful work of
the Little Miracles Trust, in 2025 we
chose Variety – The Children’s
Charity to support for the next few
years (see case study on page 45).
These efforts reflect not only the
commitment of NZX, but that of the
wider New Zealand capital markets
community to backing New Zealand
beyond the markets.
Inclusion and belonging
Diversity is central to how we drive
innovation, collaboration and
long-term value for New Zealand.
Our focus is on creating an inclusive
culture where everyone feels they
belong and has equitable access to
opportunities, regardless of
background, identity or experience.
In 2026, we will continue to
sharpen our focus on building a
gender-diverse leadership pipeline,
particularly at the Management level,
which is critical to closing the gender
pay gap and strengthening
representation across NZX. Our
organisational gender pay gap now
sits at 13.6% based on average base
salaries, a great improvement from
16.6% at the end of 2024.
Age and Gender Diversity of NZX Board
Males (%)Females(%)
Over 50 years old 343%457%
Tot al343%457%
Age and Gender Diversity of NZX Workforce*
Males (%)Females(%)
Under 30 years old5062.5%3037.5%
30 – 50 years old10255.7%8144.3%
Over 50 years old4857.1%3642.9%
Not Declared640.0%960.0%
Tot al20656.9%1564 3 .1%
Role and Gender Diversity of NZX Workforce*
Males%Females%
Group CEO1100%––
Executive Team (excl. Group CEO)960.0%640.0%
Management4663.9%2636.1%
Workforce15054.7%12445.3%
Tot al20656.9%1564 3 .1%
* Excludes members of NZX Workforce where gender undisclosed.
Note: NZX Board figures do not included Future Director Laura Manson. All figures are at 31 December 2025.
Gender pay gap
13. 6%
An improvement from 16.6% in 2024
NZX Annual Report 2025
44
NZX is a proud Kiwi company,
committed to supporting the success
of businesses, our communities and
country. Every year in partnership
with S&P we have a dedicated team of
people that plan, host and operate a
golf tournament in Taupo in
September – the NZX/S&P DJI Charity
Golf Classic. This event brings New
Zealand’s capital markets together to
support children’s charities. It has
been running for 35 years and has
supported 13 charities raising more
than $1 million.
In 2025 we partnered with Variety
New Zealand – the Children’s Charity
– who do incredible work supporting
some of the country’s most vulnerable
children. Variety focuses on improving
the health, education and wellbeing
of children experiencing financial
CASE STUDY
Driving more
than capital
markets
hardship, sickness and disability.
It works alongside schools,
community agencies, social workers,
and healthcare professionals to
identify Kiwi kids in need. With
Variety came an ambitious
fundraising goal of raising $60,000
over the weekend that would support
children and their whanau.
While fundraising was the main
focus of the weekend, including a
black-tie dinner and charity auction,
it was not the only priority. The golf
tournament itself is a key part of the
experience, bringing together
participants with a wide range of skill
levels and plenty of enthusiasm and
competition. Many players will admit
they are more familiar with the woods
than they are with Tiger. However,
this didn’t stop the fierce competition
that happened at the stunning
Wairakei Golf & Sanctuary.
Speaking at the dinner, Variety
New Zealand Chief Executive
Susan Glasgow outlined how
important this day was and the
work Variety does. The charity has
more than 3000 New Zealand
children on its waiting list and
every dollar raised that evening
would directly impact the number
of children that could be
sponsored. Susan’s message
resonated strongly and the target
was broken reaching $65,000 – a
new annual record.
The result means around 100
children living in poverty will be
sponsored for a whole year with
clothing, bedding and other items
that help them and their families.
NZX Chief Executive Mark
Peterson summed up the aim of
the weekend in his address to
participants: “We have the markets
in the room, we compete and
challenge each other every day,
and we’ll continue to do that. But
what makes this event so special is
that we put our differences aside
and come together to support a
charitable cause.”
This was more than just a
successful event; it was a powerful
example of what can be achieved
when people come together with
shared intent and energy.
NZX Annual Report 2025
45
3. Operating Responsibly
Increasing transparency and strengthening climate
disclosures
NZX’s climate report containing sections on climate-
related governance, strategy, risk management, and
metrics and targets is provided on page 138 of this
annual report.
In 2025, NZX scored an A- (Fast Follower) in Forsyth
Barr’s C&ESG ratings, an improvement on our last year’s
rating score of B. It is also consistent with other broader
ESG ratings we have received in 2025.
Understanding how we impact the climate
In 2025, we again achieved Toitū Envirocare net carbonzero
certification. This year represents the fifth consecutive year
of NZX’s net carbonzero certification, applied across our
Scope 1, Scope 2, and relevant Scope 3 emissions. This
includes the assessment of emissions from various sources
such as vehicles, business travel, fuel and electricity usage,
paper consumption, and waste generation. Toitū Envirocare
verified our entire reported inventory, including Scope 3
emissions, to a ‘reasonable’ level of assurance in accordance
with ISO 14064-1:2018.
In 2025, our total market-based GHG emissions were 641
tCO
2
e. Excluding the employee commuting, working from
home, and data centre emissions, NZX's total market-based
GHG emissions for 2025 are 391.7 tCO
2
e – 22% lower than
the baseline year emissions from 2019. Intensity metrics are
provided in our climate report on page 146.
Our
environment
NZX Annual Report 2025
46
NZX Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions
ScopeScope 3 CategoryEmissions sources CO
2
-e2019
Tonne s
2023
Tonne s
2024
Tonne s
2025
Tonne s
% difference
YoY
Scope 1Direct Emissions (diesel)1.92.60.00.00.0
Scope 2
(location-based)
Electricity (office space + ticker)48.126.536.852.141.6
Electricity (data centre)N/AN/A17.723.231.1
Scope 2
(market-based)
Electricity (office space + ticker)48.126.531.445.745.5
Electricity (data centre)N/AN/A17.925.844.1
Scope 3
1
3. Fuel- and
energy- related
activities (not
included in scope
1 and scope 2)
Transmission & Distribution
losses for purchased electricity
4.33 .12.24.081.8
Transmission & Distribution
losses for purchased electricity
(data centre)
N/AN/A1.31.838.5
5. Waste
generated in
operations
Office Waste2.328.45.04.6-8.0
Recycling1.80.10.10.10.0
6. Business travelAir Travel
Domestic
Short haul international
Long haul international
212.1
33.6
174.9
94.5
25.3
142.0
96.5
37.9
186.6
100.5
34.1
159.8
4.1
-10.0
-14.4
Accommodation8.012.214.313.6-4.9
Fuel Emissions (rental and
other cars)
10.68.64.33.9-9.3
7. Employee
commuting
Employee CommutingN/A173.8173.8208.820.1
Working From HomeN/A8.89.012.842.2
9. Transportation
and distribution of
sold products
Freight4.222.320.825.623.1
Total (2019 inventory – location-based)501.9365.5404.4398 .1-1. 6
Total (2019 inventory – market-based)501.9365.5399.0391.7-1.8
Total (location-based)501.9548.2606.2644.76.4
Total (market-based)501.9548.2601.0641.06.7
1 Categories 4, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 were not included, as they are not applicable to NZX Group’s business operations.
N/A – Data was not measured in that year
Setting new goals
With 2025 GHG emissions being 22% below 2019 levels
(excluding employee commuting, WFH, and data centre
emissions, which were added to the inventory
subsequently), the NZX Group has successfully achieved
its 2025 emissions reduction target. The NZX Group
targeted a 21% reduction in certain absolute Scope 1, 2,
and 3 emissions from the 2019 baseline, applying an
absolute contraction approach to sources included in our
2019 inventory. This emissions reduction target did not rely
on offsets.
Building on this progress, in 2025 the NZX Group set
new science-aligned medium- and long-term goals using a
new 2024 base year. The goal-setting process involved an
engagement with an external expert and a workshop with
the Senior Leadership Team to gather feedback. The
recommended goals were then submitted to the Board for
approval.
Based on this process, the NZX Group set the following
emissions reduction goals:
• We aim to achieve net zero in absolute Scope 1 and
Scope 2 emissions by 2030.
• We have an ambition to reach net zero in Scope 3
emissions by 2050.
These goals are designed to align with a 1.5° pathway
and reflect NZX’s long-term commitment to reducing its
climate impact. As with the 2025 target, these goals are
informed by Science-Based Targets initiative (SBTi)
guidance and do not rely on carbon offsets. However, NZX
continues to purchase carbon credit offsets corresponding
to its remaining emissions.
NZX Annual Report 2025
47
3. Operating Responsibly
As New Zealand’s Exchange we are
passionate about working with our customers
and stakeholders to grow the markets NZX
operates, which generate wealth integral to
Kiwis’ standard of living, and New Zealand
companies getting ahead.
Our markets
& economic
performance
NZX Annual Report 2025
48
To support the growth and
development of our core markets
business, and to ensure we are well
connected to New Zealand investors,
NZX owns Smart, a New Zealand
issuer of listed Exchange Traded
Funds, KiwiSaver provider SuperLife
and funds manager QuayStreet Asset
Management.
NZX provides wealth management
services for New Zealand advisers via
NZX Wealth Technologies.
NZX is also responsible for
developing, consulting on, and
enhancing the market rules, practices
and policies under which NZX's
markets operate.
NZX makes a significant
contribution to New Zealand’s
economy, both directly and indirectly
via companies that are listed on the
public markets. More than three
million New Zealanders are investors
through their KiwiSaver accounts and
many more though online platforms
such as Sharesies.
The value that NZX has added
to the New Zealand economy since
2018 (when NZX enacted its growth
strategy) has been substantial when
compared to our gross revenue.
Similarly, constituents of the S&P/NZX
50 index contribute significant value
to the New Zealand economy.
The NZX Main Board covers
171 listed issuers with a market
capitalisation of $191.3 billion.
The NZX Debt Market supports
47 listed issuers with $55.6 billion
outstanding on the market. There
are 145 financial instruments listed
on the NZX Debt Market.
NZX’s economic contribution
In 2025, NZX directly contributed
$251 million to the New Zealand
economy, up 4.6% from $240 million
(restated) in 2024.
Despite challenging market
conditions, NZX’s share of value
added to gross revenue has dropped
slightly, to 66%. This means that for
every dollar of revenue generated, in
2025 NZX contributed 66% directly to
the New Zealand economy in the form
of labour (wages or salaries), capital
or taxes.
Internally we have a workforce
of 356.3 full time equivalents –
adding 18.3 FTEs in 2025 to support
business growth and paid a total of
$55.8 million in salaries.
Creating value
Along with providing investors
with ready access to world-leading
companies, the markets operated by
NZX enable New Zealand companies
and other organisations to raise
capital that directly leads to value
creation for businesses, society and
our environment. As well as capital
raising to strengthen balance sheets,
funds are raised via NZX-operated
markets to provide for a range of
wellbeing initiatives such as social
housing, and environmental and
climate change-focused projects.
NZX's direct contribution to the
New Zealand economy
4.6%
Up from $240 million in 2024
NZX Annual Report 2025
49
3. Operating Responsibly
CASE STUDY
New Zealand has proven time and again we have
the talent, technology, and tenacity to compete
and succeed internationally.
Helping companies
grow and succeed
At NZX, we’re focused on connecting
people, businesses, and capital,
ensuring innovative companies have
access to the right capital pathways
to achieve their growth ambitions.
NZX provides a world-class
exchange platform for companies to
access capital and engage investors
in their company’s business growth
stor y.
For many companies, listing on
the NZX is the ultimate milestone.
It provides access to a great pool
of investors, capital and liquidity
to fund growth, and establishes a
framework for ongoing engagement
with the market. Behind the scenes,
the NZX Capital Markets Origination
(CMO) team actively works with
companies who want to achieve this
goal, demonstrating the benefits of
being listed.
NZX Annual Report 2025
50
New Zealand investors are always
looking to support quality companies
and help them meet their growth
aspirations. In 2025 three new
companies joined the NZX, Uvre
Limited (now Minerals Exploration
Limited), Manuka Resources and
Locate Technologies.
“Public markets remain the most
effective and transparent way for
companies to achieve growth,” says
Jeremy Anderson, NZX’s General
Manager Listings, Information
Services & Environmental Markets.
“Alongside supporting and guiding
companies by providing a range of
listing options from an IPO, direct
listing to foreign exempt or dual
listings, NZX’s CMO team is hands
on working closely with companies
to help tell their story to reach the
broadest range of investors.”
This commitment was recently
highlighted by Brett Mitchell,
Executive Director of Minerals
Exploration Limited. Having
navigated dual listings on various
global exchanges, Brett noted the
NZX listing experience stood apart.
“I’ve been involved with dual
listings all around the world, and this
was by far the best experience I have
had,” he said.
Beyond the listing process, the
team’s role extends to helping
companies succeed once listed.
This includes additional capital
raising activity. Throughout 2025, the
team delivered educational sessions
covering investor relations strategy,
listing support, sustainability and
climate reporting, and long-term
growth planning. This included
targeted masterclasses designed to
help issuers better understand index
inclusion and the role of S&P indices
in the market.
The team remains focused
on supporting issuers by raising
their profile with the investment
community. The "Opening Bell"
podcast and ongoing video
“Spotlight” series continue to serve
as vital channels for articulating issuer
stories, allowing business leaders to
offer insights into their companies,
explain their strategy and growth
ambitions, and pitch directly to the
wider investment community.
Advocacy was another key focus in
2025. NZX worked closely with issuers
and regulators to support changes
to the New Zealand’s climate-
related disclosure thresholds. For
many companies, particularly in
the small to mid-cap segment, the
previous settings were seen as a
compliance burden and a barrier
to remaining listed. The changes
by the Government will help
restore confidence for issuers
considering their long-term place
in the market.
Looking ahead, the NZX
CMO team remains focused
on being a trusted partner for
listed companies. With a strong
pipeline of potential listings in
2026 and continued engagement
across the market, the team’s
priority is supporting issuers
to access capital, strengthen
investor engagement, and
deepen connections.
The team’s contact details are
available at www.nzx.com.
At NZX, we’re focused
on connecting people,
businesses, and capital,
ensuring innovative
companies have access
to the right capital
pathways to achieve their
growth ambitions.
NZX Annual Report 2025
51
3. Operating Responsibly
Corporate
Governance
NZX Annual Report 2025
52
NZX Annual Report 2025
Corporate
Governance
For the purpose of this section of the annual report, the
term 'NZX' and 'Company' means NZX Limited.
NZX’s shares are quoted on the NZX Main Board.
NZX also has a subordinated note quoted on the NZX
Debt Market.
In this part of the annual report, we disclose the extent
to which we have followed the recommendations set out in
the NZX Corporate Governance Code 2025 (NZX Code).
The information in this section is current as at 31 December
2025 and has been approved by the board of directors
of NZX.
NZX’s Board is committed to maintaining the highest
standards of governance by implementing a framework
of structures, practices and processes that it considers
reflect best practice. NZX’s corporate governance policies
and procedures, and its Board and Committee charters,
document the framework and have been approved by
the Board.
The framework has been guided by the
recommendations set out in the NZX Code and the
requirements set out in the NZX Listing Rules (Listing
Rules). The Board’s view is that NZX’s corporate governance
framework has followed these recommendations and
requirements in the year to 31 December 2025
(reporting period).
The corporate governance framework is regularly
reviewed by the Board against the corporate governance
standards set by NZX, any regulatory changes, and
developments in corporate governance practices.
The key corporate governance documents referred to
in this section are available from NZX's investor centre
(nzx.com/about-nzx/investor-centre).
The following diagram summarises the NZX corporate
governance framework.
NZX corporate governance framework
REGULATORSSHAREHOLDERS
NZX BOARD OF DIRECTORS
NZ REGCO CHIEF
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
NZX CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
NZX EMPLOYEES
NZ REGCO EMPLOYEES
NZ REGCO BOARD
OF DIRECTORS
AUDIT AND
RISK COMMITTEE
TECHNOLOGY
COMMITTEE
HUMAN
RESOURCES &
REMUNERATION
COMMITTEE
NOMINATION
COMMITTEE
CLEARING
COMMITTEE
53
4. Corporate Governance
NZX Annual Report 2025
NZX Regulation Limited
NZX’s regulatory functions are performed by NZX
Regulation Limited (NZ RegCo), a separate, independently
governed entity. All regulatory decision-making has
been delegated to the NZ RegCo Board and NZ
RegCo management.
NZ RegCo does not regulate NZX as a listed issuer,
or any related entities of NZX that are subject to NZX’s
market rules. This means NZ RegCo also does not
regulate Smartshares Limited (as the listed issuer of the
Smartshares ETFs) or NZX Wealth Technologies Limited (as
an accredited NZX Participant). NZX and its related entities
are regulated by the Special Division of the NZ Markets
Disciplinary Tribunal.
NZ RegCo's functions in relation to regulation of NZX’s
markets operations include:
•monitoring and enforcing compliance with NZX’s market
rules by issuers listed on NZX’s markets;
•monitoring and enforcing compliance with the NZX
Participant Rules and the NZX Derivatives Market Rules
by participants operating on NZX’s markets, such as NZX
Firms, NZX Advisors and Trading Participants; and
•working with the FMA as a co-regulator under the
Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (FMCA) in relation
to continuous disclosure, market manipulation and
insider trading.
NZ RegCo is subject to a charter, which sets out the
objectives, responsibilities and framework for the operation
of NZ RegCo management and the NZ RegCo Board.
NZX CODE
Principle 1 – ethical standards
Directors should set high standards of ethical
behaviour, model this behaviour and hold
management accountable for these standards being
followed throughout the organisation.
Code of Conduct
NZX’s Code of Conduct sets out the standards of conduct
expected of directors (including members of committees)
and employees (including secondees, contractors and
consultants). The purpose of the code is to underpin and
support NZX’s values, legal obligations and policies that
govern and guide our individual and collective behaviour.
Training on the code is included as part of the induction
process for new directors and employees.
The code requires directors and employees to promptly
report material breaches of the code and sets out the
procedure for doing so. The code refers to the NZX
Protected Disclosures Policy, which includes reference
to NZX’s processes around whistleblowing and includes
details of a confidential third party agency for employees
to contact for whistleblowing reporting purposes.
The code is reviewed at least every two years and
was last reviewed in February 2025. Amendments to the
code following a review are summarised and detailed to
NZX employees via NZX’s intranet. NZX’s Board Charter
notes that directors should set high standards of ethical
behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management
accountable for these standards being followed throughout
the organisation.
Financial Products Trading Policy
NZX’s Financial Products Trading Policy sets out NZX’s
restrictions on its directors and employees buying or selling
financial products. In particular:
•apart from certain listed exemptions, directors and
employees may not buy or sell NZX’s shares in the
“blackout” periods set out in the policy (these periods
occur prior to the release of NZX’s financial results to
the market);
•outside of a blackout period, directors and employees
must obtain consent to buy or sell NZX’s shares; and
•directors and employees involved in trading financial
products for a managed investment scheme managed
by Smartshares Limited are prohibited from trading in
financial products on their own behalf or on behalf of
related persons, before trading in those products for the
managed investment scheme in order to avoid gaining a
price advantage.
Because NZX is a licensed market operator, NZX’s senior
managers and employees with access to market sensitive
information must obtain consent to buy or sell financial
products quoted on a market operated by NZX.
Training on the policy is included as part of the induction
process for new directors and employees, with annual
refresher training provided to all employees.
The policy is reviewed at least annually and was last
reviewed in September 2025.
54
NZX Annual Report 2025
Principle 2 – board composition
and performance
To ensure an effective board, there should be
a balance of independence, skills, knowledge,
experience and perspectives.
Board Composition as at 31 December 2025
Board
Structure
Number of
DirectorsGender Diversity
Average Director
TenureAverage Director AgeDiversity Characteristics
Single tier73 men, 4 women5 years, 2 months60 years, 6 monthsEducation qualifications,
professional experience,
personal achievements,
geography, gender
Board charter
NZX’s Board operates under a written charter, which sets
out the responsibilities and framework for the operation of
the Board.
The charter is reviewed at least every two years and was
last reviewed in February 2024.
Management of NZX on a day-to-day basis is undertaken
by the Chief Executive Officer and senior managers through
a set of delegated authorities that clearly define the Chief
Executive Officer’s and senior managers’ responsibilities
and those retained by the Board. The delegated authorities
are set out in NZX’s Delegated Authority Policy. The policy
is reviewed at least annually and was last reviewed in
June 2025.
The Board meets its responsibilities by receiving reports
and plans from management and through its annual
work programme. The Board uses committees to address
issues that require detailed consideration. Committee-work
is undertaken by directors. However, the Board retains
ultimate responsibility for the functions of its committees
and determines their responsibilities.
Nomination and appointment of directors
NZX has a Nomination Committee, which is responsible for
reviewing candidates for appointment and re-election to
the Board and committees, and making recommendations
to the Board. An independent recruitment consultant may
provide assistance in preparing a list of candidates for
the Committee’s consideration. The Committee meets with
preferred candidates before making a recommendation to
the Board. Checks are done on candidates in accordance
with NZX’s Fit and Proper Policy. Key information about
candidates is provided to shareholders in the notice of
annual meeting.
At each annual meeting, current directors retire by
rotation at least every three years as required by the
Listing Rules and are eligible for re-election. Any directors
appointed since the previous annual meeting must also
retire and are eligible for re-election.
NZX uses a skills matrix when selecting candidates for
appointment and re-election to the Board. The skills matrix
outlines the ideal mix of skills, experience and diversity
needed to ensure the Board is equipped to provide the
high standard of corporate governance required to lead
NZX. If the Board determines that new or additional skills
are required, training is completed or a formal recruitment
process is undertaken.
The matrix assesses directors against a number of criteria
including both general corporate governance capability
as well as domain knowledge of matters specific to the
business. A summary of the skills assessment of the current
Board is contained overleaf. This matrix does not include
the skills of the independent directors of NZ RegCo, Smart
or the NZX Limited future director, each of whom bring
additional skills and expertise to the NZX Group.
Based on these criteria, the Board considers that its
members currently have the balance of independence,
skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives necessary
to lead NZX.
55
4. Corporate Governance
High
BOARD STRENGTH
Med-HighLow-MedLow
Board Skills Matrix
CATEGORYDESCRIPTIONBOARD STRENGTH
Corporate governanceKnowledge and experience of governance including
oversight of governance frameworks and ESG/
sustainability.
133
StrategyExperience in defining strategic objectives and
constructively challenging strategic plans.
52
Risk managementCapability in identifying understanding risks and risk
mitigation strategies. Ability to understand the
effectiveness of risk management frameworks and
practices.
412
Business & Digital
Transformation
Knowledge or experience of restructured or new
business resources and models, technology and
capabilities, (incl digital technology).
151
Financial fluencyExperience or background in accounting, corporate
finance and financial reporting, with capability to
assess financial controls and reporting.
52
Policy/Regulatory advocacy
and engagement
Relationships with senior people at FMA and RBNZ,
and relevant politicians.
241
Listed CompanyBoard member, CEO or senior executive of listed
companies (or to equivalent standard in govt or
unlisted).
61
Culture and peopleExperience overseeing CEO and senior management,
including capability assessment, remuneration
frameworks, along with promoting an appropriate
workplace culture aligned with corporate values.
61
Stock exchangeExperience with financial products and licensed
financial markets including market infrastructure,
derivatives and data.
331
Funds managementExperience as Board member, portfolio manager,
senior executive or with investment committee, with a
fund manager.
2311
Custody & AdministrationUnderstanding of Custodial and Administration
platforms.
412
Clearing House & SettlementsUnderstanding of pre- and post-trade settlement
systems.
142
Technology (markets)Experience in governance of critical technology
infrastructure, technology strategies and cyber
security, with emphasis on financial markets-related
technologies.
124
Equity & Debt capital marketsDegree of involvement with debt/equity issuance
(primary and secondary) from either broker, fund
manager, or Listed Issuer side.
331
Regulatory: FMCA, Listing
Rules, & Public Policy
Degree of familiarity with LR and FMCA issues such as
materiality and continuous disclosure and
understanding of how policy settings operate and are
influenced.
322
Capital markets relationshipsExtent of relationships with brokers, institutional
investors in NZ and Australia, investment banking, and
private equity.
124
NZX Annual Report 2025
56
NZX Annual Report 2025
Written agreement
NZX provides a letter of appointment to each newly
appointed director setting out the terms of their
appointment. The letter includes information regarding
expected time commitments, the Board’s responsibilities,
remuneration, independence requirements, disclosure
requirements, confidentiality obligations, indemnity and
insurance provisions, intellectual property rights and
cessation of appointment.
Director information
The Board currently comprises seven directors with
diverse backgrounds, skills, knowledge, experience
and perspectives. All directors are non-executive
and independent. A director’s interests, position and
relationships, as well as the factors set out in Table 2.4 of the
NZX Code, have been considered holistically and without
considering any conflict management arrangements when
determining the director’s independence status.
Information in respect of directors’ ownership interests
is available on page 133. NZX’s directors participate in a
Share Purchase Plan, which requires them to apply a certain
amount of their fees to the purchase of NZX shares (subject
to certain limits and exceptions, the details of which are set
out on page 71).
Diversity
NZX’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy sets out how NZX
will set measurable objectives for achieving diversity and
inclusion, and how it will assess its progress towards
achieving these objectives.
The policy is reviewed at least every two years and was
last reviewed in February 2025. Further details on NZX’s
diversity and inclusion are outlined on pages 9 and 44.
DIRECTOR TRAINING
Directors are expected to understand NZX's operations
and undertake training and education to enable them to
effectively perform their duties. This can include:
•attending management presentations in respect of
NZX’s operations;
•attending presentations on changes in governance, legal
and regulatory frameworks;
•attending technical and professional
development courses;
•attending presentations from industry experts and
key advisers;
•attending the World Federation of Exchanges (WFE)
conferences of which NZX is a member; and
•receiving regular educational materials.
NZX continues to support the Institute of Directors’
Future Director Programme, with Laura Manson appointed
as a NZX Future Director on 7 August 2025.
ASSESSMENT OF BOARD PERFORMANCE
A detailed Board evaluation was commenced in
2024 to review the performance of the Board
and Committees across key areas, including strategy,
risk management, Board processes and monitoring
organisational performance. This process was run by
external and independent governance experts. The key
findings of the process, including questionnaire responses,
were considered by the Board in the first quarter of 2025.
The recommendations related to subsidiary governance,
management reporting and strategic direction and were
adopted (or already in the process of being implemented)
in part.
SEPARATION OF THE CHAIRPERSON AND
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
NZX’s Board Chair and Chief Executive Officer are different
people. NZX’s Board Chair is an independent director.
Principle 3 –
committees
The Board should use committees where this will
enhance its effectiveness in key areas, while still
retaining board responsibility.
COMMITTEES AND MEMBERS
The Board uses committees where specialist skills and
experience are required. As at 31 December 2025, five
standing committees have been established to assist the
Board on matters falling within their areas of responsibility.
Each committee has authority to undertake any activity set
out in its charter or as authorised by a separate resolution of
the Board.
The board and five committees (and the members of
each) as at 31 December 2025 are set below.
Board and committees (as at 31 December 2025)
Board of Directors
•John McMahon (Chair)
•Dame Paula Rebstock
•Lindsay Wright
•Frank Aldridge
•Elaine Campbell
•Peter Jessup
•Rachel Walsh
57
4. Corporate Governance
NZX Annual Report 2025
Committees
Core Committees
Audit and Risk Committee
Human Resources and
Remuneration Committee
Nomination CommitteeClearing CommitteeTechnology Committee
Lindsay Wright (Chair)Frank Aldridge (Chair)John McMahon (Chair)Rachel Walsh (Chair)Peter Jessup (Chair)
Frank AldridgeElaine CampbellFrank AldridgePeter JessupJohn McMahon
Rachel WalshJohn McMahonDame Paula RebstockJohn McMahonRachel Walsh
Dame Paula Rebstock
1
Dame Paula Rebstock
Lindsay Wright
1Dame Paula Rebstock assumed the role of Chair of Human Resources and Remuneration Committee from 1 January 2026.
Director meeting attendance
Core Committees
DirectorBoardAudit and Risk
Committee
1
Human
Resources and
Remuneration
Committee
2
Nomination
Committee
Technology
Committee
Clearing
Committee
John McMahon
3
6/6-5/62/22/44/4
Dame Paula Rebstock6/6-6/62/2-3/4
Lindsay Wright6/67/8---4/4
Frank Aldridge6/68/86/62/2--
Elaine Campbell
4
4/6-6/6---
Peter Jessup6/6---4/44/4
Rachel Walsh6/68/8--2/44/4
1In addition to the scheduled meetings, the Audit and Risk Committee held two additional meetings during the year to discuss the appointment of insurance brokers and
approve NZX’s insurance renewal proposals.
2In addition to the scheduled meetings, the Human Resource and Remuneration Committee held two additional meetings during the year to discuss the appointments of
senior executives.
3John McMahon attended 6/8 Audit and Risk Committee meetings as an ex-officio member.
4In addition to committee attendance, NZX directors may also sit on subsidiary boards. Elaine Campbell is a director of NZX Regulation Limited and attended 8/8 NZX
Regulation Limited scheduled board meetings.
Audit and Risk Committee
NZX’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil
its responsibilities in relation to the NZX Group’s financial
practices and reporting, internal control environment,
internal audit, external audit and risk management. The
Committee operates under a written charter, which sets out
the responsibilities and framework for the operation of the
Committee. The charter is reviewed at least every two years
and was last reviewed in May 2024.
The Committee must be comprised solely of NZX
directors, have a minimum of three members, have a
majority of members that are independent directors and
have at least one director with an accounting or financial
background. The current composition of this Committee
complies with these requirements.
The Committee’s Chair, Lindsay Wright, holds a bachelor
of commerce degree from the University of Auckland
majoring in finance and accounting, and has previously
held the role of CFO of Deutsche New Zealand (previously
Bankers Trust) and was also formerly Chair of the Audit
Committee for the New Zealand Superannuation Fund.
Lindsay’s full biography (as well as the biographies of other
committee members) is on page 34.
The Committee Chair and the Board Chair are
different people.
Management may only attend meetings at the invitation
of the Committee and the Committee routinely has
Committee-only time and time with the external and
internal auditors without management present.
58
NZX Annual Report 2025
Human Resources and Remuneration Committee
NZX’s Human Resources and Remuneration Committee
assists the Board in overseeing the management of
the human resources activities of NZX, including the
remuneration of employees. The Committee operates
under a written charter, which sets out the responsibilities
and framework for the operation of the Committee. The
charter is reviewed at least every two years and was last
reviewed in February 2025.
The Committee must have a minimum of three members
and a majority of members that are independent directors.
The current composition of this Committee complies with
this requirement.
Management may only attend meetings at the invitation
of the Committee and the Committee routinely has
Committee-only time.
Nomination Committee
NZX’s Nomination Committee assists the Board in
identifying and recommending individuals to the Board for
nomination as directors and members of committees. The
Committee operates under a written charter, which sets out
the responsibilities and framework for the operation of the
committee. The charter is reviewed at least every two years
and was last reviewed in November 2024.
The committee must have a minimum of three members
and a majority of members that are independent directors.
The current composition of this Committee complies with
this requirement.
Management may only attend meetings at the invitation
of the Committee and the Committee routinely has
Committee-only time.
Technology Committee
NZX’s Technology Committee was formed in 2020 and
assists the Board in oversight of the role and use of
technology in executing NZX’s strategy (including ICT
recommendations from Capital Markets 2029), meeting
regulatory requirements and standards and in supporting
the function of the markets operated and cleared by
NZX, through NZX Clearing. The Technology Committee
oversees NZX technology risk and supports the Audit
and Risk Committee in its overall group risk management
obligations. The Committee operates under a written
charter, which sets out the responsibilities and framework
for the operation of the Committee. The charter was last
reviewed in December 2025.
The Committee must have three members. The
Committee may have a non-director as a member (who
must have skills and experience relevant to the operation of
the Committee). The current composition of this committee
complies with these requirements (though it does not
currently have a non-director member).
Clearing Committee
The Clearing Committee assists the Board in ensuring that
New Zealand Clearing Limited has adequate risk capital to
meet its obligations as the central counterparty clearing
house for NZX Clearing. The Committee operates under
a written charter, which sets out the responsibilities and
framework for the operation of the Committee. The charter
is reviewed at least every two years and was last reviewed in
February 2024.
The Committee must have a minimum of three members
being either all NZX directors or two directors and one
external independent person (who must have skills and
experience relevant to the operation of the Committee).
The current composition of this Committee complies with
these requirements.
Takeover protocol
NZX’s Takeover Protocol sets out the procedure to be
followed if there is a takeover offer for NZX.
The protocol is reviewed at least every two years and was
last reviewed in December 2025.
Principle 4
– reporting and
disclosure
The Board should demand integrity in financial and
non-financial reporting, and in the timeliness and
balance of corporate disclosures.
Continuous disclosure
NZX’s Continuous Disclosure Policy sets out NZX’s
arrangements to ensure material information is identified,
reported, assessed and, where required, disclosed to the
market in a timely manner.
NZX is committed to ensuring the timely disclosure of
material information about the NZX Group and to ensuring
that NZX complies with the NZX Listing Rules.
It is the responsibility of the Board to monitor
compliance with the Continuous Disclosure Policy. The
Board considers at each Board meeting whether any
information discussed at the meeting requires disclosure.
The policy is reviewed at least every two years and was
last reviewed in August 2024.
Charters and policies
The key corporate governance documents referred to in
this section, including policies and charters, are available
from NZX’s investor centre (https://www.nzx.com/about-
nzx/investor-centre).
59
4. Corporate Governance
NZX Annual Report 2025
Financial reporting
NZX is committed to ensuring integrity and timeliness in
its financial reporting and in providing information to the
market and shareholders which reflects a considered view
on its present and future prospects.
The Audit and Risk Committee oversees the quality
and integrity of external financial reporting, including
the accuracy, completeness, balance and timeliness of
financial statements. It reviews NZX’s full and half-year
financial statements and makes recommendations to the
board concerning accounting policies, areas of judgement,
compliance with accounting standards, stock exchange and
legal requirements, and the results of the external audit.
All matters required to be addressed and for which the
Committee has responsibility were addressed during the
reporting period.
NZX has published its full and half-year financial
statements that were prepared in accordance with relevant
financial standards. The full year financial statements are set
out on pages 82 to 129.
The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial and
Corporate Officer have confirmed in writing to the Board
that NZX’s external financial reports present a true and fair
view in all material aspects.
Non-financial reporting
NZX releases data on its non-financial performance
metrics each month through its monthly shareholder
metrics publications. It also releases quarterly revenue and
shareholder metrics, and regulation metrics representing
the key features of NZX’s activities in regulating its markets.
NZX releases non-financial data within its annual report,
including as to remuneration (on pages 64 to 72), within
the climate report (pages 138 to 150) and as against
the sustainability reporting standard, the Global Reporting
Initiative (see pages 151 to 154).
NZX continues to integrate its non-financial reporting
and disclosures to align with its financial performance
and strategy.
To support this, and provide increased clarity for
shareholders and the market on our financial performance
and execution of strategy, financial and non-financial targets
are reported.
Further information is available from the NZX investor
centre (https://www.nzx.com/about-nzx/investor-centre)
Principle 5
– remuneration
The remuneration of directors and executives should
be transparent, fair and reasonable.
Directors’ remuneration
Please see page 72 for details of the current fees paid to
NZX directors.
Remuneration policy
Please see page 65 for details on NZX’s remuneration policy
for the remuneration of NZX directors and employees.
Chief Executive Officer remuneration
Please see page 65 to 67 for details of the NZX CEO’s
remuneration arrangements.
Principle 6 – risk management
Directors should have a sound understanding of the
material risks faced by the issuer and how to manage
them. The Board should regularly verify that the issuer
has appropriate processes that identify and manage
potential and material risks.
Risk management framework
The Board is responsible for the establishment and
oversight of NZX’s risk management framework, together
with setting NZX’s overall risk appetite and tolerance.
Significant risks are discussed at each Board meeting, or
as required.
The Board has established an Audit and Risk Committee
with responsibility to:
•review and provide feedback in respect of the principal
risks set out in NZX’s risk register;
•ensure that management has established a risk
management framework which includes policies and
procedures to effectively identify, manage and monitor
NZX’s principal risks; and
•monitor compliance with, and assess the effectiveness of,
the risk management framework.
The Committee reviews the risk register every quarter.
The Committee also reviews the risk management
framework annually. The Committee receives reports on the
operation of risk management policies and procedures.
The Executive Team and senior management are
required to regularly identify the major risks affecting the
business, record them in the risk register and develop
structures, practices and processes to manage and monitor
these risks.
NZX maintains insurance policies that it considers
adequate to meet its insurable risks.
The Board is satisfied that NZX has in place a risk
management framework to effectively identify, manage and
monitor NZX’s principal risks, including a Risk Appetite
Statement, Conflict Management Policy, Continuous
Disclosure Policy, Delegated Authority Policy, Financial
Products Trading Policy, Fit and Proper Policy, Acceptable
Use of Technology Policy and Protected Disclosures Policy.
NZX engages EY to carry out internal audit functions
on various parts of its operations, including assessing
the effectiveness of NZX’s risk management policies
and procedures. Additionally, independent assurance is
provided and reviews are undertaken on matters such as
60
NZX Annual Report 2025
risk capital, operational controls, IT/software security and
anti-money laundering procedures.
Key risks
NZX’s material risks for 2025 and how these are being
managed are outlined and discussed at pages 76 to 80.
In addition, please see page 153 for health and safety risk
disclosures in Appendix 2 (GRI Content Index).
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial and
Corporate Officer assurance
The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial and
Corporate Officer have provided the Board with written
confirmation that NZX’s 2025 financial statements are
founded on a sound system of risk management and
internal compliance and control; and that all such
systems are operating efficiently and effectively in all
material respects.
Principle 7
– auditors
The Board should ensure the quality and
independence of the external audit process.
NZX’s Audit and Risk Committee makes
recommendations to the Board on the appointment and
removal of the external auditor. The Committee also
monitors the independence and effectiveness of the
external auditor, and reviews and approves any non-audit
services performed by the external auditor. An External
Auditor Independence Policy sets out the services that may
or may not be performed by the external auditor. This policy
was last reviewed in April 2025.
During the reporting period, NZX concluded a request
for proposal (RFP) process for the provision of its
external audit and assurance services (and associated
reporting). On 7 March 2025 the Group announced that
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) had been appointed as the
Group’s external auditor for the financial year commencing
1 January 2025.
The Committee regularly meets with the external auditor
to approve their terms of engagement, audit partner
rotation (at least every five years) and audit fee, and to
review and provide feedback in respect of the annual
external audit plan. A comprehensive review and formal
assessment of the independence and effectiveness of the
external auditor is undertaken periodically. The Committee
routinely has time with NZX's external auditor, PwC, without
management present.
PwC attends the annual meeting, and the lead audit
partner is available to answer questions from shareholders
at that meeting. PwC and KPMG (as auditor for the
financial year ending 31 December 2024) attended the
2025 annual meeting.
PwC has provided the Audit and Risk Committee with
written confirmation that, in their view, they were able to
operate independently during the year.
NZX has appointed EY to perform a number of
internal audit functions. The Audit and Risk Committee
is responsible for overseeing the independence and
objectivity of the internal audit function and for reviewing
and monitoring the internal audit annual work plan,
reports from internal audit and management responses.
The Committee routinely has time with EY without
management present.
Principle 8 – shareholder rights
and relations
The Board should respect the rights of
shareholders and foster constructive relationships
with shareholders that encourage them to engage
with the issuer.
Information for shareholders
NZX seeks to ensure that investors understand its activities
by communicating effectively with them and giving them
access to clear and balanced information.
The key information channels are NZX's website,
announcements and media releases, social media channels,
the annual and interim report, investor days and the
annual meeting.
NZX’s investor centre contains annual and interim
reports, investor presentations, dividend information and
other information relating to NZX (including key corporate
governance documents).
Communicating with shareholders
NZX’s investor centre sets out NZX’s Chief Financial
and Corporate Officer’s and NZX’s GM Corporate Affairs
& Sustainability contact details for communications
from shareholders. NZX responds to all shareholder
communications within a reasonable timeframe.
NZX provides options for shareholders to receive and
send communications electronically, to and from both
NZX and its share registrar. NZX encourages shareholder
participation at its shareholder meetings by allowing in
person or virtual attendance, and provides a webcast of
the meeting, along with presentations and the Chair and
CEO’s addresses on its website. In addition, NZX’s Notice
of Meeting assists shareholders with virtual elements of the
meeting including voting and questions.
61
4. Corporate Governance
NZX Annual Report 2025
Shareholder voting rights
In accordance with the Companies Act 1993, NZX’s
Constitution and the NZX Listing Rules, NZX refers major
decisions which may change the nature of NZX to
shareholders for approval.
NZX conducts voting at its shareholder meetings by
way of a poll and on the basis of one share, one vote.
Further information on shareholder voting rights is set out
in NZX’s Constitution.
Notice of annual meeting
NZX’s annual meeting was held on 1 May 2025. Notice
of the meeting was released to the market on 31 March
2025 i.e. 20 working days prior to the meeting. This meets
NZX’s legal requirement as to providing notice under clause
2 of Schedule 1 of the Companies Act 1993, as well as
recommendation 8.5 of the NZX Code to provide at least
20 working days’ notice of the meeting. The notice of
meeting was also posted in the NZX Investor Centre, in full
compliance with recommendation 8.5. The 2026 meeting
will be held on 23 April 2026 in Auckland. A webcast of the
meeting will be made available to shareholders.
62
Remuneration Report
NZX Annual Report 2025
63
5. Remuneration Report
NZX Annual Report 2025
Remuneration
report
FROM THE CHAIR OF THE HUMAN RESOURCES & REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Philosophy & approach
NZX’s remuneration objective is to pay people fairly and
attract, retain and reward the talent and expertise needed to
achieve our strategic goals and create shareholder value.
This report outlines our remuneration framework and
guiding principles, our short and long-term incentive
schemes, the Chief Executive’s remuneration, and
disclosures including the CEO-employee ratio, gender
pay gap, and Director remuneration. NZX used the NZX
Corporate Governance Institute Template in preparing this
Remuneration Report.
2025 Business Performance and Reward
NZX continued to deliver strong results in 2025,
supported by disciplined execution and market resilience.
Total Shareholder Return was 12.7% (9.02% based
on volume weighted average prices), reflecting robust
performance. The Committee approved an incentive
pool that reflected performance against targets, ensuring
rewards reflect contribution and value creation.
The Year Ahead
Following the restructure of the People & Culture function,
we endorsed a plan at the end of 2025 to refresh
NZX’s remuneration framework – aimed at improving
transparency, market alignment and career progression
across our varied roles. This work will progress in 2026,
alongside developing a leadership development program
and a review of benefits we offer to staff to ensure NZX
remains competitive and able to attract and retain top talent
in the market.
Leadership Transition
2026 will be a significant year of change for the
organisation. With our longstanding Chief Executive
departing, we will be leaning on the senior leadership team
for stability and the continuation of the delivery of the
strategy. We have a very strong senior leadership group
that understand their businesses well, have the respect
of internal and external stakeholders and are proven in
strategic execution. Having bench strength like this is
a testament to the positive environment and workplace
culture that has been created, and stands us in good stead
through this period of change.
As for myself, after serving as Chair of the Human
Resources & Remuneration Committee, I have stepped
down and passed the role to Dame Paula Rebstock from
1 January 2026. It has been an honour to contribute to
the governance of remuneration and people strategy, and
Dame Paula will continue to bring exceptional leadership
and insight to this important role.
In Summary
The Committee is pleased with the progress made in
2025. The foundations set this year position NZX to deliver
a modern, transparent and competitive remuneration
framework that supports NZX’s strategic objectives and the
creation of shareholder value.
Frank Aldridge
Chair of the Human Resources and
Remuneration Committee
64
NZX Annual Report 2025
Remuneration Governance
Please refer to the Corporate Governance section of
the Annual Report for a discussion on the governance
arrangements pertaining to remuneration (including
relevant policies) and the Human Resources and
Remuneration Committee (including attendance).
Remuneration Policy
NZX’s Remuneration Policy sets out NZX’s practices around
the attraction, retention and motivation of high-quality
employees to assist the Company in achieving its business
objectives and the creation of shareholder value. The policy
applies to NZX’s Directors as well as permanent employees
(both full and part time) of the NZX Group. It does not
apply to fixed-term employees, secondees, contractors
or consultants.
At NZX, Director remuneration is paid in the form
of Director fees. Further details on NZX’s approach
to director remuneration can be found later in this
Remuneration Report.
NZX’s employee remuneration can include a mix of
fixed remuneration, short-term incentive plan components
and/or long-term incentive plan components (to be
determined at NZX’s discretion). Further details of the
Company’s approach to fixed remuneration, and employee
short-term and long-term incentive plans are below, as are
details of the NZX Chief Executive’s remuneration.
In addition to the above, all permanent employees are
granted a one-off gift of $1,000 of NZX shares (gross
of tax) within the first year of commencing permanent
employment. This gift is designed to give employees
direct experience of being an NZX shareholder and drive
employee engagement in the share market.
NZX Chief Executive Officer (CEO) remuneration
On the renewal of the CEO’s contract in 2023, external
benchmarking was undertaken to inform the offer and
ensure the remuneration package was positioned fairly and
market aligned.
The CEO remuneration package includes a mix of the
following components:
•fixed remuneration (includes base salary and KiwiSaver
employer contributions, if applicable);
•short-term incentive plan (STI) - strategic and financial
goals based;
•short-term incentive plan (STI#2) - Total Shareholder
Return (TSR) based; and
•CEO transition payment - supporting a new CEO with an
orderly transition.
For 2025 the CEO’s remuneration package is made up
as follows:
($
Dollars)
50%
100%
FixedOn TargetMaximum
0
200,000
400,000
600,000
800,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
1,400,000
1,600,000
Fixed RemunerationSTISTI#2
FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF THE CEO REMUNERATION
The following table summarises the actual value of remuneration earned by the CEO, Mark Peterson for the past five years.
YearBase
Salary
Other
1
STI
2
STI#2LTI
3
Total
Remuneration
STI % of
Max
LTI Vesting -
shares
issued
LTI Vesting
- % of Max
LTI rights
issued
2025
4
600,000-441,000--
1,041,000
74%
2024
5
600,000-561,330300,000-
1,461,330
94%
2023
600,000-450,000--
1,050,000
75%
2022
6
600,000102,413600,000-746,228
2,048,641
100%599,52450%
2021
600,00033,143600,000--
1,233,143
100%550,449
1Other - relates to holiday pay on remuneration associated with the incentive plans that were paid.
2STI payments are made 2 months after the end of the financial year to which they relate.
3In prior years the CEO’s remuneration has included Long Term Incentive (LTI) plans, which have been replaced by a Total Shareholder Return based short-term incentive
plan (STI#2).
4In 2025 the CEO’s STI#2 Plan fully lapsed.
5In 2024:
a. the CEO’s LTI Plan issued in 2021 fully lapsed (550,449 performance rights); and
b. the CEO’s STI#2 Plan was fully earned. This was paid by purchasing 113,990 NZX shares on 28 February 2025, which are held in escrow until vested in accordance with the
terms of the Plan (50% on the
first anniversary of the payment and 50% on the second anniversary.
6In 2022 the CEO's LTI Plan issued in 2018 partially (50%) vested resulting in:
a. 588,947 TSR performance rights vesting, which resulted in the issue of 599,524 shares (after adjustment for the dilutive impact of NZX's 2022 equity raising) at a value of
$746,228; and
b. 588,947 EPS performance rights lapsing.
65
5. Remuneration Report
NZX Annual Report 2025
CEO SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (STI) – STRATEGIC AND FINANCIAL GOALS BASED
The Board structured the CEO’s 2025 STI to be focused on the delivery of strategic goals, along with achieving an operating
earnings target, plus maintaining organisational risk, compliance and culture integrity.
There is a gateway to achieving an STI payment, which is reaching a minimum of 90% of the operating earnings target.
The CEO’s STI goals are structured as follows:
STI GoalsMeasurement basisWeightingFY2025
Score
FY25 Achievement
Financial
Performance
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is measured
against target on a tiered basis:
•< 90.0% of target earns Nil%;
•90.0% to 100.0% pro rata;
•100.0% of target earns 28% weighting;
•100.0% to 120.0% pro rata; and
• 120.0% (or more) of target earns a
maximum of 60.0% weighting.
40.0%32.8%The operating earnings target for
FY25 was exceeded by approx. 3%.
Strategic GoalStrategic Goals, including:
S&P / NZX 20 Futures:
Lot numbers traded against targets on a tiered
basis (with an opportunity to over achieve):
•<100% of target earns Nil%;
•100% of target earns 6% weighting;
•100% to 417.5% tiered targets; and
•417.5% (or more) of target earns a
maximum of 12% weighting.
Smart:
•operating margin targets (7.5%); and
•net cash flow targets (10.0%) for Smart,
SuperLife and QuayStreet; and
•net KiwiSaver member number
targets (2.5%)
Wealth Technologies:
•ARR (external and internal) targets (up to
5%); and
•Smart registry integration (up to 5%).
Other strategic goals (5%).
45.0%22.2%
S&P / NZX 20 Futures trading has
not yet commenced.
Smart:
•operating margin target
achieved;
•net cashflow targets partially
achieved; and
•net KiwiSaver member number
targets achieved.
Wealth Technologies:
•ARR external targets achieved;
and
•Smart registry not yet integrated.
Other strategic goals have not
been achieved.
Other Goals
Other goals include:
•Risk and Compliance (5%) – avoidance of
material breach/failure.
•NZX Culture (5%) - maintain average
Engagement score of 4.3 and keeping staff
turnover <16%.
•ESG (Environmental, Social and
Governance) targets (5%) - including
emissions and gender pay gap targets.
15.0%15.0%•There have been no material
breach/failures in 2025.
•Engagement score of 4.36 and
staff turnover of 12.4%.
•NZX achieved a carbon
reduction of 21% by December
2025, and the gender pay gap
(at base salary level) reduced to
13.6%.
Total100.0%70.0%
For the 2025 financial year the NZX Board assessed Mr Peterson’s performance at 70.0%. As the financial performance
was towards the top of the earnings guidance range the Board applied a multiplier of 1.05 to the relevant STI bonus pools.
The CEO earned STI as follows:
STI TargetSTI MaximumEarned
% of STI Target
Earned
% of maximum STI
Earned
%$%$$%%
50%$300,000100%$600,000$441,000147.0%73.5%
66
NZX Annual Report 2025
CEO SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (STI#2) - TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN BASED
On 1 August 2024, the CEO’s Employment Agreement was amended to include an additional STI Plan. Under STI#2 the CEO
is eligible for up to $300,000 per annum, subject to achievement of agreed annual targets.
STI#2 is to be paid in NZX shares (equivalent to the assessed performance net of tax). The NZX shares shall be purchased
on market, beneficial ownership transferred to the CEO and the shares held in escrow to prevent the CEO from selling the
shares. 50% of the shares will be released from escrow on the first anniversary of the payment being confirmed, and the
remaining 50% at the end of the second anniversary. The CEO is entitled to the economic benefit of dividends accrued
during the escrow period.
For 2025 the STI#2 TSR growth performance hurdle was:
YearSTI#2
Maximum
STI#2
Earned
Vesting Period
Min
TSR Performance
HurdlesMax
2025$300,000$Nil1 January 2025 to
31 December 2025
9.39%9.39% to 13.39%13.39%
50% vestPro rata vesting100% vest
NZX TSR COMPARED TO NZX 50 GROSS RETURN
The NZX TSR is compared to the NZX50 gross return below:
Mar
18
Jun
18
Sep
18
Dec
18
Mar
19
Jun
19
Sep
19
Dec
19
Mar
20
Jun
20
Sep
20
Dec
20
Mar
21
Jun
21
Sep
21
Dec
21
Mar
22
Jun
22
Sep
22
Dec
22
Mar
23
Jun
23
Sep
23
Dec
23
Mar
24
Jun
24
Sep
24
Dec
24
Mar
25
Jun
25
Sep
25
Dec
25
-50.00%
-25.00%
0.00%
25.00%
50.00%
75.00%
100.00%
125.00%
NZXNZX50 Full Gross Index Return
For the 2025 financial year the TSR was 12.7% for the year from 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2025. The TSR for the
STI#2 is calculated on an opening and closing 10-day VWAP basis, resulting in a TSR of 9.0%. The TSR performance hurdle
was not met and therefore STI#2 lapsed.
67
5. Remuneration Report
NZX Annual Report 2025
EMPLOYEE REMUNERATION
Employee remuneration includes a mix of the
following components:
•fixed remuneration (includes base salary and KiwiSaver
employer contributions where applicable);
•short-term incentive (STI) plan (which may be offered
to NZX’s senior employees and some key sales and
customer relationship roles);
•long-term incentive (LTI) plan (which may be offered to
NZX’s senior employees); and
•a one-off grant of $1,000 of ordinary NZX shares
(gross of tax) within the first year of commencing
permanent employment.
Employee Fixed Remuneration
Base salary is determined with reference to external and
internal relativity, as well as individual factors.
NZX has a remuneration framework that is organised
into bands that are applicable based on a job level
(e.g. Executive / Senior) and industry (e.g. Financial
Services, Legal). NZX uses a job evaluation methodology
that groups positions to bands that make a similar
contribution to the business based on factors including
scope, knowledge, job complexity, authority and interaction
with others.
Bands are regularly benchmarked using remuneration
surveys conducted by external parties. NZX's intention is
to pay between 80% to 120% of the midpoint of each
band. Employees’ base salaries are reviewed annually
and changes are made at NZX’s discretion. Tailored
remuneration ranges may sometimes be applied by
exception for specialist skill sets.
All NZX employees are paid at or above the
Living Wage.
Short Term Incentive Plan (STI)
NZX’s discretionary cash-based STI plan is available to
senior employees and some specified sales and customer
relationship roles. Participation is at NZX’s sole discretion.
The STI plan is designed to reward achievement of short-
term business goals that are set as part of plans to meet
NZX’s longer-term strategy. The STI plans are generally set
at a maximum of between 15% and 25% of base salary
(depending upon the seniority and role), however this may
be higher for NZX’s executive team and active investment
managers. The STI plans are conditional on performance
criteria including:
•NZX’s financial performance;
•division and/or business unit performance (these roll up
into the CEO’s STI goals); and
•the employee’s individual performance.
For active investment managers the performance criteria
also includes fund performance over rolling 1- and 3-year
periods, and a portion of their STI is deferred for 1 year
(12.5%) and 2 years (12.5%). The deferred portions are only
payable if individuals remain with the NZX Group for the
deferral period.
The active investment managers also receive, at NZX’s
sole discretion, a STI equivalent to a share of the
QuayStreet net profit after corporate cost allocations and
a capital charge.
The Board assessed aggregate employee STI
performance in 2025 as on target. As the financial
performance was towards the top of the earnings guidance
range the Board applied a multiplier of 1.05 to the
relevant STI bonus pools, resulting in a total maximum
available employee STI pool of $6.08 million (plus Kiwisaver
where applicable). The allocation of the employee STI
pool is determined by the CEO and approved by the
Board. The CEO may include discretionary bonuses in
the recommended allocation to both STI eligible and
ineligible employees to reward exceptional individual
performance. Any discretionary bonuses recommended by
the CEO are considered within the maximum STI pool.
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTI)
NZX’s share-based LTI plans are designed to:
•align managers’ rewards with improvement in
shareholder value;
•encourage longer-term decision-making to achieve
business plans and corporate strategies;
•reward performance improvement; and
•retain key skills and competencies.
Under NZX’s LTI plans, executive team members
and senior managers may be offered NZX performance
rights which may convert to shares based on long-term
performance hurdles (3 years).
Vesting of the performance rights is dependent on
(subject to Board discretion):
•NZX meeting performance hurdles in respect of TSR
growth; and
•the individual remaining with the NZX Group for the
duration of the vesting period.
In addition, under NZX’s LTI plans some senior
employees may be offered NZX performance rights valued
between $10,000 to $50,000, which may convert to shares
if they remain with the NZX Group for the duration of the
three-year vesting period.
68
NZX Annual Report 2025
The active employee LTI plans are structured as follows:
Year
Rights
issued
Performance Hurdles20232024202520262027
2025
1,436,867TSR 11.39% to 13.39% and tenure 3 yearsYear 1Year 2Year 3
2024
1,773,341TSR 9.29% to 11.29% and tenure 3 yearsYear 1Year 2Year 3
2023
1,295,526TSR 9.29% to 11.29% and tenure 3 yearsYear 1Year 2Year 3
CEO/Employee Ratio
The ratio represents the number of times greater the
CEO remuneration is to the remuneration of an employee
paid at the median of all employees. For the purposes
of determining the median paid to all employees, all
permanent full-time, part-time and fixed-term employees
are included with part-time employees adjusted to the full-
time equivalent value.
As at 31 December 2025, the CEO’s base salary
was $600,000 which was 5.1 times (2024: 5.3 times)
the median base salary of all employees of $117,400. The
CEO’s total remuneration earned was $1,041,000
which was 8.2 times (2024: 11.7 times)
the median total remuneration of all employees of $126,959
(total remuneration includes base salary plus KiwiSaver, STI
and LTI earned, where applicable) .
Gender Pay Gap (GPG)
For December 2025, NZX’s overall organisational gender
pay gap has reduced to 13.6%, an improvement from 16.6%
in 2024, based on average base salaries. In 2026, we will
focus on identifying and addressing the underlying drivers
of this gap. Female representation remains stable, with 43%
of employees identifying as women.
1
GPG representation and Pay Gap by Seniority Level
(December 2025)
1
All Employees: includes all permanent and fixed-term employees. NZX excluding CEO & NZ RegCo: same as ‘all employees’ but excludes the Group CEO and NZ RegCo.
Executive: includes the extended Senior Leadership Team who lead and set strategic direction for the organisation, driving overall business performance and long-term
growth. Management: those who oversee teams and operations, ensuring goals are met and business objectives are achieved efficiently. Workforce: professionals who are
individual contributors with specialised skills and knowledge, and support level workers who assist with day-to-day operations to keep the business running smoothly.
69
5. Remuneration Report
NZX Annual Report 2025
Employee Remuneration Bands
The table opposite sets out the number of NZX
Group employees and former employees who received
fixed remuneration and other benefits, including non-
cash benefits and share-based remuneration more than
$100,000 per annum in FY2025.
This information includes all cash-based incentives
paid and equity-based incentives that vested during the
calendar year. This table includes amounts where scheme
performance hurdles have been met, but have not been
vested as the employee needs to remain employed until the
maturity date for the relevant scheme award.
Directors are not included in the table as their
remuneration is set out separately in the Directors’
Remuneration section.
Remuneration Range ($)# of Employees
100,000110,00021
110,000120,00019
120,000130,00018
130,000140,00014
140,000150,00022
150,000160,00010
160,000170,00016
170,000180,00010
180,000190,0007
190,000200,0005
200,000210,0008
210,000220,0005
220,000230,0003
230,000240,0004
240,000250,0004
250,000260,0006
270,000280,0004
280,000290,0005
290,000300,0001
300,000310,0003
310,000320,0004
320,000330,0001
330,000340,0001
340,000350,0001
370,000380,0001
380,000390,0001
390,000400,0001
400,000410,0001
440,000450,0001
460,000470,0001
470,000480,0001
480,000490,0001
490,000500,0001
600,000610,0001
740,000750,0001
770,000780,0001
780,000790,0001
810,000820,0001
1,140,0001,150,0001
1,460,0001,470,0001
70
NZX Annual Report 2025
Directors’ Remuneration
NZX Directors' fees are based on each Director's role. The
fees paid to NZX’s Directors are $88,000 per annum and
$166,000 for the Chair. In addition, the Chair of the Audit
& Risk Committee receives an additional $15,000 fee, the
Chairs of other Committees (excluding the Nominations
Committee) receive a $10,000 fee, and the crossover
Director of both NZX and NZX Regulation Limited (NZ
RegCo), is paid fees solely by NZX, including an additional
$20,000 fee for their role on the Board of NZ RegCo.
As set out in NZX’s Remuneration Policy, Directors do not
receive any performance, or superannuation or retirement
benefits. This reflects the difference in their roles (which is
to provide oversight and guide strategy), and the role of
management which is to operate the business and execute
NZX’s strategy.
In order to align the interests of Directors and
shareholders, under the Directors’ Share Purchase Plan, a
portion (50% of the Chair fee above $100,000 and 50% of
the Director fees above $50,000) of each Director’s base
fees is used to acquire NZX Limited shares (except where it
is not permitted for compliance purposes, or when certain
shareholding thresholds are met). The current Directors’
share and subordinated note holdings are detailed in
Section 10 of the Statutory Information disclosures.
Total remuneration received by each director in 2025 is
set out on the next page.
Independent Directors of NZX Subsidiaries'
Remuneration
Independent and non-executive Directors of NZX
subsidiaries include:
•NZX Regulation Limited (NZ RegCo) – NZX’s regulatory
functions are performed by this subsidiary, which is
governed by its own Board separate from the NZX Board
comprising independent Directors, and one cross-over
Director from the NZX Limited Board;
•Smartshares Limited (Smart) – independent Directors are
required in accordance with Smart Managed Investment
Scheme (MIS) licence requirements; and
•NZX Wealth Technologies Limited – the non-executive
Director provides specialist expertise.
The total amount of remuneration and other benefits for
independent Directors of NZX subsidiaries during 2025 is
set out on the next page.
NZX permanent employees do not receive
additional remuneration for acting as Directors of
subsidiary companies.
71
5. Remuneration Report
NZX Annual Report 2025
DirectorNZXNZ RegCoSmart
Wealth
Technologies
TOTAL
NZX Directors
Frank Aldridge98,000
1
98,000
Peter Jessup98,000
2
98,000
Lindsay Wright103,000
3
103,000
Rachel Walsh98,000
4
98,000
Elaine Campbell88,00020,000108,000
John McMahon (Chair)166,000166,000
Dame Paula Rebstock88,00088,000
Independent Directors NZX Subsidiaries
John Hawkins50,00050,000
Michael Heron (King's Counsel)50,00050,000
Trevor Janes (NZ RegCo Chair)
5
85,00085,000
Philippa Dunphy55,000
6
55,000
David Hunt54,345
7
54,345
John Williams75,00075,000
Guy Elliffe
8
75,00075,000
Jon Raby
9
18,75018,750
Kathryn Jaggard20,00020,000
TOTAL
739,000314,345168,75020,0001,242,095
1Includes $10,000 fee as Chair of the NZX Board Human Resources & Remuneration Committee
2Includes $10,000 fee as Chair of the NZX Board Technology Committee
3Includes $15,000 fee as Chair of the NZX Board Audit & Risk Committee
4Includes $10,000 fee as Chair of the NZX Board Clearing Committee
5Resigned as a director of NZ RegCo effective 31 December 2025
6Includes $4,345 fee as Chair of the NZ RegCo Board Governance and Remuneration Committee (appointed from 17 February 2025) and $655 as Chair of the NZ RegCo Board
Risk Assurance & Audit Committee (until 16 February 2025)
7Includes $4,345 fee as Chair of the NZ RegCo Board Risk Assurance & Audit Committee (appointed from 17 February 2025)
8Resigned as a director of Smart effective 31 December 2025
9Appointed to the Smart Board effective from 1 October 2025
To ensure the independence of the regulatory functions
that NZ RegCo performs, NZX has obtained a waiver from
Listing Rule 2.11 from the Special Division to exclude
NZ RegCo’s independent Directors’ remuneration from the
annual directors fees approved by NZX shareholders. The
waiver does not apply to directors of NZ RegCo who are
also directors of NZX.
Under the Listing Rules, fees paid to the Directors of
Smart are approved separately by NZX as shareholder
of Smart.
72
Risk
Reporting
NZX Annual Report 2025
73
NZX Annual Report 2025
Risk
Management
Effective risk management is integral to NZX’s strategic objectives. NZX has established a Risk Management Framework
(RMF) to ensure it has a comprehensive framework to assist with identifying, assessing, and managing its risk in a pro-active
and effective manner. The RMF and its methodology is applied consistently across the NZX Group, with business specific
requirements incorporated for Smart, NZXWT, NZRegCo and NZ Clearing. The RMF adopted by NZX is linked to its business
strategy through consideration of risk appetite and all significant types of risks to which NZX is exposed, as well as any
emerging risks which may impact the business in the future.
74
NZX Annual Report 2025
NZX employs a three lines of defense model to ensure best practice risk management. The three lines of defence model
outlines risk management roles and responsibilities for all staff/ functions and is based on the premise that the management
and reporting of risk (including controls and their effectiveness) is everyone’s responsibility.
1
The first line of defence is made up of all business functions who typically own and manage the
risk. This consists of all management and staff who are responsible for identifying and managing
risk as part of their roles.
2
The second line of defence is made up of functions that oversee or specialise in compliance and
risk management. This provides policies, frameworks such as the RMF, and tools and techniques to
support the management of risk in the first line as well as internal assurance by way of independent
controls testing.
3
The third line of defence comes from independent assurance providers who assist the risk
management and compliance programme by challenging controls and bringing a systematic and
disciplined approach to the evaluation of core functions for NZX.
How we are responding
Avoid the riskMitigate the riskTransfer the riskAccept the risk
NZX may choose to avoid a
risk by not proceeding with
an activity likely to generate
the risk.
NZX may seek to mitigate a
risk through implementing or
enhancing controls to reduce
or remove the likelihood
and/or consequence of the
risk materialising.
NZX may choose to transfer
all or part of a risk to a third
party e.g., outsourcing.
Transferring the risk does not
remove it and
oversight/ monitoring of the
risk remains a focus.
NZX may choose to accept a
risk where it is either
immaterial or cannot be
mitigated within appetite.
A formal risk acceptance
process is embedded
within the RMF.
75
6. Risk Reporting
NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding
STRATEGIC
Strategic risks that NZX faces
include the composition of our
business and the strategic
direction we choose to take,
changes in financial markets and
the business environment.
Underlying risks include:
•Strategic direction, design, and
innovation risk;
•Strategic implementation risk;
•Macro-economic environment
risk; and
•Market competition risk.
•We refreshed our five-year strategy in 2024. The strategy
is annually revisited and we report progress through our
investor presentations.
•Our strategy includes diversifying operating earnings and
building resilience into our business model.
•Our strategy and the values we demonstrate help deliver to our
purpose and vision.
•We engage with a broad range of stakeholders and monitor
changes in the business environment to adapt our strategy and
react as a ‘fast follower’ as needed.
•We monitor business unit performance to identify issues
and opportunities early and address any people and
resourcing risks.
•We monitor, and report to the Board, our progress towards our
strategic objectives.
•We publish monthly operating metrics and quarterly revenues
to enhance the monitoring of performance.
FINANCIAL
Financial risks arise through
various sources including:
•adverse strategic decisions
(including inappropriate
resource allocation);
•general market risk – including
lower numbers of listed issuers,
less listing and capital raisings,
lower levels of trading activity,
declines in market
capitalisation and funds under
management / administration;
•counterparty credit risk in
operating NZX clearing
function; and
•operational errors, undetected
fraud or poor execution of
projects that are designed to
deliver the strategy.
Underlying risks include:
•Financial performance/ return
risk;
•Credit risk;
•General market risk; and
•Liquidity risk.
•We assess our financial risks from both a strategic and
operational perspective.
•We manage balance sheet and counterparty risks to an
acceptable tolerance through a framework of policies and
financial controls.
•Our capital management takes into account both current and
anticipated future market activity levels, as well as the impact of
strategic decisions / investments.
•We regularly monitor an extensive range of financial metrics
and indicators of risk across all our business units.
•We have a governance framework including delegated
authority policies which sets limits and outlines authority for
committing NZX to expenditure.
•We have people, policies, processes, systems and controls
in place designed to meet our operational expectations and
benchmarks, and ensure project delivery effectiveness.
•The counterparty credit risk associated with NZX’s clearing
function is managed by the clearing house’s risk management
framework, which is aligned to the Standards issued under
the Financial Markets Infrastructures Act 2021 and international
practice. This framework ensures that the clearing house holds
sufficient prefunded capital to manage the default of the largest
participant in extreme but plausible conditions.
76
NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding
INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
Information technology plays a
critical role for our business. We
recognise we are an important
component of the New Zealand
capital markets ecosystem.
IT risk arises when the technology
is not reliable or available and / or
does not operate effectively or
efficiently. The technology
environment is also dependent on
other participants in the capital
markets ecosystem.
Underlying risks include:
•Information Technology risk;
•3rd Party (outsourcing) risk; and
•Disaster recovery risk.
•We seek to have appropriate processes, procedures,
applications and resources in place to manage IT risks. The
potential impact of technology related issues remains an area of
critical focus and ongoing investment.
•As we strive for continuous improvement, we actively monitor
our key systems with regular reviews of availability against
service levels (where applicable) and targets. Regular testing is
performed on key systems & services to determine throughput
and capacity, and we aim to enhance our systems in a
timely manner.
•Observability, tools and processes are critical to ensuring our
ongoing performance and monitoring of critical applications.
This will continue to be a key focus.
•We seek to have contingency plans in place for disruptions
or a loss of service to Tier 1 technology systems. As part of
our enhancement plans, we intend to continue to enhance
crisis planning.
•We replace ageing technology as part of lifecycle management;
we plan system architecture with security, future capacity,
growth and supportability driving key design decisions.
•We manage changes to critical infrastructure, operating
systems and applications through formal change management
processes including agreed governance and quality gates.
•We seek to maintain active engagement with our vendor
partners who provide critical applications, with a key focus
on ensuring partners and suppliers understand our business,
objectives and criticality of all market operations. We proactively
work with other strategic vendors to ensure that they have
agreed roadmaps.
•We have a disaster recovery (DR) testing programme in place
across the NZX Group, including at least annually for NZX’s
capital markets systems / operations.
•We have a Technology Committee (a subcommittee of the NZX
Board). There is monthly Technology Governance Reporting in
place and a standing agenda item on Technology KPIs at the
NZX Audit & Risk Committee.
•We develop and train our staff and seek to ensure that they are
suitably qualified and experienced.
•We ensure our stakeholders and regulators are informed and
kept up to date on our strategy and roadmap.
•We have relevant contracts in place to help manage our "Third
Party" risks.
•We ensure that the use of AI is managed and secure, with
appropriate policy and access management in place.
77
6. Risk Reporting
NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding
INFORMATION
SECURITY/
CYBER
Risk of loss of confidentiality,
integrity, or availability of
information, data, or information
systems that results in negative
impact on the NZX business. The
technology environment must also
be secure and resilient to external
cyber threats which are evolving at
an ever-increasing pace.
Underlying risks include:
•Information security risk; and
•Cyber security risk
•The impact of information security/ cyber security related issues
remains an area of critical focus and ongoing investment.
•We have a Cybersecurity Forum and cybersecurity strategy and
response plan addressing cyber risk and ensuring feedback
from business stakeholders are incorporated. We test, monitor,
and improve the response plan to ensure it is up to date,
relevant and robust.
•We seek to have appropriate processes, procedures and
resources in place to identify, detect and protect against threats
that manifest into Information security/ cyber security risks and
ultimately reduce any negative impacts in terms of our ability to
respond to and/or recover from a cybersecurity event.
•The constantly evolving threats presenting as cyber risk
are continuously monitored so that we may minimise the
time to react and reduce potential impacts or harm from
emergent threats.
•Cyber risks are reviewed to ensure that they reflect the current
cyber threat landscape overlaid across the nature of operations
of our different business units.
•We build and maintain capabilities that identify and protect
against data security threats and work with our internal
stakeholders to ensure protection improvements are balanced
against any potential disruption to our business.
•We have a Technology Committee (a subcommittee of the NZX
Board). There is monthly Technology Governance Reporting in
place and a standing agenda item on Cyber Security at the NZX
Audit & Risk Committee.
•We have strategic partnerships in place with a Managed
Security Service Provider (MSSP) to ensure that we have real
time alerting and response across our digital assets alongside
advisory services.
COMPLIANCE,
LEGAL &
REGULATORY
Risk that NZX breaches its
compliance, legal and regulatory
conduct obligations (including for
example NZX’s licensed market
operator licence, clearing house
FMI obligations , MIS licence,
supervisor, regulatory and
customer commitments) leading
to reputational damage, adverse
regulatory outcomes, fines or
breach of contract.
Underlying risks include:
•Legal risk; and
•Regulatory risk.
•We seek to mitigate compliance, legal and regulatory risks
through practising good corporate governance and by
developing and adhering to internal policies and procedures.
•We train and educate our operational staff so they understand
the obligations applicable to their role, and the related
requirements, policies and procedures.
•We have regular independent audits and periodic reviews of
our adherence to our arrangements that are designed to ensure
compliance with legal, regulatory and contractual obligations.
•We include structural separation of NZX’s commercial and
regulatory roles as part of our regulatory model. The regulation
function is carried out by an independently-governed subsidiary
to enhance conflicts management arrangements between NZX’s
commercial and regulatory roles.
78
NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding
CUSTOMER &
STAKEHOLDER
Risk that NZX does not focus on
customers to ensure appropriate
customer outcomes.
Underlying risks include:
•Client risk;
•Partner / stakeholder risk; and
•Product risk.
•We acknowledge the importance of customers within our
strategy. We are structured around diverse customer segments
in a complex ecosystem.
•We aim to consider the impact of changes on our customers,
partners and stakeholders and we provide sound basis for the
change alongside appropriate levels of communication.
•Our Relationship Management Framework provides the basis
for regular and open engagement with customers, partners
and stakeholders.
•Our customer systems ensure that there is a record of activities
that is monitored and measured so we can continue to improve
on our customer interactions.
•We proactively engage with customers to address any
potential concerns.
•We utilise a number of outreach initiatives to support our
customers and increase engagement.
•We continue to engage with key stakeholders, including
investors, suppliers, customers, and regulators, as we move
towards a low-emissions, climate-resilient future.
OPERATIONAL
The risk of unexpected failure in
day-to-day operations caused by
system, people or process failure.
Underlying risks include:
•Operational process risk;
•Operational people risk;
•Operational system risk; and
•Business continuity risk.
•We routinely review and refine our operational procedures
and controls.
•We routinely assess how we can make improvements to the
resilience and reliability of our operations, with an ongoing
focus on automation.
•We have regular training and suitably qualified and experienced
operational staff.
•We cross train both within and across operational teams
to ensure maximum coverage for issues related to people
availability in specific locations.
•We have regular independent audits and periodic reviews of
our operational processes and activities.
•We have business continuity plans that are tested at regular
intervals and have in place remote working procedures.
•We have an incident management framework requiring that
timely attention be paid to rectifying incidents as they
occur. Post incident review ensures learnings from incidents
are implemented.
REPUTATIONAL
•The risk arising from negative
perception on the part of both
existing and prospective
customers, employees,
counterparties, regulators or
other stakeholders which can
adversely affect NZX’s ability to
maintain existing, or establish
new, customer relationships.
Underlying risks include:
•Reputational risk
•Understanding the importance of our reputation and protecting
it is a core component of our decision making and actions.
•We aim to have regular and open engagement with
stakeholders to seek feedback on our performance.
•Where appropriate, we interact with our regulators and
government at management, CEO and Board level to
facilitate transparency.
79
6. Risk Reporting
NZX Annual Report 2025
RiskThe risk and its impactHow we are responding
HUMAN
RESOURCES
NZX employees play a critical role
in the business, enabling NZX to
deliver its strategy.
HR risks may arise due to
ineffective or inappropriate
culture and conduct, people
management/ resourcing and
health and safety practices.
Underlying risks include:
•Culture and Conduct risk;
•Health and Safety risk; and
•People Management and
Resourcing risk.
•We seek to operate a healthy, open, respectful culture where
teamwork, diverse thought, challenge and clarity of decisions
are all embraced.
•Our company values are based on Integrity, Resilience,
Openness, Creativity and Delivery.
•We are committed to continually evolving and promoting an
effective risk management culture that creates an environment
of risk awareness and responsiveness.
•Our people are expected to uphold a high standard of
professionalism and integrity. Employees must adhere to our
Code of Conduct that sets out standards of conduct and
includes our company values, legal obligations and policies.
•We seek employee feedback and measure engagement via bi-
annual surveys, and set action plans for improvement.
•We are committed to supporting the health, safety and
wellbeing of our people through training and communication
of our Health and Safety policy.
EMERGING RISKS
NZX uses horizon scanning to proactively identify and monitor new and emerging risks which may impact our business in
the future. Comprehensive assessment and monitoring of these risks are undertaken, and these are integrated as part of
the RMF through the risk hierarchy.
80
NZX Annual Report 2025
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
The directors are responsible for the preparation, in
accordance with New Zealand law and generally accepted
accounting practice, of financial statements which present
fairly the financial position of NZX Limited and its
subsidiaries (the Group) as at 31 December 2025 and the
results of their operations and cash flows for the year ended
31 December 2025.
The directors consider that the financial statements of
the Group have been prepared using accounting policies
appropriate to the Group’s circumstances, consistently
applied except as disclosed in Note 8 of the financial
statements and supported by reasonable and prudent
judgements and estimates, and that all applicable New
Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting
Standards have been followed.
The directors are pleased to present the financial
statements of the Group for the year ended
31 December 2025.
The financial statements were authorised for issue for
and on behalf of the directors on 25 February 2026.
John McMahon
Chair of the Board
Lindsay Wright
Chair of the Audit and Risk
Committee
81
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
Financial
Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
82
NZX Annual Report 2025
Contents
7. Financial Statements82
Group Income Statement84
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income84
Group Statement of Changes in Equity85
Group Statement of Financial Position86
Group Statement of Cash Flows87
Notes to the Group Financial Statements88
1. Reporting entity and statutory base88
2. Non-GAAP measures90
3. Intangible assets90
4. Goodwill91
5. Impairment tests92
6. Segment reporting94
7. Change in value of contingent consideration96
8. Listing fee revenue recognition - correction of prior
year treatment
97
9. Operating revenue99
10. Operating expenses101
11. Net finance expense102
12. Funds held on behalf of third parties102
13. Taxation102
14. Earnings per share and net tangible assets per
share
104
15. Cash and cash equivalents and cash flow
reconciliation
106
16. Receivables and prepayments107
17. Property, plant and equipment107
18. Investment in associate108
19. Leases109
20. Trade payables111
21. Other liabilities111
22. Interest bearing liabilities112
23. Shares on issue113
24. Dividends114
25. Share based payments114
26. Financial instruments116
27. Related party transactions121
28. Contingent liabilities122
29. Capital commitments122
30. Subsequent events122
83
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
Group Income Statement
For the year ended 31 December 2025
Note
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Operating revenue8/9128,948120,122
Net personnel costs10(48,428)(46,337)
Other operating expenses10(28,831)(27,236)
Operating earnings (EBITDA)
2
2/8
51,68946,549
Net finance expense11(3,408)(3,545)
Depreciation and amortisation expense3/17/19(19,274)(17,971)
Loss on disposal of assets(168)(5)
Gain on lease modification1519
Impairment loss on goodwill4/5-(3,700)
Change in fair value of contingent consideration7-10,862
Share of profit of associate18323565
Profit before income tax
8
29,31332,764
Income tax expense8/13.1(7,838)(7,731)
Profit for the year
8
21,47525,033
Earnings per share
Basic (cents per share)8/14.16.57.7
Diluted (cents per share)8/14.16.57.6
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
2EBITDA is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. Please refer to Note 2 for more information.
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 December 2025
Note
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Profit for the year
21,47525,033
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss--
Foreign currency translation differences1841136
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss--
Total other comprehensive income41136
Total comprehensive income for the year21,51625,169
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
84
NZX Annual Report 2025
Group Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2025
Note
Share Capital
$000
Retained
Earnings
$000
Translation
Reserve
$000
Total Equity
$000
Restated balance at 1 January 2024
1
8
120,134(9,400)(218)110,516
Restated profit for the year
1
8-25,033-25,033
Other comprehensive income for the year--136136
Restated total comprehensive income for
the year
1
8
-25,03313625,169
Transactions with owners recorded
directly in equity:
Dividends paid
24
-(19,825)-(19,825)
Issue of shares232,863--2,863
Share based payments23962--962
Cancellation of non-vesting rights23(514)514--
Total transactions with owners recorded
directly in equity
3,311(19,311)-(16,000)
Restated balance at 31 December 2024
1
8
123,445(3,678)(82)119,685
Profit for the year-21,475-21,475
Other comprehensive income for the year--4141
Total comprehensive income for the year-21,4754121,516
Transactions with owners recorded
directly in equity:
Dividends paid
24
-(20,041)-(20,041)
Issue of shares2327--27
Share based payments231,073(75)-998
Cancellation of non-vesting rights23(98)98--
Total transactions with owners recorded
directly in equity
1,002(20,018)-(19,016)
Balance at 31 December 2025124,447(2,221)(41)122,185
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
85
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
Group Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 December 2025
Note
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
Restated
$000
1
1 January
2024
Restated
$000
1
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents1532,05528,82524,670
Cash and cash equivalents - restricted1520,00020,00020,000
Funds held on behalf of third parties1224,78627,61621,702
Receivables and prepayments1620,09719,07415,874
Total current assets96,93895,51582,246
Non-current assets
Property, plant & equipment178,37710,1129,446
Right-of-use lease assets1915,31115,66117,380
Goodwill446,88746,88750,587
Intangible assets391,16895,91699,169
Investment in associate1818,70818,34317,642
Total non-current assets180,451186,919194,224
Total assets277,389282,434276,470
Current liabilities
Funds held on behalf of third parties1224,78627,61621,702
Trade payables209,0129,1527,604
Other liabilities - current8/2125,19327,89535,325
Lease liabilities - current191,4031,2431,291
Interest bearing liabilities - current227,500--
Current tax liability132,3273,2961,912
Total current liabilities70,22169,20267,834
Non-current liabilities
Non-current other liabilities8/215,1535,4748,364
Lease liabilities1918,11118,50819,770
Interest bearing liabilities2254,14561,44361,256
Deferred tax liability8/137,5748,1228,730
Total non-current liabilities84,98393,54798,120
Total liabilities155,204162,749165,954
Net assets122,185119,685110,516
Equity
Share capital23124,447123,445120,134
Retained earnings8(2,221)(3,678)(9,400)
Translation reserve(41)(82)(218)
Total equity attributable to shareholders122,185119,685110,516
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
86
NZX Annual Report 2025
Group Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 December 2025
Note
2025
$000
2024
$000
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
128,451118,337
Interest received
1
1,7282,134
Interest paid
1
(4,970)(5,657)
Payments to suppliers and employees
(77,431)(72,004)
Income tax paid
(8,286)(6,923)
Net cash provided by operating activities
15.2
39,49235,887
Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant and equipment
(552)(2,777)
Payments for intangible assets
(11,086)(10,646)
Payments for acquisition
7(3,201)-
Net cash used in investing activities
(14,839)(13,423)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payments of lease liabilities
(1,382)(1,293)
Dividends paid (net of Dividend Reinvestment Plan)
(20,041)(17,016)
Net cash used in financing activities(21,423)(18,309)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
3,2304,155
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
48,82544,670
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
15.1
52,05548,825
1Comparatives have been updated for presentation change, see Note 1.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
87
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 December 2025
1. Reporting entity and statutory base
Reporting entity
These consolidated financial statements are for NZX Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the
Group) as at and for the year ended 31 December 2025. The Company is the ultimate parent entity and controlling party.
The Group operates New Zealand securities, derivatives and energy markets, including maintaining the infrastructure on
which they operate. It provides funds management services including KiwiSaver, superannuation, managed funds and
Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), as well as developing and operating wealth management platforms for other providers. It
also provides a range of information and data to support market growth and development in the securities and dairy sectors.
The Company is incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand, registered under the Companies Act 1993 and is an FMC
reporting entity under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (FMCA). These financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 1993 and the Financial Reporting Act 2013. The Company is listed and its ordinary
shares are quoted on the NZX Main Board. The Company also has listed debt which is quoted on the NZX debt market.
Basis of preparation
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting
Practice (NZ GAAP). They comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting
Standards (NZ IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards, as appropriate for Tier 1 profit oriented
entities. The financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS
Accounting Standards).
The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 February 2026.
The measurement basis adopted in the preparation of these financial statements is historical cost, modified by the
revaluation of certain financial instruments as identified in the accompanying notes. These financial statements are presented
in New Zealand Dollars ($), which is the Group's functional currency. All financial information presented in New Zealand
dollars has been rounded to the nearest thousand, except when otherwise indicated.
Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements are prepared by consolidating the financial statements of all the entities that comprise the
Group, being the Company and its subsidiaries. Consistent accounting policies across the parent and all subsidiaries are
employed in the preparation and presentation of the Group financial statements.
i. Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on
which control is transferred to the Group. On acquisition, the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary are
measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. In determining the fair value of assets acquired, the Group assesses
identifiable intangible assets including brands, intellectual property, software, management rights and any other identifiable
intangible assets using recognised valuation methodologies and with reference to suitably qualified experts. Any excess of
the cost of acquisition over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill.
ii. Investments in subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated
financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.
In preparing the Group financial statements all intercompany balances and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within
the Group are eliminated in full.
iii. Investment in associate
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial
and operating policies. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method. They are initially recognised
at cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the
Group's share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate, until the date on which significant
influence ceases.
88
NZX Annual Report 2025
Accounting policies
Accounting policies that summarise the measurement basis used and are relevant to the understanding of the financial
statements are provided throughout the accompanying notes.
The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these financial
statements, except as described in Note 8.
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning on or
after 1 January 2026, and have not been applied in preparing these financial statements. The Group does not plan to adopt
these standards early. With the exception of NZ IFRS 18 (discussed below) none of these standards are expected to have a
significant effect on the financial statements of the Group.
(a) NZ IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosures in Financial Statements
NZ IFRS 18 replaces NZ IAS 1, introducing new requirements that will help to achieve comparability of the financial
performance of similar entities and provide more relevant information and transparency to users. Although NZ IFRS 18 will
not impact the recognition or measurement of items in the financial statements, the impacts on presentation and disclosure
may be significant, particularly in relation to the Group income statement and providing management-defined performance
measures within the financial statements.
Management is currently assessing the detailed implications of applying the new standard on the Group’s consolidated
financial statements. It is anticipated that the application of NZ IFRS 18 will have an impact on the Group's consolidated
financial statements in future periods.
The Group will apply the new standard from its mandatory effective date of 1 January 2027. Retrospective application is
required, and so the comparative information for the financial year ending 31 December 2026 will be restated in accordance
with NZ IFRS 18.
Presentational changes
Certain amounts in the comparative information have been reclassified to ensure consistency with the current
period's presentation.
Within the Group income statement net personnel costs have been separately disclosed from other operating expenses.
Within the Group statement of cash flows the presentation of interest received and interest paid has been adjusted to
present them separately in accordance with NZ IAS 7. This presentation has no impact on net cash provided by operating
activities or net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents.
Comparative segmental information (Note 6) has been adjusted to present the Policy & Regulatory Affairs business line in the
Markets segment (previously presented in the Corporate segment). This change has been made to better reflect the current
management and reporting structure and has no impact on the NZX Group’s total operating earnings/net assets.
Accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with NZ IFRS requires judgements, estimates and assumptions that
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual
results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions
to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
The principal areas of judgement for the Group, in preparing these financial statements, including information about
assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next
financial year, are set out in:
•Note 3 Intangible assets
•Note 4 Goodwill
•Note 8 Listing fee revenue recognition - correction of prior year treatment
•Note 19 Leases
•Note 25 Share based payments
During the period the Group reassessed the useful life of certain intangible assets which is considered a significant
judgement, as described in Note 3.
89
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
2. Non-GAAP measures
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is a non-GAAP performance measure and differs from the NZ IFRS profit for the year. The
Group’s definition of operating earnings (EBITDA) may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and
disclosures by other entities.
Reconciliation of operating earnings (EBITDA) to NZ IFRS profit for the year:
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Profit for the year21,47525,033
Income tax expense7,8387,731
Profit before income tax29,31332,764
Adjustments for:
- Net finance expense3,4083,545
- Depreciation and amortisation expense19,27417,971
- Loss on disposal of assets1685
- Gain on lease modification(151)(9)
- Impairment loss on goodwill-3,700
- Change in fair value of contingent consideration-(10,862)
- Share of profit of associate(323)(565)
EBITDA51,68946,549
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
The Group has presented the operating earnings (EBITDA) performance measure in addition to NZ IFRS profit for the
year, as this performance measure is used internally in conjunction with other measures to monitor performance and make
investment decisions. Operating earnings (EBITDA) is calculated by adjusting profit from operations to exclude the impact of
taxation, net finance expense, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, impairment
loss on goodwill, change in fair value of contingent consideration and share of profit of associate.
3. Intangible assets
Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. The direct costs associated with the development of software and website
assets are capitalised only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the development of the intangible asset is technically
and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to
complete the development of the asset. Otherwise, it is recognised in profit or loss as incurred. The cost of intangible assets
acquired in a business combination is their fair value at the date of the acquisition. Intangible assets with a finite life are
amortised from the date the asset is ready for use on a straight-line basis over its estimated life which is as follows:
•Software and websites:1 – 9 years
•Brands, trademarks, and rights to use brands: 2 – 10 years
•Data archives, customer lists, databases, and other IP: 3 years
•Management rights: 15 – 25 years
During the year, the Group reassessed the useful life of Smartshares Limited's (Smart) Exchange Traded Funds management
rights, previously held as indefinite life, as finite life intangible assets. These management rights are being amortised over 15
years from 1 January 2025 (annual amortisation charge of $156,000).
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its intangible assets to determine whether there is any
indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. This is outlined in note 5.
Where estimated useful lives or recoverable values have diminished due to technological change or market conditions,
amortisation is accelerated.
90
NZX Annual Report 2025
Software and
websites
$000
Brands,
Trademarks
and rights to
use Brands
$000
Data archives,
customer lists,
databases,
and other IP
$000
Management
rights
$000
Intangible
work in
progress
$000
Total
$000
Gross carrying amount
Balance at 1 January 202489,2534111,45875,3176,293172,732
Additions80---10,83010,910
Transfer from WIP14,644---(14,644)-
Balance at 31 December 2024103,9774111,45875,3172,479183,642
Additions----10,87610,876
Disposals---(270)-(270)
Transfer from WIP9,704---(9,704)-
Balance at 31 December 2025113,6814111,45875,0473,651194,248
Accumulated amortisation
Balance at 1 January 202463,111240-10,212
-
73,563
Amortisation expense10,3191334863,225-14,163
Balance at 31 December 202473,43037348613,437
-
87,726
Amortisation expense11,597384863,379-15,500
Disposals---(146)-(146)
Balance at 31 December 202585,02741197216,670
-
103,080
Net Book Value
As at 1 January 202426,1421711,45865,1056,29399,169
As at 31 December 202430,5473897261,8802,47995,916
As at 31 December 202528,654
-
48658,3773,65191,168
4. Goodwill
Carrying amountNote
2025
$000
2024
$000
Balance at beginning of the year
46,88750,587
Impairment loss on goodwill5
-(3,700)
Balance at end of the year
46,88746,887
A cash generating unit (CGU) to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, and whenever there
is an indicator of impairment based on the performance of the CGU relative to expected future performance and other
relevant factors.
The directors have carried out impairment testing with the key assumptions set out in note 5. No impairment was required in
2025 (2024: $3.7 million impairment of goodwill was required in the Energy business, refer note 5).
91
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
5. Impairment tests
Indefinite life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually. They are also reviewed for impairment whenever there
are indicators of impairment, as are finite life intangible assets.
A summary of the CGUs to which intangible assets have been allocated as at 31 December 2025 is outlined below:
Software &
websites
$000
Other finite
life
intangible
$000
Work in
progress
$000
Total other
intangible
$000
Goodwill
$000
Other net
assets /
(liab.)
$000
1
Total
$000
Cash generating unit
Smart
2,36158,377152
60,890
41,095(6,924)
95,061
Wealth Technologies
23,571-2,171
25,742
1,494(2,274)
24,962
Energy
171--
171
4,020-
4,191
Direct data
-486-
486
278-
764
Other
Other intangible assets
2,551-1,328
3,879
--
3,879
28,65458,8633,65191,16846,887(9,198)128,857
1Other net assets / (liabilities) includes current assets, fixed assets, liabilities and deferred tax of subsidiaries that are attributable to CGU's.
Impairment test
For the year ended 31 December 2025, the directors have reviewed intangible assets for impairment using discounted
cash flow analysis, comparable EBITDA multiple analysis and/or other factors as appropriate to the asset being tested. All
impairment tests have been undertaken on a value in use basis, except for Energy where a fair value less cost of disposal
basis is used.
Key assumptions used in the calculation of recoverable amounts in discounted cash flow analysis are consistent with
those used and disclosed in the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024 unless indicated otherwise.
Discounted cash flow analysis using a forecast period of five years was used for all CGUs, other than Energy where the
forecast period matches the remaining contractual period plus an expected renewal period of 8 years. A post tax WACC rate
of 10.4% (2024: 10.6%) was utilised accross all CGUs and was stress tested at higher rates. For CGUs assessed using a value
in use model, the equivalent pre-tax discount rate was 12.8% - 13.2% (2024: 13.3% - 14.9%). The terminal growth rate used
to extrapolate cash flow projections beyond five years was 1.75% (2024: 1.75%). Where relevant, EBITDA or other relevant
multiples were used to cross-check the discounted cash flow analysis for established businesses.
In 2025, management reassessed the CGU's within the Smart business. Following the integration of QuayStreet Asset
Management (QuayStreet) onto Smarts’ core systems and the alignment of operating teams and support functions, the
businesses are now managed and operated as a single integrated unit. Accordingly, Smart and QuayStreet have been
assessed as a single CGU for impairment testing purposes.
The review of the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets has determined that all the CGUs have recoverable
amounts exceeding their carrying values and no impairment is required for the year ended 31 December 2025 (2024:
$3.7 million impairment of goodwill in the Energy business (which is included in the Markets segment); refer to note 5 in the
Group financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024).
Further information on specific assumptions (other than the general assumptions outlined above) underlying the CGU
discounted cash flow analysis is set out below.
5.1. Smart
The carrying value of the Smart CGU of $95.061 million (2024: Smart (ex QS) CGU $54.244 million and QuayStreet CGU:
$38.682 million) includes the following intangible assets:
•Smart Exchange Traded Funds management rights acquired between 2004 - 2006 for a total value of $2.344 million. From
1 January 2025 the management rights are held in the Group accounts as a finite life intangible asset and amortised on a
straight line basis over 15 years (refer note 3);
92
NZX Annual Report 2025
•SuperLife management rights which were acquired on 1 January 2015 for $15.502 million (net of subsequent
management right disposals) and goodwill of $20.730 million. The management rights are held in the Group accounts as
a finite life intangible asset and amortised on a straight line basis over 20 years;
•ASB Superannuation Master Trust management rights which were acquired on 11 February 2022 for $25.000 million. The
management rights are held in the Group accounts as a finite life intangible asset and amortised on a straight line basis
over 25 years; and
•QuayStreet management rights, brand and goodwill which were acquired on 23 February 2023 for $32.201 million,
$0.229 million and $20.365 million respectively. The management rights are held in the Group accounts as a finite life
intangible asset and amortised on a straight line basis over 16 - 25 years (refer note 7). The brand was held in the
Group accounts as a finite life intangible asset and amortised on a straight line basis over 2 years (fully amortised at
31 December 2025).
The principal assumption on which the discounted cash flows for the Smart CGU are dependent is the future level of funds
under management (FUM), which is assumed to grow through both net cash flows and market growth, driving FUM based
revenue. FUM based revenue would have to reduce by 39% (2024: 36% excluding QuayStreet revenue, 34% QuayStreet
revenue only) in the five year forecast period, where FUM is expected to increase 85% (2024: 60% excluding QuayStreet
FUM, 44% QuayStreet FUM only) in the five year forecast period, to indicate an impairment in the intangibles carrying value.
The Group considers the FUM growth assumption reasonable based on historic experience and Smart's five year
strategic plan.
5.2. Wealth Technologies
The carrying value of the Wealth Technologies CGU includes platform development and client migration assets with a net
book value of $25.742 million (2024: $24.687 million), and related goodwill of $1.494 million (2024: $1.494 million).
The principal assumptions on which the discounted cash flows for the Wealth Technologies CGU are dependent is the future
level of funds under administration (FUA) which is assumed to grow through both bringing new clients on to the platforms
and current client growth, driving FUA based revenue. FUA based revenue would have to reduce by 19% (2024: 21%) in the
five year forecast period, where FUA is expected to increase 355% (2024: 317%) in the five year forecast period, to indicate
an impairment in the intangibles carrying value.
The Group considers the FUA growth assumptions reasonable given the growth nature of Wealth Technologies and based
on the continued interest from current, future and potential customers.
5.3. Energy
The carrying value of the Energy CGU includes software with a net book value of $0.171 million (2024: $0.458 million)
relating to the trading, pricing, clearing and reconciliation of spot market electricity, and goodwill of $4.020 million (2024:
$4.020 million after impairment in 2024).
The recoverable amount (which is equal to the carrying value) of the Energy CGU was based on fair value less cost of
disposal, estimated using discounted cashflows. The fair value measurement was categorised as Level 3 fair value based on
the inputs (which are not based on observable market data) in the valuation technique used.
This business has a significant reliance on service provider contracts it has in place with the Electricity Authority (EA). The
contracts mature mid 2027 and it is expected that the contracts will be tendered, in accordance with government policy. As a
result of these service provider contracts, NZX has certainty of minimum cash flows to be received over the contract period,
along with additional contracted consulting revenue, and a reasonable expectation of contract renewal based on previous
contract renewals, which supports the current carrying value of the Energy CGU. The non-renewal of contracts would result in
further impairment of the carrying value of the Energy CGU.
Revenue and costs are assumed to grow consistently in line with inflation in accordance with the current contracts terms
and conditions, which is considered reasonable based on historic experience. Revenue would have to reduce by 9% in the
forecast period, or costs increase by 15% in the forecast period, to indicate an impairment in the intangibles carrying value.
5.4. Investment in associate
NZX acquired a 33.33% shareholding in GlobalDairyTrade Holdings Limited (GDT) effective 30 June 2022 which has been
recognised as an investment in associate.
Accounting standards require full impairment testing to be undertaken on an investment in an associate only where there is
objective evidence of a potential impairment event that has a negative impact on future cash flows.
93
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
The Group has reviewed for indicators of impairment and no indicator of impairment existed as at 31 December 2025
(31 December 2024: none).
6. Segment reporting
The Group has five reportable segments, comprising four commercial operations segments, and NZX Regulation Limited (NZ
RegCo). The Group's commercial operations segments include three revenue generating commercial operations segments,
as described below, which are the Group‘s strategic business areas, and a corporate segment which has limited revenue but
includes all costs that are shared across the organisation.
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating
Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing operating earnings (EBITDA)
performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Group CEO. The CODM assesses the performance
of the combined Markets businesses (i.e. the Capital Markets Origination, Secondary Markets and Information Services
revenue generating business lines) as a single segment, being an integrated business that supports the growth of New
Zealand capital markets. The performance of Funds Management (Smart), Wealth Technologies and Corporate businesses
are assessed separately.
Additionally, NZ RegCo is a stand-alone, independently-governed agency which performs all of NZX's front line regulatory
functions. NZ RegCo is structurally separate from the Group's commercial operations and consequently the CODM for the
Regulation business is the NZ RegCo CEO.
The reportable commercial operations segments are:
•Markets:
–Capital Markets Origination (CMO) - provider of issuer services for current and prospective customers;
–Secondary Markets (Sec. Markets) - provider of trading and post-trade services for securities and derivatives markets
operated by NZX, provider of a central securities depository and market operator for Fonterra Co-Operative
Group (ceased January 2025 on their move to the NZX Main Board), the Electricity Authority and the Ministry for
the Environment;
–Information Services - provider of information services for the securities and derivatives markets, and analytics for the
dairy sector;
These are aggregated as Markets as they share similar economic characteristics, customer bases, service delivery
methods, and operate within the same regulatory environment.
•Funds Management (Smart) - manager of funds, including KiwiSaver, superannuation, managed funds and Exchange
Traded Funds (ETFs);
•Wealth Technologies - funds administration provider and custodian; and
•Corporate - provider of accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, communication and project management support to other
commercial operations segments.
The Group’s revenue is allocated into each of the reportable segments. Expenses incurred are allocated to the segments
only if they are direct and specific expenses to one of the segments. The remaining expenses that relate to activities shared
across the Group are reported in the Corporate segment.
The Group's assets and liabilities are allocated into each of the revenue generating segments, apart from those assets and
liabilities that are utilised on a shared basis, which are allocated to the Corporate segment.
94
NZX Annual Report 2025
Segmental information for the year ended 31 December 2025
CMO
$000
Sec.
Markets
$000
Info.
Services
$000
Markets
sub-total
$000
Funds
(Smart)
$000
Wealth
Tech.
$000
Corp.
$000
NZX
Commercial
Operations
sub-total
$000
NZ
RegCo
$000
Inter-
segment
elim.
$000
NZX
Group
Total
$000
Operating revenue
16,67823,92620,20460,80851,75612,5401,252
126,356
4,020(1,428)
128,948
Net personnel costs
(11,279)(15,677)(5,223)(13,652)
(45,831)
(2,597)-
(48,428)
Other operating
expenses
(10,677)(8,654)(1,040)(8,200)
(28,571)
(1,678)1,418
(28,831)
Operating earnings
(EBITDA)
1
38,85227,4256,277(20,600)51,954(255)(10)51,689
Depreciation and
amortisation
(1,949)(4,625)(8,619)(4,081)
(19,274)
--
(19,274)
Segment assets
83,849
2
114,89630,54947,842
277,136
253-
277,389
Segment liabilities
(45,864)(44,640)(3,850)(61,582)
(155,936)
732-
(155,204)
Net assets
37,98570,25626,699(13,740)121,200985-122,185
1EBITDA is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. Please refer to Note 2 for more information.
2Includes investment in associate of $18.71 million.
Segmental information for the year ended 31 December 2024 (restated)
Restated
CMO
$000
Sec.
Markets
$000
Info.
Services
$000
Markets
sub-total
$000
Funds
(Smart)
$000
Wealth
Tech.
$000
Corp.
$000
NZX
Commercial
Operations
sub-total
$000
NZ
RegCo
$000
Inter-
segment
elim.
$000
NZX
Group
Total
$000
Operating revenue
1
16,57125,99619,91262,47943,9269,936691
117,032
3,996(906)
120,122
Net personnel costs
2
(11,934)(14,910)(4,493)(12,477)
(43,814)
(2,523)-
(46,337)
Other operating
expenses(9,961)(7,688)(654)(8,438)
(26,741)
(1,416)921
(27,236)
Operating earnings
(EBITDA)
3
40,58421,3284,789(20,224)46,477571546,549
Depreciation and
amortisation(2,221)(4,715)(6,933)(4,102)
(17,971)
--
(17,971)
Segment assets
89,549
4,5
122,07628,55342,007
282,185
249-
282,434
Segment liabilities
(48,932)(47,115)(4,097)(62,809)
(162,953)
204-
(162,749)
Net assets
40,61774,96124,456(20,802)119,232453-119,685
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition (see Note 8), and additional disclosure for inter-segment revenue.
2Comparatives have been updated for presentation change, see note 1.
3EBITDA is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. Please refer to Note 2 for more information.
4Includes investment in associate of $18.34 million.
5$3.7 million of impairment losses of goodwill in the Energy business was recognised in profit or loss in 2024.
95
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
Geographical information
In presenting information on the basis of geographical segments, segment revenue is based on the geographical location of
direct customers. Segment non-current assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.
Revenue
2025
$000
2024
$000
New Zealand106,14898,838
United States5,1915,905
Australia
4,3053,555
Singapore
4,2243,455
Other
9,0808,369
Total revenue
128,948120,122
Non-current assets
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
New Zealand180,451186,919
Total non-current assets
180,451186,919
7. Change in value of contingent consideration
Smart's acquisition of the management rights and associated assets of QuayStreet from Craigs Investment Partners Group
(CIP Group) in 2023 included potential earnout consideration of up to $18.750 million payable based on qualifying net FUM
inflows from the CIP Group into Smart's products over a three-year period.
The terms of the earnout payment were as follows:
Maximum earnout
$000
Earnout 1 - payable, prorata, on cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows from the CIP Group from
24 November 2022 - 23 November 2023, with the maximum amount payable where cumulative
qualifying net FUM inflows over that period are $250m.
$6,250
Earnout 2 - payable, prorata, on cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows from the CIP Group from
24 November 2022 - 23 November 2024, with the maximum amount payable where cumulative
qualifying net FUM inflows over that period are $525m.
$11,250 less any
amount paid under
Earnout 1
Earnout 3 -
- first component - payable only where cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows from the CIP Group
from 24 November 2022 - 23 November 2025 exceed $800m.
- second component - payable, prorata on cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows from CIP Group
from 24 November 2022 - 23 November 2025 in excess of $800m, with the maximum amount
payable where cumulative qualifying net FUM inflows over that period are $1.2 billion.
First component:
$3,750
Second component:
$3,750
During the year a payment of $3.201 million was made for Earnout 2.
No payment was required or made for Earnout 3. This is consistent with management's reassessment of the probability of
achieving the earnout target as at 31 December 2024, when the provision was adjusted downwards by $10.862 million.
At 31 December 2025 the contingent consideration is $nil (31 December 2024: $3.201 million, split between current
liabilities of $3.201 million and non-current liabilities of $nil).
96
NZX Annual Report 2025
8. Listing fee revenue recognition - correction of prior year treatment
Listing and issuance fees comprise revenue from annual listing fees (net of an allocation to NZ RegCo), initial listing fees
and subsequent capital raising fees. Initial and subsequent listing fees are now recognised evenly over the period during
which the listing service is expected to be provided, which is five and three years respectively. Annual listing fees are billed
on 30 June for the following 12-month period and are recognised on a straight-line basis over that period.
In prior years, initial and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent capital raising event had
taken place.
This revision reflects a reassessment of the substance of the underlying service provided and ensures alignment with the
principles of NZ IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and a January 2019 Agenda Decision (the Decision) issued
by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC).
Under NZ IFRS 15, revenue is recognised when (or as) control of the promised service is transferred to the customer. The
Decision clarified that upfront fees for listing should be recognised progressively over the listing period, rather than at a
single point in time. This is because upfront activities do not transfer a distinct service to the customer, but instead form part
of the ongoing listing service.
The revised treatment has been applied retrospectively in accordance with NZ IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in
Accounting Estimates and Errors. Comparative figures for the prior year have been restated to reflect the retrospective
impact of the change as follows:
Statement of Financial Position:
31 December 20241 January 2024
$000Previously
reported
Adjust
ments
RestatedPreviously
reported
Adjust
ments
Restated
Total assets282,434-282,434276,470-276,470
Other liabilities - current
23,2144,68127,89530,8414,48435,325
Non-current other
liabilities-5,4745,4743,3275,0378,364
Deferred tax liability
10,965(2,843)8,12211,396(2,666)8,730
Other liabilities
121,258-121,258113,535-113,535
Total liabilities155,4377,312162,749159,0996,855165,954
Net assets126,997(7,312)119,685117,371(6,855)110,516
Equity
Share capital
123,445-123,445120,134-120,134
Retained earnings
3,634(7,312)(3,678)(2,545)(6,855)(9,400)
Translation reserve(82)-(82)(218)-(218)
Total equity attributable
to shareholders126,997(7,312)119,685117,371(6,855)110,516
Net tangible assets per
share (cents per share)
1
(7.12)(3.11)(10.23)(12.01)(2.96)(14.97)
1Net tangible assets is a non-GAAP performance measure and is presented to comply with NZX Listing Rules. Net tangible assets have also been restated to reclassify deferred
tax as an intangible for the purposes of this calculation (refer note 14).
97
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
Statement of Profit or Loss:
2024
$000Previously
reported
Adjust
ments
Restated
Operating revenue120,756(634)120,122
Net personnel costs(46,337)-(46,337)
Other operating expenses(27,236)-(27,236)
EBITDA47,183(634)46,549
Net finance income/(expense)(3,545)-(3,545)
Depreciation and amortisation expense(17,971)-(17,971)
Loss on disposal of assets(5)-(5)
Gain on lease modification9-9
Impairment loss on goodwill(3,700)-(3,700)
Change in fair value of contingent consideration10,862-10,862
Share of (loss)/profit of associate565-565
Profit before income tax33,398(634)32,764
Income tax expense(7,908)177(7,731)
Profit for the year25,490(457)25,033
Earnings per share
Basic (cents per share)7.8(0.1)7.7
Diluted (cents per share)7.7(0.1)7.6
Statement of Changes in Equity:
$000Previously
reported
Adjust
ments
Restated
Balance at 31 December 2023117,371(6,855)110,516
Profit for the year25,490(457)25,033
Other comprehensive income for the year136-136
Total comprehensive income for the year25,626(457)25,169
Transactions with owners recorded directly in equity:
Dividends paid(19,825)
-(19,825)
Issue of shares2,863
-2,863
Share based payments962
-962
Cancellation of non-vesting rights-
-
-
Total transactions with owners recorded directly in equity(16,000)-(16,000)
Balance at 31 December 2024126,997(7,312)119,685
98
NZX Annual Report 2025
9. Operating revenue
Revenue is recognised when an entity satisfies the performance obligation and transfers control of goods or services to
a customer. Revenue is recognised at the transaction price amount allocated to the performance obligation. The specific
revenue recognition criteria for the classes of revenue are as follows:
a. Capital Markets Origination
•Listing and issuance fees comprise revenue from annual listing fees (net of an allocation to NZ RegCo), initial listing fees
and subsequent capital raising fees. Initial and subsequent listing fees are recognised evenly over the period during
which the listing service is expected to be provided, which is five and three years respectively. Annual listing fees are
billed on 30 June for the following 12-month period and are recognised on a straight-line basis over that period.
b. Secondary Markets
•Participant services revenue consist of annual participant fees (net of an allocation to NZ RegCo) and initial participant
fees. Initial participant fees are recognised evenly over the period the participant service is expected to be provided.
Annual participant fees are billed on 30 June for the following 12 month period and are recognised on a straight line
basis over this 12 month period.
•Securities trading fees arise from the trading of debt and equity securities, which are recognised at trade date.
•Securities clearing fees relate to debt and equity clearing and settlement, which are recognised at settlement date (which
is two days after initial trade date).
•Dairy derivatives fees relate to the trading, clearing and settlement of derivatives by SGX, net of fees retained by SGX.
Trading and clearing fees are recognised at trade date. Settlement fees are recognised at settlement date.
•Market operations revenue arises from the provision of post-trade systems and technology services for the energy, carbon
auction and Fonterra Shareholders markets (ceased January 2025 on their move to the NZX Main Board), and from the
provision of development services for the energy and carbon auction markets. Revenues are recognised over the period
the service is provided.
c. Information Services
•Securities information revenue relates to the provision of securities and derivatives market data, which is recognised over
the period the service is provided.
•Dairy data subscription revenue relates to the provision of data and analysis for the dairy sector, which is recognised over
the period the service is provided.
•Connectivity revenue relates to the provision of connectivity and access to NZX operated markets for market participants
and data vendors, which is recognised over the period the service is provided.
d. Funds Management (Smart)
•Funds management revenue relates to funds under management based fees and administration fees, which are
recognised over the period the service is provided and at the transaction price amount allocated to the performance
obligation which is determined based on a percentage of FUM or a fixed price per member. Fees are generally calculated
daily and billed monthly.
e. Wealth Technologies
•Wealth Technologies revenue relates to platform administration fees and development fees, which are recognised over
the period the service is provided.
f. Regulation (NZ RegCo)
•Regulation revenue is recognised over the period the service is provided. Additionally, there is an allocation of annual
listing fees and annual participant fees and an internal allocation to reflect regulatory support services provided to
NZX Limited.
g. Corporate
•Other Corporate revenue relates to miscellaneous services provided by the Group (including the sublease of excess office
space), which is recognised over the period the service is provided.
99
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Segment
revenue
(Gross)
Inter-
segment
elimination
Total revenue
(Net)
Segment
revenue
(Gross)
Inter-
segment
elimination
Total revenue
(Net)
Listing and issuance fees16,678(90)16,58816,571(187)16,384
Total Capital Markets
Origination revenue16,678(90)16,58816,571(187)16,384
Participant services501-501513-513
Securities trading4,430-4,4304,279-4,279
Securities clearing7,491(6)7,4857,584(3)7,581
Dairy derivatives3,730-3,7303,252-3,252
Market operations7,774-7,77410,368-10,368
Total Secondary Markets
revenue23,926(6)23,92025,996(3)25,993
Securities information16,611-16,61116,478-16,478
Dairy data subscriptions634-634606-606
Connectivity revenue2,959-2,9592,828-2,828
Total Information
Services revenue20,204-20,20419,912-19,912
Funds Management
revenue51,75616451,92043,9268044,006
Wealth Technologies
revenue12,540(324)12,2169,936(207)9,729
Regulation revenue4,020-4,0203,996-3,996
Other Corporate revenue1,252(1,172)80691(589)102
Total operating revenue
130,376(1,428)128,948121,028(906)120,122
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
100
NZX Annual Report 2025
10. Operating expenses
Note
2025
$000
2024
$000
Gross personnel costs
(56,161)(54,359)
Less capitalised labour
7,7338,022
Net personnel costs
(48,428)(46,337)
Information technology
(16,207)(15,210)
Professional fees
(4,503)(4,191)
Marketing
(1,401)(1,518)
Directors' fees27.2
(739)(630)
Remuneration paid to Group auditors
(370)(470)
Other operating expenses
(5,171)(5,517)
Capitalised overheads
1,3301,644
Integration and restructure costs
(1,770)(1,344)
Total operating expenses(77,259)(73,573)
Remuneration paid to Group auditors
During the period the Group changed its external auditor, with PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) appointed as auditor for the
year commencing 1 January 2025. The Group's external auditor for the 2024 financial year was KPMG.
2025
$000
2024
$000
Fees paid to current auditor - PwC
Audit and review of NZX Group and subsidiary statutory financial statements
(315)-
Total audit fees
(315)-
Annual depository engagement of New Zealand Depository Limited
(6)-
Agreed-upon procedures engagements for Smartshares Limited
(4)-
Total agreed-upon procedure engagements
(10)-
Review of research & development tax credit supplementary returns for NZX Limited,
Smartshares Limited and NZX Wealth Technologies Limited(45)-
Total taxation compliance services
(45)-
Total remuneration paid to Group auditors - PwC
(370)-
Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG
Audit and review of NZX Group and subsidiary statutory financial statements
-(314)
Total audit fees
-(314)
Annual depository engagement of New Zealand Depository Limited
-(6)
Assurance and agreed-upon procedures engagements for Smartshares Limited
-(92)
Assurance engagements of the Group's Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions
-(58)
Total other assurance services and agreed-upon procedure engagements
-(156)
Total remuneration paid to predecessor Group auditors - KPMG
-(470)
101
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
In 2024, the Group's auditors, KPMG, also provided financial statement audits and regulatory assurance engagements to a
number of the Funds managed by Smart. The amount paid in relation to these audits was $594,000.
11. Net finance expense
2025
$000
2024
$000
Interest income1,6452,336
Interest on lease liabilities(890)(935)
Other interest expense(4,080)(4,722)
Amortised borrowing costs(227)(212)
Net gain/(loss) on foreign exchange144(12)
Net finance expense(3,408)(3,545)
12. Funds held on behalf of third parties
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Bond deposits
1,8401,915
Collateral deposits
22,94625,701
24,78627,616
The bond deposits represent balances deposited by issuers, required as a condition of listing on NZX's markets. Funds
lodged as bond deposits are interest bearing and are recognised at the amounts deposited which represent fair value. There
is an equal and opposite amount disclosed under current liabilities for the total amount repayable to issuers.
The collateral deposits represent balances deposited by participants to cover margins on outstanding settlement obligations
for the cash market and mutualised default fund contributions (currently nil; 2024: nil). Funds lodged as margin collateral
and mutualised default fund contributions are interest bearing and are recognised at the amounts deposited which
represent fair value. There is an equal and opposite amount disclosed under current liabilities for the total amount repayable
to participants.
13. Taxation
Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is recognised as an expense or income in the
Income Statement, as there is no current or deferred tax related to items credited or debited directly to equity or other
comprehensive income.
Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable profit
or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax
payable in respect of previous years. Current tax for current and prior periods is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the
extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences arising from differences between the carrying amount of
assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax base of those items.
In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to
the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable income will be available against which deductible temporary differences
or unused tax losses and tax offsets can be utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the
temporary differences giving rise to them arise from the initial recognition of assets and liabilities (other than as a result of a
business combination) which affects neither taxable income nor accounting profit. Furthermore, a deferred tax liability is not
recognised in relation to taxable temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of goodwill.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when the
asset and liability giving rise to them are realised or settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted
102
NZX Annual Report 2025
or substantively enacted by the reporting date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax
consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the
carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset when they relate to income taxes
levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
13.1. Income tax expense recognised in profit or loss
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Tax expense comprises:
Current tax expense
8,4017,994
Prior period adjustment
(49)161
Deferred tax relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences
(514)(424)
Total tax expense7,8387,731
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
The prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax accounting profit from continuing operations reconciles to the income tax
expense in the financial statements as follows:
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Profit before income tax expense
29,31332,764
Income tax calculated at 28%
(8,208)(9,174)
Tax adjustments
(220)1,328
(8,428)(7,846)
Prior period adjustment
49(161)
Tax credits
541276
(7,838)(7,731)
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
13.2. Current tax liability
2025
$000
2024
$000
Balance at beginning of the year
(3,296)(1,912)
Current year charge
(8,401)(7,994)
Prior period adjustment
-(313)
Tax paid and utilisation of prior year tax payments
9,3706,923
Balance at end of year
(2,327)(3,296)
103
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
13.3. Deferred tax liability
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Balance at beginning of the year
(8,122)(8,730)
Current year movement
514424
Deferred tax on acquisition
--
Prior period adjustments
34184
Balance at end of the year
(7,574)(8,122)
Deferred tax balance comprises:
Employee entitlements
1,2761,404
Doubtful debts
4945
Property, plant and equipment, and intangibles
(13,566)(13,902)
Leases
971920
Unearned income
2,7932,843
Other
903568
(7,574)(8,122)
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
13.4. Imputation credit account
2025
$000
2024
$000
Imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods
8,0557,829
14. Earnings per share and net tangible assets per share
14.1. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares
outstanding during the period. An adjustment to take into account the shares and rights issued under the various employee
share plans (refer to Notes 23 and 25) is made to the weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of the
diluted earnings per share.
a. Basic earnings per share
2025
2024
Restated
Profit for the year ($000)
21,47525,033
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of earnings per share
(in thousands)328,216325,745
Basic earnings per share (cents per share)6.547.68
104
NZX Annual Report 2025
b. Diluted earnings per share
2025
2024
Restated
Profit for the year ($000)
21,47525,033
Weighted average number of total shares and rights for the purpose of earnings per share
(in thousands)
332,874330,983
Fully diluted earnings per share (cents per share)6.457.56
14.2. Net tangible assets per share
Basic net tangible assets per share is calculated by dividing the net tangible assets at year end by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. An adjustment to take into account the shares and rights issued
under the various employee share plans (refer to Notes 23 and 25) is made to the weighted average number of shares used
in the calculation of the diluted net tangible assets per share.
Net tangible assets is a non-GAAP performance measure and is presented to comply with NZX Listing Rules.
a. Basic net tangible assets per share
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
Restated
$000
Net assets
122,185119,685
Adjusted for:
Goodwill
(46,887)(46,887)
Intangible assets
(91,168)(95,916)
Investment in associate
(18,708)(18,343)
Deferred tax liability
1
7,5748,122
Net tangible assets/(liabilities)
(27,004)(33,339)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of net tangible assets per
share (in thousands)328,216325,745
Basic net tangible assets/(liabilities) per share (cents per share)
(8.23)(10.23)
1Prior‑year net tangible assets have been restated to reclassify deferred tax liability as an intangible for the purposes of this calculation.
b. Diluted net tangible assets per share
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
Restated
$000
Net assets
122,185119,685
Adjusted for:
Goodwill
(46,887)(46,887)
Other intangible assets
(91,168)(95,916)
Investment in associate
(18,708)(18,343)
Deferred tax liability
1
7,5748,122
Net tangible assets/(liabilities)
(27,004)(33,339)
105
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
Restated
$000
Weighted average number of total shares and rights for the purpose of net tangible assets
per share (in thousands)332,874330,983
Fully diluted net tangible assets/(liabilities) per share (cents per share)
(8.11)(10.07)
1Prior‑year net tangible assets have been restated to reclassify deferred tax liability as an intangible for the purposes of this calculation.
15. Cash and cash equivalents and cash flow reconciliation
15.1. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash comprises:
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Cash at bank
30,25527,025
Bank deposits
1,8001,800
Cash and cash equivalents32,05528,825
Cash at bank - restricted
14,00014,000
Bank deposits - restricted
6,0006,000
Cash and cash equivalents - restricted20,00020,000
Cash and cash equivalents - total52,05548,825
Restricted cash and cash equivalents relates to balances held for risk capital requirements by the Clearing House and is not
available for general cash management use by the Group. In addition, cash and cash equivalents includes amounts of up to
$3.4 million as at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: up to $6.3 million) that are held by subsidiaries to comply with
regulatory requirements and are not available for general use by other entities within the Group.
15.2. Reconciliation of profit for the year to net cash provided by operating activities
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Profit for the year
21,47525,033
Adjustments for:
Share based payment arrangements
1,3241,016
Depreciation and amortisation expense
19,27417,971
Amortisation of borrowing costs
202187
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
-(10,862)
Disposal of assets
1685
Gain on lease modification
(151)(9)
Loss on goodwill impairment
-3,700
Share of profit of associate
(323)(565)
106
NZX Annual Report 2025
2025
$000
2024
Restated
$000
1
Increase in receivables and prepayments
(847)(3,200)
(Decrease)/Increase in trade payables and other liabilities
(1,182)1,835
Increase in current tax liability
1001,384
Decrease in deferred tax liability
(548)(608)
Net cash provided by operating activities
39,49235,887
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8.
16. Receivables and prepayments
Receivables are initially recognised at the fair value of the amounts to be received. They are subsequently measured at
amortised cost (using the effective interest method) less impairment losses, if any.
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Trade receivables
3,8764,833
Provision for doubtful debts
(176)(161)
Net trade receivables
3,7004,672
Prepayments
5,1025,331
Accrued interest
119202
Accrued income
11,0768,769
Advances to related party
100100
Total current receivables and prepayments
20,09719,074
Movement in provision for doubtful debts
The Group applies the simplified approach in providing for expected credit losses prescribed by NZ IFRS 9, which permits
the use of the lifetime expected credit loss provision for all trade receivables. The provision for impairment losses are either
individually or collectively assessed based on number of days overdue. The Group takes into account the historic loss
experience and incorporates forward looking information and relevant macroeconomic factors.
The Group maintains a provision for impairment losses when there is objective evidence of its customers being unable to
make required payments and also makes a provision for doubtful debts on all balances greater than 60 days overdue.
2025
$000
2024
$000
Balance at beginning of the year
(161)(205)
Amounts written off during the year
14354
Increase in provision recognised in profit or loss
(158)(10)
Balance at end of the year
(176)(161)
17. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. The cost of the assets is the
value of the consideration given to acquire the assets and the value of other directly attributable costs incurred in bringing
the assets to the location and condition necessary for their intended use.
107
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
Depreciation is recognised in the Income Statement and is calculated on a straight line basis so as to write off the net cost
of each asset over its expected useful life to its estimated residual value. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
period of the lease or estimated useful life, whichever is the shorter, using the straight line method. The estimated useful
lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period.
The following estimated useful lives are used in the calculation of depreciation:
•Computer equipment: 3 - 7 years
•Furniture and equipment: 2 - 10 years
•Leasehold improvements: 5 - 16 years
Computer
equipment
$000
Furniture and
equipment
$000
Leasehold
improvements
$000
Capital work in
progress
$000
Total
$000
Gross carrying amount
Balance at 1 January 20245,8572,9249,35418018,315
Additions52861-2,1792,768
Disposals(981)(151)--(1,132)
Transfers from WIP35081,997(2,355)-
Balance at 31 December 20245,7542,84211,351419,951
Additions310121-117548
Disposals(2)(21)(784)-(807)
Transfer from Tangible WIP124861(121)-
Balance at 31 December 20256,0742,99010,628-19,692
Accumulated depreciation
Balance at 1 January 20244,1352,0122,722
-
8,869
Depreciation expense934351812-2,097
Disposals(977)(150)--(1,127)
Balance at 31 December 20244,0922,2133,534
-
9,839
Depreciation expense898334896-2,128
Disposals(2)(17)(633)-(652)
Balance at 31 December 20254,9882,5303,797-11,315
Net Book Value
As at 1 January 20241,7229126,6321809,446
As at 31 December 20241,6626297,817410,112
As at 31 December 20251,0864606,831-8,377
18. Investment in associate
NZX has a 33.33% interest (ownership and voting) in GlobalDairyTrade Holding Limited (GDT). GDT is the leading global
physical trading platform for dairy and provides a sustainable foundation for NZX's dairy derivatives business. GDT's place of
incorporation and principal place of business is New Zealand.
To allow GDT to retain its earnings for reinvestment into the growth and expansion of the business there was a contractual
restriction on the payment of dividends from GDT to shareholders until 31 July 2025.
The Group's interest in GDT has been accounted for as an investment in an associate and has been measured by applying
the equity method.
The following tables summarise the financial information of GDT as included in its own financial statements and reconciles
the summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the Group's interest in GDT.
108
NZX Annual Report 2025
i) Summarised financial position of associate not adjusted for the percentage ownership held by the Group:
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Current assets19,04519,534
Non-current assets4,4064,136
Total assets23,45123,670
Current liabilities3,7044,702
Non-current liabilities1,2291,545
Total liabilities4,9336,247
Net assets
18,51817,423
ii) Reconciliation to carrying amount:
2025
$000
2024
$000
Net assets at beginning of the year
17,42315,319
Profit for the year
9701,696
Other comprehensive income
125408
Dividends paid
--
Net assets at end of the year
18,51817,423
Group's share in %
33.33%33.33%
Group's share of net assets
6,1725,807
Goodwill and intangibles
12,53612,536
Carrying amount at end of the year18,70818,343
19. Leases
On entering into a contract, the Group determines whether the contract contains a lease that conveys the right to control the
use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Determining whether there is a right of control
involves the assessment of whether the contract involves the use of an identified asset, whether the Group has the right to
obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of that asset through the period of use, and whether the Group has
the right to direct the use of the asset.
As a lessee
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date.
The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost net of any lease incentives received and is subsequently depreciated using
the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement
date, discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate or the interest rate implicit in the lease, if this can be determined.
The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change
in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will
exercise a purchase, extension or termination option, with a corresponding adjustment made to the carrying value of the
right-of-use asset.
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short term leases (lease term less than 12
months) or leases of low-value assets.
109
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
Detail of leases for which the Group is a lessee are presented below:
Right-of-use assets
Property
leases
$000
Other
leases
$000
Total
$000
Balance at 1 January 202417,09029017,380
Modification during the year
-(8)(8)
Depreciation expense for the year
(1,502)(209)(1,711)
Balance at 31 December 2024
15,5887315,661
Addition during the year
-670670
Modification during the year
629(3)626
Depreciation expense for the year
(1,449)(197)(1,646)
Balance at 31 December 2025
14,76854315,311
Other leases includes leases of IT and office equipment.
During the year, the Group renewed the Albany office lease, which resulted in a modification to the right-of-use asset and
lease liabilities, as well as net gain on lease modification which is recognised in the income statement.
The addition in 2025 relates to a lease of IT equipment which was expired and renewed during the year.
Lease liabilities
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Maturity analysis - contractual undiscounted cash flows
Up to one year
2,3002,116
One to two years
2,3922,105
Two to five years
6,0425,925
More than five years
15,11816,702
Total undiscounted lease liabilities
25,85226,848
Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position
19,51419,751
Current
1,4031,243
Non-current
18,11118,508
Property leases for the Group's Wellington and Auckland offices give the Group the right to renew the lease at the end of the
current contracted period for a further 5 year term.
As a lessor
On entering into a lease as a lessor, the Group assesses whether the lease transfers to the lessee substantially all of the risk
and rewards of ownership of the underlying asset. Where such a transfer is assessed to occur, the lease is recognised as a
finance lease; otherwise it is recognised as an operating lease.
Where the Group is an intermediate lessor, its interest in the head lease and the sub-lease are accounted for separately, with
the sub-lease classification assessed with reference to the right-to-use asset arising from the head lease.
110
NZX Annual Report 2025
The Group recognises lease payments received under operating leases as income on a straight-line basis over the lease term
as part of other corporate revenue.
The Group has sub-leased part of one of its property leases since September 2022. The sub-lease is for a short term period,
has not transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of the underlying asset, and is classified as an operating lease
accordingly. Income related to this short term sub-lease for the current year was $72,000 (2024: $91,000). The Group had
no sub-lease agreement in place as at 31 December 2025. A maturity analysis of operating lease payments, showing the
undiscounted lease payments to be received after the reporting date is set out below:
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Maturity analysis - contractual undiscounted cash flows
Up to one year
-71
One to two years
--
Two to five years
--
Total undiscounted minimum lease payments receivable
-71
20. Trade payables
Trade payables and accruals are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs (if any). They are subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Trade payables
2,3393,042
Goods and services tax payable
712693
Accrued expenses
5,8415,298
Accrued interest
120119
9,0129,152
21. Other liabilities
Note
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
Restated
$000
1
Employee benefits
9,8929,998
Unearned income
14,04413,527
Other provisions
900900
Contingent consideration7
-3,201
Other current liabilities
357269
Total current other liabilities
25,19327,895
Non-current other liabilities (unearned income)
5,1535,474
Total non-current other liabilities
5,1535,474
Total other liabilities
30,34633,369
1Restated for change in listing fee revenue recognition, see Note 8
111
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
Current unearned income will be recognised in the next financial year. The non-current portion relates to initial and
subsequent listing fees and will be recognised as revenue between 1 January 2027 and 31 December 2030.
22. Interest bearing liabilities
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Working capital facility - current7,500-
Net interest bearing liabilities - current
7,500
-
Term loans - non-current15,00022,500
Subordinated notes40,00040,000
Sub-total of drawn debt - non current55,00062,500
Capitalised borrowing costs (net of amortisation)
(855)(1,057)
Net interest bearing liabilities - non-current
54,14561,443
22.1. Subordinated notes
The subordinated notes are quoted on the NZX debt market. The subordinated notes have a 15 year term, maturing 20 June
2033, with election dates at 5 yearly intervals from the issue date until maturity.
The current interest rate (6.80%; prior to 20 June 2023: 5.40%) is fixed until the second election date (20 June 2028), at
which point NZX may reset the interest rate. On the election date investors may either retain their subordinated notes (at the
reset interest rate) or elect to redeem their subordinated notes.
NZX may defer the payment of interest at any time at its discretion, but will be subject to penalty interest of an additional
4.0% per annum until the next interest payment date at which unpaid and deferred interest is paid.
The terms of the subordinated notes offer include a financial covenant, assessed as at the end of each annual and
interim reporting period, requiring that debt that ranks in priority to the subordinated notes, less unrestricted cash, may
not exceed 1.5 times operating earnings (being EBITDA and non-cash items, and capital gains/losses). A breach of the
financial covenant is not an event of default, but may prevent NZX paying dividends to shareholders, if it has failed on two
consecutive test dates. The subordinated notes financial covenant has been met throughout the year.
The subordinated notes have been recognised initially at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs, and are
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, as required by NZ IFRS 9.
22.2. Bank overdraft, revolving credit and term loan facilities
The Group has access to bank overdraft, revolving credit, term loan and liquidity facilities with its primary bank, which have
an expiry date of 26 February 2027 (extendable by mutual agreement). In addition, during the period the Group established
a working capital facility with a secondary bank, which has an initial 2 year term (to 25 August 2027) with an automatic
evergreen renewal mechanism.
a. Bank facilities with primary bank
The overdraft facility provides the Group with flexibility in its working capital management. The facility limit is $3.0 million
(2024: $3.0 million). The bank may require repayment by making a written demand. The effective interest rate of the facility
at 31 December 2025 was 6.21% (2024: 8.33%). The overdraft facility was undrawn at 31 December 2025 and 2024.
The revolving credit facility provides the Group with additional flexibility in its working capital management. The facility limit
is $7.0 million (2024: $7.0 million). The effective interest rate of the facility when utilised during the current year was 5.55%.
The revolving credit facility was undrawn at 31 December 2025 and 2024.
The term loan facility provides the Group with acquisition funding. The current facility limit is $18.25 million (2024:
$30.0 million). The Group term loan facility was utilised to fund the acquisition of the management rights and associated
assets of QuayStreet Asset Management in 2023, with $15.0 million drawn down at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024:
$22.5 million). The effective interest rate of the facility at 31 December 2025 was 5.23% (31 December 2024: 7.69%).
112
NZX Annual Report 2025
The liquidity facility was established on 1 February 2024 and provides the Clearing House with a $20 million line of credit
(note 26.7b). Use of the facility is limited to situations where a participant default has occurred. The liquidity facility was
undrawn at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: undrawn).
The bank facilities are unsecured and contain two financial covenants, assessed quarterly, which have been met throughout
the year:
•The ratio of interest bearing debt to EBITDA shall not exceed 3.5 times; and
•The ratio of EBITDA to interest shall exceed 4.0 times.
b. Bank facilities with secondary bank
The working capital facility established provides the Group with additional flexibility in its working capital management and
liquidity requirements. The facility limit is $10.0 million (2024: $nil) with $7.5 million drawn down at 31 December 2025
(31 December 2024: $nil). The effective interest rate of the facility when utilised during the current year was 3.46%.
The secondary bank facility is uncommitted and unsecured. There are no financial covenants.
23. Shares on issue
The Company had 328,535,448 fully paid ordinary shares as at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: 327,022,314 fully
paid ordinary shares). The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to one
vote per share at meetings.
The Dividend Reinvestment Plan was suspended for the dividends paid in 2025 (2024: applied to all dividends), resulting in
the issue of no ordinary shares (2024: 2,503,613). Additionally 1,513,134 shares (2024: 313,335) were issued as share based
payments - refer to Note 25).
As at 31 December 2025, the Company has 4,505,734 performance rights on issue under the Long Term Incentive Plan
(31 December 2024: 5,199,429) to members of its executive and management teams. The performance rights give the
holder options to acquire ordinary shares in the Company, which may be exercised if certain performance hurdles are met
and the performance rights vest. Until the performance rights vest, none are quoted on the NZX Main Board. Refer to
Note 25.
Movement in share capital
Number$000
Balance at 1 January 2024
324,205,366120,134
Issue of ordinary shares
2,816,9482,863
Share based payments accrual
-962
Cancellation of non-vesting rights
-(514)
Balance at 31 December 2024
327,022,314123,445
Issue of ordinary shares
1,513,13427
Share based payments accrual
-1,073
Cancellation of non-vesting rights
-(98)
Balance at 31 December 2025
328,535,448124,447
113
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
24. Dividends
20252024
For year
ended
Cents per
share
Total $000Cents per
share
Total $000
Dividends paid
March 2024 - Final31 Dec 23
3.110,050
October 2024 - Interim31 Dec 24
3.09,775
April 2025 - Final31 Dec 24
3.110,185
October 2025 - Interim31 Dec 25
3.09,856
Total dividends paid for the year
20,04119,825
The Dividend Reinvestment Plan was suspended to all dividends paid in 2025 (2024: applied to all dividends).
Refer to Note 30 for details of the final 2025 dividend.
25. Share based payments
25.1. CEO incentive plans
a. CEO Long Term Incentive Plan - 2021
CEO Long Term Incentive Plan - 2021 was in place until its conclusion at the end of the vesting period (6 April 2024).
In 2024, the Group assessed the CEO share scheme on vesting. As the Performance Target had not been met, the 550,449
performance rights issued under the scheme were redeemed. The Group reclassified within Equity the $385,000 fair value of
the rights during 2024. The CEO Long Term Incentive Plan - 2021 was fully closed by 31 December 2024.
b. CEO Short Term Incentive Plan (STI#2)
The CEO Short Term Incentive Bonus Scheme was agreed in 2024. Under the Scheme the CEO is entitled to a discretionary
amount of up to $300,000 per financial performance year (service period), subject to key performance hurdles detailed
below, with the assessed performance value after tax used to purchase NZX shares (on market). The acquired shares will be
held in escrow with 50% vested on the first anniversary of the payment being confirmed, and the remaining 50% vested on
the second anniversary of the payment being confirmed. The CEO is entitled to the economic benefit of dividends accrued
during the escrowed period.
The key performance hurdles for both the 2025 and 2024 financial year were TSR growth over the year (based on 10 day
VWAP to 1 January and 31 December) of at least 9.39% resulting in 50% of the incentive being awarded, with 100% being
awarded at 13.39% TSR growth (and 50.1% to 99.9% being awarded on a linear, pro-rata basis), subject to Board discretion.
The TSR growth over the 2025 service period was below the lower TSR hurdle and as the Performance Target has not been
met, no incentive has been awarded.
The TSR growth over the 2024 service period was above the higher TSR hurdle and as the Performance Target was met,
100% of the incentive was awarded. During 2025, NZX shares equivalent to the net value of the award (after tax) were
purchased on-market. The difference ($75,000) between the grant date fair value of the award (accrued over the 2024
service period) and the final award value was recognised directly in retained earnings, in accordance with NZ IFRS 2.
The cost of the Scheme for 2025 is measured based on the fair value at the date granted using a Monte Carlo simulation
approach predicting NZX's TSR relative to the TSR hurdle at the testing dates. A discount is applied, using a Chaffe Put
Option model, to reflect the impact of the shares being placed in escrow. The fair value of the Scheme, along with the
assumptions used to simulate the future share prices using a random-walk process are shown below:
114
NZX Annual Report 2025
20252024
Fair value of TSR rights
1
$0.94, $0.93$0.88, $0.88
Current price at grant date
$1.60$1.17
Discount rate
3.61%9.29%
Expected share volatility
24.84%17.50%
1Acquired shares will be held in escrow with 50% vested on the first anniversary of the payment being confirmed, and the remaining 50% vested on the second anniversary of
the payment being confirmed. A separate fair value is determined for each escrow period.
The cost was recognised over the service period; accrued through personnel costs, with a corresponding increase in
equity and reflects the extent to which the service period has expired. The expense in the reporting period is $175,000
(2024: $225,000).
25.2. NZX Employee Long Term Incentive Plan
The NZX Employee Long Term Incentive Plan was implemented in 2018. Under the terms of the NZX Employee Long
Term Incentive Plan, NZX offers selected employees performance rights, which are subject to certain entitlement criteria
before performance rights may vest and the holder can acquire shares in NZX at nil cost. Once vested and exercised the
performance rights entitle the holder to receive one share for each performance right at nil cost to employees. If the vesting
conditions are not met or waived, the performance rights will lapse. The NZX Employee Long Term Incentive Plan is offered
on a three year term.
Vesting of the performance rights is dependent on (subject to Board discretion) NZX meeting performance hurdles in
respect of TSR growth and/or the individual remaining with the NZX Group for the duration of the vesting period.
The TSR growth performance hurdle (if applicable) for the 2025 financial year was TSR growth over the year (based on 10
day VWAP to 1 January and 31 December) of at least 11.39% (2024: 9.29%) resulting in 50% of the incentive being awarded,
with 100% being awarded at 13.39% (2024: 11.29%) TSR growth (and 50.1% to 99.9% being awarded on a linear, pro-rata
basis), subject to Board discretion.
20252024
Number of rightsNumber of rights
At at 1 January
5,199,4294,731,933
Granted during the year
1,446,0911,764,117
Vested during the year
1
(1,496,286)(260,656)
Lapsed during the year
(643,500)(1,035,965)
As at 31 December
4,505,7345,199,429
1The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of rights during the year ended 31 December 2025 was $1.60 (2024:$1.01)
The weighted average remaining life of rights outstanding at 31 December 2025 was 1.4 years (31 December 2024:
1.6 years).
The cost of the performance rights is measured based on the fair value at the date granted using an appropriate
pricing model.
For rights with a TSR growth performance hurdle (TSR rights) the rights have been valued under a Monte Carlo simulation
approach predicting NZX's TSR relative to the TSR hurdle at the respective testing dates. The fair value of the TSR rights,
along with the assumptions used to simulate the future share prices using a random-walk process are shown below:
115
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
20252024
Fair value of TSR rights
1
$1.05, $0.81, $0.81$0.31, $0.48, $0.49
Current price at grant date
$1.63$1.01
Discount rate
3.74%9.29%
Expected share volatility
20.95%17.50%
1TSR rights are subject to annual TSR performance hurdles, which are assessed independently at the end of each annual Performance Period. One‑third of the rights are
allocated to each Performance Period, with a separate fair value determined for each Performance Period.
For rights where the performance hurdle relates only to the individual remaining with the NZX Group for the duration of
the vesting period the fair value of the rights is estimated as the grant date share price less the present value of forecast
dividends to be paid prior to vesting date. The estimated fair value of these rights issued in 2025 was $1.43 (2024: $0.84).
The cost is recognised over the term of the scheme, with a corresponding increase in equity. The cumulative expense at
each reporting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and is the best estimate of the number of
performance rights that will vest. The expense in the reporting period of $1,122,000 (2024: $710,000) is the movement in
cumulative expense and is recognised in personnel costs.
25.3. NZX Employee Shares
During the year $1,000 (gross) worth of NZX ordinary shares were issued to each new employee at nil cost to employees to
encourage staff engagement and shareholder alignment.
26. Financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks including credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk (including
foreign currency risk and interest rate risk).
The board of directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management
framework, including the management of financial risk. The board has established an Audit and Risk Committee
(Committee), which is responsible for developing and monitoring the Group’s financial risk management policies (except
for those relating to clearing and settlement activities discussed below). The Committee reports regularly to the board of
directors on its activities.
The Group undertakes securities clearing and settlement activities for the listed equities, debt and derivatives markets
through its clearing house New Zealand Clearing and Depository Corporation Limited (NZCDC or the Clearing House).
These activities expose NZCDC and the Group to several significant financial risks. Management of these risks is the
responsibility of the Clearing Committee of the NZX Board as well as the board of directors of NZCDC. Regular reporting is
provided to the NZX Board on the risk management activities.
The specific financial risks faced by the Group, the way in which they are managed and their impact on the financial
statements are discussed below.
26.1. Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its
contractual obligations. Credit risk arises from three principal sources:
•Receivables from customers arising in the normal course of business;
•Investment of surplus cash with financial institutions;
•The activities of the Clearing House, which is discussed separately in section 26.7.
Excluding Clearing House activities, NZX has no significant concentrations of credit risk from general customers, with
receivable balances spread across a broad portfolio of customers. NZX does not require collateral to be provided against
receivables incurred in the ordinary course of business, although listed issuers and participants in NZX's equity and debt
markets are required to provide a bond that may be called upon in the event of default on financial obligations.
The status of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:
116
NZX Annual Report 2025
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Not past due3,2374,219
Past due 0 - 30 days419303
Past due > 30 days220311
Gross trade receivables
3,8764,833
In summary, trade receivables are determined to be impaired as follows:
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Gross trade receivables3,8764,833
Individual impairment(22)(51)
Collective impairment(154)(110)
Net trade receivables
3,7004,672
The movement in the provision for doubtful debts in respect of trade and other receivables during the year is set out in
note 16.
For investment of surplus cash balances, the Group follows treasury policies that require investments to be held only
with high credit quality counterparties and sets limits on the Group's exposure to individual counterparties. The individual
counterparty limits are set as follows:
•The greater of $35 million or 60% of cash and cash equivalents for registered banks that operate in New Zealand with a
minimum credit rating of AA-; and
•The greater of $17.5 million or 30% of total cash and cash equivalents for other institutions with a minimum credit rating
of A-.
26.2. Foreign exchange risk
NZX primarily derives revenues and incurs expenses in NZD. In some cases, however, receipts and payments are in foreign
currencies (principally USD and AUD). NZX utilises foreign currency receipts to offset purchases denominated in foreign
currencies. The Group determines forward exposures, and considers these in line with internal policies and procedures. It
may enter into forward exchange agreements to keep any exposure to an acceptable level, though no such contracts were
considered necessary in the current or prior financial year. Monetary assets and liabilities are kept to an acceptable level by
buying or selling foreign currencies at the spot rate.
26.3. Interest rate risk
NZX is exposed to interest rate risk in that future interest rate movements will affect the interest that it receives on interest
bearing assets and pays on interest bearing liabilities. NZX does not currently use any derivative products to manage interest
rate risk.
The interest period for the Subordinated Note ($40 million) is fixed until the next election date (20 June 2028) at which point
the interest rate may be reset (refer to note 22).
The Group's investment assets, particularly those designated as risk capital, are generally required to be readily convertible
into cash. These are therefore held as bank deposits at floating rates of interest or invested in short term interest bearing
assets for up to 12 months. This reduces the risk of movements in the market value of financial investments, but increases the
Group's exposure to changes in cash flows as a result of short term movements in interest rates.
As at balance date, none of the Group's investments were subject to interest periods of greater than 12 months.
An analysis of the sensitivity of the Group's earnings to movements in interest rates is shown below. As at 31 December
2025 the Group's interest bearing assets exceeded its interest bearing liabilities (2024: interest bearing liabilities exceeded
its interest bearing assets), hence an increase in interest rates would have had a positive impact on earnings (2024:
negative impact).
117
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
2025
$000
2024
$000
Effect on net profit before income tax:
1% increase in interest rate111(41)
1% decrease in interest rate(111)41
This above information is calculated using:
•the Group's cash balances;
•the Group's interest bearing liabilities; and
•the balances of application and redemption trust accounts of $12.2 million (2024: $7.6 million), where Smart collects fees
based on interest earned (in respect of balances held in those accounts between the cash receipt date and the date they
are used to complete applications into and distributions from the Funds managed by Smart).
26.4. Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to realise its assets on a sufficiently timely basis to meet its financial
liabilities as they fall due. Liquidity risk arises from the general activities of the Group as well as in specific situations in the
operation of the Clearing House. Clearing House liquidity risk is discussed in section 26.7.
The Group manages its general liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves, maintaining a sufficient term to
maturity for its interest bearing liabilities and maintaining adequate overdraft and working capital facilities to provide it the
flexibility to absorb predicted variability in cash flows. It continuously monitors forecast and actual cash flows to assist with
determining the appropriate levels of cash reserves and borrowing capacity.
The table below summarises the Group's exposure to liquidity risk based on the undiscounted contractual cash flows and
maturities of term debt.
Interest bearing liabilities
Total
contractual
cash flows
$000
Less than 1
year
$000
1-2 years
$000
2-5 years
$000
More than
5 years
$000
31 December 2025
(83,871)(11,068)(17,843)(8,160)(46,800)
31 December 2024
(89,352)(4,451)(4,451)(30,930)(49,520)
26.5. Accounting classification and fair values
The fair value of the financial instruments, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, funds held on behalf of third parties,
receivables, trade payables, other liabilities and interest bearing liabilities, approximates their carrying amounts in these
accounts. The subordinated notes have a fair value of $41.84 million (2024: $41.07 million).
26.6. Energy Clearing House
NZX, through its subsidiary Energy Clearing House Limited (ECHL), is the electricity market operation service provider
responsible for ensuring that market participants pay or are paid the correct amount for the electricity they generated or
consumed. ECHL also manages the prudential security requirements of participants, intended to ensure payers can meet
their obligations in the market.
At 31 December 2025, ECHL has outstanding payables and receivables for the purchase and sale of electricity. These items
are not recorded in the Group’s statement of financial position, because the energy market participants have accepted the
risks associated with electricity settlement.
In discharging its obligations under the Electricity Industry Participation Code, ECHL is required to ensure that purchasers
maintain adequate levels of prudential security which is calculated daily. Participants can comply with this obligation in a
number of ways, including third party guarantees, letters of credit, deposits of cash with the ECHL or hedging mitigation.
ECHL holds cash deposit security on trust, and does not recognise the security provided in its statement of financial position.
There was $47,817,672 cash held from such deposits at 31 December 2025 (2024: $28,488,406).
118
NZX Annual Report 2025
26.7. Clearing House counterparty risk
The Clearing House acts as a central counterparty to trades undertaken on NZX’s financial products markets. Executed trades
are immediately novated and replaced by two separate and independent transactions, such that the Clearing House, as
central counterparty, becomes the buyer to every sell trade and the seller to every buy trade. As the buy and sell settlements
resulting from all transactions that are novated to the Clearing House offset each other, the Group is not directly exposed to
price movements in the underlying
financial products or derivatives, unless a clearing participant defaults.
On the equity and debt market, for the period between trade date and settlement date, the Clearing House is exposed
to credit risk as a clearing participant may become unable to meet its obligations to the Clearing House (for example if it
became insolvent). Should a buying participant fail to pay cash, the Clearing House must still meet its obligations to buy
the financial products from the selling participant. In these circumstances, the Clearing House is subject to market price risk
on the financial products acquired as if the price of the financial products falls, the Clearing House may incur a loss on the
disposal of those financial products. In addition, the Clearing House also faces liquidity risk, as it may be unable to realise
sufficient cash on the scheduled settlement date to pay for the financial products it is acquiring.
Where the defaulting participant has outstanding sell trades to settle, the Clearing House may purchase those financial
products in order to deliver them to the buying participant. In so doing, the Clearing House is again exposed to market risk
and liquidity risk.
a. Credit risk
Counterparty credit risk is primarily managed in two ways. Firstly, through imposing requirements on clearing participants
including participaiton standards and minimum capital adequacy requirements, that aim to ensure that participants maintain
sufficient capital and liquidity to meet their obligations to the Clearing House on an ongoing basis. Secondly, through
calculating margin requirements on participants' open positions and requiring participants to post this margin as collateral
as security for the trades. Margin requirements are calculated for each participant based on that participant’s unsettled
transactions in each financial product and participants are required to post this margin as collateral. Margin rates for
each financial product are based on the underlying characteristics of the financial product and its price volatility. Margin
requirements are calculated daily using current market prices. Each day, margin requirements are compared to collateral
held and a margin call made where necessary. Participants are then required to post additional eligible collateral. Eligible
collateral includes cash and financial products (including S&P/NZX 50 listed securities). Financial products provided as
collateral are subject to a prudential value discount, commonly referred to as a "haircut".
In addition, counterparty credit risk for the derivatives market is also managed through the mutualised default fund.
Derivatives Clearing Participants are required to make contributions to the mutualised default fund based on the level
of their uncovered stress losses. Contributions are recalculated on a quarterly basis, or as required. Contributions must
be provided in NZD or USD. The mutualised default fund can be applied to meet settlement obligations of a defaulting
participant on the derivatives market. With no current trading in equity derivatives, contributions to the mutualised default
fund are $nil.
The Group may also be exposed to counterparty credit risk through New Zealand Clearing Limited (NZCL) by acting as
central counterparty for securities lending transactions. Where the securities lending facility is utilised, NZCL is exposed to
the full principal value of each loan and NZCL requires collateral to be posted equal to 105% of the loan. All loans are
revalued on a daily basis and additional collateral required where appropriate. In 2025 and 2024, the securities lending
facility was not utilised by any Clearing Participants.
The Clearing House is also subject to counterparty credit risk relating to the investment of cash with financial institutions,
including the Clearing House's own surplus cash and risk capital as well as the collateral and mutualised default fund
contributions. The Clearing House has its own treasury policy and investment policy to manage the credit risk, including
limits on the Clearing Houses' exposure to individual counterparts as follows:
•Unlimited for amounts held within New Zealand Depository Limited (NZDL) Exchange Settlement Accounts (ESAS) at the
Reserve Bank of New Zealand
•Up to $300 million and 50% of total exposure with registered banks with a minimum credit rating of AA
•Up to $200 million and 40% of total exposure with registered banks with a minimum credit rating of AA-
•Up to $75 million and 20% of total exposure with registered banks with a minimum credit rating of A+
•Up to $50 million and 20% of total exposure with registered banks with a minimum credit rating of A
The Clearing House must only invest in Reserve Bank of New Zealand or New Zealand registered banks, except that foreign
currency can be invested in foreign bank branches that are appointed as a settlement bank.
119
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
b. Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is managed through a combination of the collateral held from participants, the Clearing House's own cash
reserves, a mutualised default fund applicable to the derivatives market and a
specific liquidity facility which provides short
term liquidity in the event of a participant default.
Collateral from the defaulting participant would be applied towards meeting the settlement obligations on the other side
of the trade. The Clearing House also holds risk capital in cash and highly liquid investments, which is available to meet
the obligations of defaulted transactions. Additionally, derivatives Clearing Participants provide contributions to a mutualised
default fund which can be applied to meeting settlement obligations of a defaulting participant on the derivatives market.
With no current trading in equity derivatives, contributions to the mutualised default fund are $nil. As at 31 December 2025
the Clearing House held risk capital of $20 million (
31 December 2024: $20 million).
In addition the Clearing House has a $20 million line of credit with a major NZ bank which may be utilised where a
participant default has occurred (note 22.2); this facility does not require any collateral to be utilised.
c. Market risk
The risk that the Clearing House will realise a loss from liquidating securities that it becomes the owner of as a result
of a participant default is managed by maintaining sufficient participant collateral and default capital (i.e. risk capital and
mutualised default fund capital) to absorb projected losses. Any losses incurred are initially funded from the defaulting
participant's margin collateral. Should this be insufficient to cover the losses, then these must be met from the Clearing
House's own risk capital. For the derivatives market, the mutualised default fund will also be applied, with the defaulting
participants contributions to the mutualised default fund used
first, followed by $10m of the Clearing House's risk capital,
then non-defaulting participants contributions to the mutualised default fund, before the final amount of the Clearing
House's risk capital will be applied. With no current trading in equity derivatives, contributions to the mutualised default fund
are $nil. The Clearing House regularly stress tests clearing participant exposures against the total amount of margin collateral
and default capital resources.
Clearing balances outstanding at the end of the period were as follows:
31 Dec 2025
$000
31 Dec 2024
$000
Cash market transactions
1
NZCL to receive from Clearing Participants - in NZD16,98420,116
NZCL to pay to Clearing Participants - in NZD16,98420,116
Aggregate absolute value of all net outstanding cash market settlement transactions -
in NZD
87,07788,090
Collateral held to cover outstanding settlement positions
Cash - in NZD22,94625,701
1All of these outstanding transactions were settled subsequent to 31 December 2025.
26.8. Capital Management
The Group’s objective when managing capital is to maintain a strong capital base and liquidity position to support
operations and to meet externally imposed requirements. For capital management purposes, the Group defines capital
as total equity attributable to shareholders, being $122.185 million at 31 December 2025 (2024: $119.685 million).
Management monitors capital primarily by reference to total equity, and also monitors liquidity and funding, including cash
and cash equivalents (of which $20.0 million is restricted for Clearing House risk capital and amounts up to $3.4 million are
held by subsidiaries to comply with regulatory requirements; refer Note 15.1) and interest bearing liabilities.
The Group’s bank and subordinated note covenants are disclosed in Note 22.2 and Note 22.1 and the Group complied with
all externally imposed financial covenant requirements throughout the year.
A subsidiary of the Group is subject to conditions under its managed investment scheme (MIS) manager licence, including
requirements to calculate and report net tangible assets (NTA) to its Supervisors in accordance with the standard conditions
of its licence. Subsequent to balance date, the subsidiary identified that the NTA reported to its Supervisors had not been
calculated in accordance with the standard conditions over multiple reporting periods. The matter was notified to the
relevant Supervisors, with a corrected NTA calculation provided. The Supervisors have confirmed they are satisfied that the
120
NZX Annual Report 2025
matter does not adversely impact the manager's ability to carry out its market services. The Group has assessed that this
matter did not affect its its actual financial position or operations and did not impact scheme unitholders.
There were no changes to the Group's approach to capital management during the year.
27. Related party transactions
27.1. Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel comprises the Group’s senior management team. Key management personnel compensation
comprised the following:
2025
$000
2024
$000
Short-term employee benefits
5,9515,855
Share-based payments
620513
Termination benefits
108-
6,6796,368
27.2. Transactions with directors and other entities NZX directors are associated with
The Company regularly enters into transactions under normal commercial terms and conditions with other entities that some
of the directors may sit on the board of or are employed by.
NZX directors fees for the year were $739,000 (2024: $629,500) (refer to Note 10).
In addition fees paid to independent directors of Group subsidiary boards were $503,087 (2024: $389,500).
Two directors on the GDT board are representatives of NZX Limited and no directors' fees are paid by GDT to
those directors.
27.3. Transactions with managed funds
Management and other fees are received from the funds managed by wholly owned subsidiary Smart and are included in
the Income Statement as funds management revenue (refer to note 9).
Transaction values for the year
ended 31 December
Balance outstanding as at
31 December
2025
$000
2024
$000
2025
$000
2024
$000
Services to/amounts owed from Managed Funds53,23344,1217,0175,570
Services from/amounts owed to Managed Funds--(2,418)(1,890)
27.4. Transactions with associate
On 30 June 2022 the Group acquired a 33.33% stake in GlobalDairyTrade Holding Limited (GDT) (note 18).
Transaction values for the year
ended 31 December
Balance outstanding as at
31 December
2025
$000
2024
$000
2025
$000
2024
$000
Services to/amounts owed from Associate225--
Services from/amounts owed to Associate(24)(24)(74)(50)
121
7. Financial Statements
NZX Annual Report 2025
27.5. General
All outstanding balances with related parties are priced and are to be settled in cash subsequent to the reporting date. None
of the balance is secured. No expense has been recognised in the current year or prior year for bad or doubtful debts in
respect of amounts owed by related parties.
28. Contingent liabilities
In New Zealand there has been increased regulatory focus on market participant compliance for entities such as the
Group. Accordingly, there has been an increase in the number of matters on which the Group engages with its regulators
including matters such as financial market conduct, reporting and disclosure obligations, tax treatments, and product
disclosure documentation. In the normal course of business the Group may be subject to actual or possible claims and court
proceedings. Where relevant, expert legal advice is obtained and, in light of such advice, provisions and/or disclosures as
deemed appropriate are made.
There were no contingent liabilities as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.
29. Capital commitments
31 December
2025
$000
31 December
2024
$000
Capital expenditure commitments:
Intangible development
101112
Tangible development
--
101112
30. Subsequent events
Dividend
Subsequent to balance date the board declared a final 2025 dividend (fully imputed) of 3.3 cents per share, to be paid on
2 April 2026 (with a record date of 19 March 2026).
Externalisation of QuayStreet Investment Management
Subsequent to balance date, the Group entered into a conditional agreement to externalise the QuayStreet investment
management business into a new entity owned by members of the current investment management team. Completion of the
transaction is subject to customary conditions precedent and had not occurred as at the date these financial statements were
authorised for issue.
If the transaction completes, the investment management activities and associated cost base are expected to transfer to the
new entity, and the Group is expected to cease recognising the directly attributable operating expenses from the date of
completion and instead recognise related FUM-based revenue net of an external investment management fee.
The final financial impact will depend on the timing of completion and the operating structure implemented, including the
terms of any transitional or ongoing commercial arrangements. Therefore at this stage, the Group is not able to reliably
estimate the financial effect of the externalisation on future periods.
As the conditions giving rise to this transaction did not exist at balance date, this event has been treated as a non-adjusting
subsequent event and no adjustments have been made to the amounts recognised in these financial statements.
122
Independent
Auditor's Report
NZX Annual Report 2025
123
PwC New Zealand, PwC Centre, 10 Waterloo Quay
PO Box 243, Wellington 6140, New Zealand
T: +64 4 462 7000
pwc.co.nz
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of NZX Limited
Our opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements (the financial statements) of NZX Limited (the
Company), including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of t he
Group as at 31 December 2025, its financial performance, and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance
with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and International
Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards).
What we have audited
The Group's financial statements comprise:
•the Group Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2025;
•the Group Income Statement for the year then ended;
•the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year then ended;
•the Group Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended;
•the Group Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended; and
•the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory
information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs (NZ)) and
International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of
Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by
the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (PES 1) and the International Code of Ethics for
Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) issued by the International Ethics
Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), as applicable to audits of financial statements of public interest
entities. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with PES 1 and the IESBA Code.
In our capacity as auditor, our firm also provides review and agreed-upon procedures services. Our firm carries out
other assignments in the areas of taxation compliance. One of the Company’s Directors has a spouse that is a
partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand. This partner is not involved in the provision of any services to the
Group, and this matter has not impacted our independence. Also, certain partners and employees of our firm may
deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the business. The firm has
no other relationship with, or interests in, the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of
the financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on
these matters.
Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Goodwill impairment assessment
(Refer to note 5 – Impairment tests)
The Group’s goodwill is primarily allocated to three Cash
Generating Units (CGUs): ‘Smart’ ($41.1m), ‘Wealth
Technologies’ ($1.5m) and ‘Energy’ ($4.0m).
We considered this a key audit matter due to the financial
significance of the goodwill balances and the inherent
judgement and estimation uncertainty in the Group’s
assessment of the recoverable value of each CGU. This
includes the Group’s judgement over future cash flows.
The Group performed an annual impairment assessment
over the goodwill balances as required by NZ IFRS and
IFRS Accounting Standards, by:
1. Calculating the recoverable value for each CGU
using a discounted cash flow model. The key
assumptions in these models include cash flows for
each CGU for the forecast period, the discount rate
and terminal growth rates.
2. Comparing the recoverable value of each CGU to
their respective carrying amounts.
The Group also performed a sensitivity analysis over the
recoverable value calculations, by varying the
assumptions used to assess the impact on the
impairment assessment.
Our procedures included:
• Obtaining an understanding and evaluating the design of
the Group’s relevant controls over the impairment
assessment of goodwill.
• Evaluating the determination and composition of the CGUs
to which goodwill is allocated.
• Evaluating the Group’s cash flow forecasts and the
processes by which they were developed, including
considering the mathematical accuracy of the underlying
calculations in the discounted cash flow model (the model).
• Assessing whether the cash flow forecasts were consistent
with Board approved budgets, and that significant
assumptions in the budgets were subject to oversight by
the Directors.
• Comparing the forecast cash flows and terminal growth
rates used in the Group’s cash flow forecasts to historical
results and economic and industry forecasts.
• Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s disclosures
in the financial statements against the requirements of NZ
IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards.
Together with PwC valuation experts, we also:
• Evaluated the appropriateness of the recoverable value
methodology based on the requirements of NZ IFRS and
IFRS Accounting Standards.
• Assessed the appropriateness of the discount rate and
terminal growth rates used in the model by comparing the
cost of debt and equity for the Group to market data and
industry research.
Listing fees revenue recognition - correction of prior
period treatment
(Refer to Note 9 – Operating revenue and Note 8 –
Listing fee revenue recognition – correction of prior year
treatment)
Listing and issuance fees (listing fees) for the year ended
31 December 2025 were $16.6 million. Listing fees
consist of revenue from:
•initial listing fees;
•secondary capital raising fees; and
•annual listing fees.
Initial and secondary listing fees are deferred and
recognised over the period the Group expects to provide
listing services. Annual listing fees are recognised evenly
over the period the service is provided.
During the year ended 31 December 2025 the Group
restated its accounting policy for listing fees and has
restated comparative information accordingly. The
restatement changed the pattern over which certain
listing fees are recognised, and impacted revenue,
unearned income and retained earnings.
We considered this a key audit matter because:
•listing fees represent a significant revenue stream
for the Group;
•there is judgement involved in determining the
Group’s performance obligations under listing
arrangements and the period over which listing
services are expected to be provided; and
•the restatement of the listing fees accounting policy
has a significant impact on the current and prior
period financial information.
Our procedures included, amongst others:
•Obtaining an understanding and evaluating the design of
the Group’s relevant controls over the recognition and
deferral of listing fees revenue.
•Evaluating the Group’s revised accounting policy for listing
fees, including:
-understanding the nature of the Group’s obligations
under listing arrangements;
-assessing the identification of performance
obligations; and
-assessing whether the revised policy is consistent
with the requirements of NZ IFRS 15 Revenue from
Contracts with Customers (NZ IFRS 15) and other
applicable NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards.
•Assessing the Group’s judgement in determining the period
over which listing services are expected to be provided for
initial and secondary listings (including the five-year and
three-year deferral periods adopted).
•Testing the application of the revised accounting policy to
individual listing arrangements by:
-agreeing key contract terms to executed agreements
or approved fee schedules;
-recalculating unearned and recognised revenue for
initial and secondary listings; and
-checking whether revenue was recognised in the
appropriate period with reference to external market
announcements and listing dates.
•Assessing the Group’s restatement of comparative
information by:
-recalculating the restated amounts for revenue,
unearned income and retained earnings;
-assessing the consistency of the restatement across
the financial statements; and
-evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures in Notes 8
and 9, including the description of the revised
accounting policy, the nature and rationale for the
restatement, and the quantitative impact on current
and comparative periods, against the requirements of
NZ IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in
Accounting Estimates and Errors and NZ IFRS 15.
Our audit approach
Overview
Overall group materiality: $1,470,000, which represents approximately 5% of Profit before income
tax.
In determining our materiality, we have considered the financial metrics which we believed to be
relevant and concluded that Profit before income tax was the most appropriate benchmark. This is
because the Group is profit-orientated. We consider that the resulting materiality level is
appropriate for the size and complexity of the Group and relevant to the users of the financial
statements.
Full scope audits were performed for four entities in the Group based on their financial
significance;
Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures were performed on the remaining
entities.
As reported above, we have two key audit matters, being:
• Goodwill impairment assessment
• Listing fees revenue recognition - correction of prior period treatment
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the
financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made subjective judgements; for example, in
respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are
inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls,
including among other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of
material misstatement due to fraud.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise
due to fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality, including the
overall group materiality for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These, together with qualitative
considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature, timing and extent of our audit
procedures, and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and in the aggregate, on the financial
statements as a whole.
How we tailored our group audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion on the
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and
controls, and the industries in which the Group operates.
Other matter
The financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024, were audited by another auditor who
expressed an unmodified opinion on those financial statements on 20 February 2025.
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included
in the Annual Report, but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of
audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have
performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to
report in this regard.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial
statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as the
Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern, and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic
alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole, are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with
ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud
or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the External
Reporting Board’s website at:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been undertaken so that
we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company
and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Christopher Barber.
For and on behalf of:
PricewaterhouseCoopers Wellington
25 February 2026
Statutory
Information
NZX Annual Report 2025
130
NZX Annual Report 2025
1. BUSINESS OPERATIONS
There have been no changes in core business undertakings
of NZX Limited (the Company or NZX) or its subsidiaries
during the year.
2. INTERESTS REGISTER
NZX is required to maintain an interests register in which
particulars of certain transactions and matters involving the
directors must be recorded.
3. DIRECTORS' INTERESTS
The following are particulars of the disclosures of interest by
directors holding office during the accounting period.
DirectorInterestEntity
John
McMahon
Director and
Chair
Solution Dynamics
Limited
DirectorAofrio Limited
DirectorVital Limited (ceased
during period)
Dame Paula
Rebstock
DirectorVector Limited
1
DirectorAIA New Zealand
Limited
DirectorAuckland One Rail
Director and
Chair
Asia Pacific Healthcare
Group
DirectorSealink New Zealand
DirectorBluecurrent Australia
and New Zealand
ChairNew Zealand Post
ChairReview of New Zealand’s
competition framework
Lindsay
Wright
DirectorNavigator Global
Investments Limited
DirectorMilford ANZ (Milford
Australia Pty Limited and
Milford Asset
Management Limited
and subsidiaries -Milford
Funds Limited and
Milford Private Wealth
Limited)
DirectorSpark New Zealand
Limited (commenced
during period)
Frank
Aldridge
DirectorClaybrook Holdings
DirectorAvion Private Limited
Shareholder
(indirect)
Craigs Investment
Partners Limited (CIP)
Elaine
Campbell
Executive GM,
Access
Chorus Limited (ceased
during period)
Chief Legal,
Governance
and External
Relations Officer
SkyCity Entertainment
Group Limited
(commenced during
period)
DirectorInterestEntity
Peter Jessup
Owner/DirectorKatipo Consulting Pty
Limited
Consultant to
assist with
developing
Accenture’s
(ANZ and
global) Capital
Markets
consulting and
Systems
Integration
business
(contractor)
Accenture
Rachel Walsh
Owner/DirectorRJ Consulting Limited –
management
consultancy services
DirectorChartered Accountants
ANZ
Member
Transition
Working Group
Asteron Life Limited
(ceased during period)
DirectorAsteron Life Limited
(commenced during
period)
DirectorIAG New Zealand
Limited and IAG (NZ)
Holdings Limited
1Dame Paula Rebstock also acts as a director for a number of related companies of
Vector Limited relating to Vector metering.
4. INFORMATION USED BY DIRECTORS
There were no notices from directors of the Company
requesting to disclose or use Company Information
received in their capacity as directors that would not
otherwise have been available to them.
5. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
Please see page 72 for a breakdown of individual and total
directors’ remuneration.
131
9. Statutory information
NZX Annual Report 2025
6. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
NZX pays premiums in respect of directors’ liability
insurance. The policies do not specify a premium
for individuals.
The insurance provides cover against costs and expenses
involved in defending legal actions and any damages
or judgments awarded or entered against the individual,
settlements negotiated and any legal costs or expenses
awarded against the individual arising from a liability
to persons (other than the company or a related body
corporate) incurred in their position as a director unless
the conduct involves a wilful breach of duty, improper
use of insider information or position to gain any profit
or advantage or any criminal, dishonest, fraudulent or
malicious acts or omissions or any knowing or wilful
violation of any statute or regulation.
NZX has granted indemnities to NZX directors and NZX-
appointed directors of operating subsidiaries in relation to
potential liabilities and costs they may incur for acts or
omissions in their role as a director of NZX or an NZX
subsidiary. Similar exclusions to those described in the
previous paragraph on insurance apply.
7. SUBSIDIARY COMPANY DIRECTORS
The directors of all NZX subsidiaries during the year are
as follows:
Clearing House entities
New Zealand Clearing and Depository Corporation Limited
•Roger Bayly
•Felicity Gibson
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
New Zealand Clearing Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
New Zealand Depository Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
Other NZX subsidiaries
Energy Clearing House Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
Smartshares Limited
•Guy Elliffe (independent director) (ceased
31 December 2025)
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
•Jon Raby (independent director) (appointed
1 October 2025)
•John Williams (independent director)
Smart Limited (prior to 15 January 2025, Superlife Limited)
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
Smart Investment Management Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
NZX Wealth Technologies Limited
•Kathryn Jaggard
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
NZX WT Nominees Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
NZX WT Nominees (Superannuation) Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
NZX Regulation Limited
•Elaine Campbell
•Philippa Dunphy
•John Hawkins
•Michael Heron KC
•David Hunt (appointed 1 January 2025)
•Trevor Janes (ceased 31 December 2025)
New Zealand Exchange Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
NZX Holding No. 4 Limited
•Graham Law
•Mark Peterson
132
NZX Annual Report 2025
The directors of NZX’s subsidiary companies who are not
NZX employees or directors of NZX Limited, have declared
interests in the following entities:
Subsidiary
directors (Non-
NZX directors)
InterestEntity
David Hunt
Deputy ChairAccident
Compensation
Corporation
DirectorDairyNZ Limited
1
DirectorNorthpower Limited
2
DirectorWEL Networks
Limited
3
Consulting
Associate
Concept Consulting
Group Limited
Guy Elliffe
Corporate
Governance
Manager
Accident
Compensation
Corporation
John Hawkins
DirectorPines Apartments
Limited
DirectorIsola Trustees Limited
Michael Heron
KC
BarristerMike Heron KC
DirectorImmediation New
Zealand Limited
DirectorBritomart Chambers
Limited
DirectorAgreeable Limited
Kathryn
Jaggard
ConsultantNZX Limited
Philippa
Dunphy
DirectorTuatahi First Fibre
Limited
DirectorDangerous Goods
Compliance Limited
Trevor Janes
DirectorSelenium Corporation
Limited
DirectorRovert Investments
Limited (ceased
during period)
Indirect
Shareholder
Certus Solutions
Limited (ceased
during the period)
Indirect
Shareholder
Ignition Data Limited
1David Hunt also acts as a director for subsidiaries of DairyNZ Limited.
2David Hunt also acts as a director for subsidiaries of Northpower Limited.
3David Hunt also acts as a director for subsidiaries of WEL Networks Limited.
Please see page 72 for the total amount of remuneration
and other benefits which independent directors of an NZX
subsidiary were entitled to during 2025.
8. DONATIONS
During the year NZX made donations to charitable
organisations of $5,049. NZX does not make
political donations.
9. EMPLOYEE REMUNERATION
Please see page 70 for a breakdown of NZX
Group employees and former employees who received
remuneration and other benefits, including non-cash
benefits and share based remuneration in excess of
$100,000 per annum.
10. DIRECTOR TRANSACTIONS IN SECURITIES
OF THE PARENT COMPANY
DirectorSecurities held (legally
and beneficially) at
31 December 2025
(Subordinated Notes)
Securities held (legally
and beneficially) at
31 December 2025
(Ordinary Shares)
John
McMahon
Nil300,000
Dame
Paula
Rebstock
Nil28,620
Lindsay
Wright
Nil18,696
Frank
Aldridge
Nil100,577
Elaine
Campbell
Nil31,738
Peter
Jessup
Nil111,031
Rachel
Walsh
Nil59,654
11. AUDITORS
The external auditor of the parent company and the Group
is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). They provide audit and
other services, for which their remuneration in 2025 was
as follows:
Group $000
Total audit fees315
Total agreed-upon
procedures engagements
10
Total taxation compliance services45
Total remuneration paid to
Group auditors
370
Agreed-upon procedures engagement fees relate to
the annual depository engagement of New Zealand
Depository Limited and the Net Tangible Assets procedures
engagement of Smartshares Limited.
Taxation compliance services relate to the review of
research & development tax credit supplementary returns
for NZX Limited, Smartshares Limited and NZX Wealth
Technologies Limited.
133
9. Statutory information
NZX Annual Report 2025
12. TOP 20 SECURITY HOLDERS
The following table shows the names and holdings of
the 20 largest holders of NZX ordinary shares as at
31 December 2025:
Investor nameShares held% of issued
shares
HSBC Nominees (New
Zealand) Limited
26,657,0268.11
Custodial Services Limited
24,472,9207.45
Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd
24,064,1857.32
Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ
Limited Bpss40
22,725,6786.92
Accident Compensation
Corporation
21,673,9836.60
JPMORGAN Chase Bank
21,456,9106.53
FNZ Custodians Limited
13,793,1004.20
Nigel Charles Babbage
11,700,0003.56
New Zealand Depository
Nominee9,831,1952.99
Apex Custodian Nominees
7,178,0302.18
Cip Tui Holdings Limited
6,569,0692.00
David Mitchell Odlin
6,482,9111.97
Forsyth Barr Custodians
Limited6,086,6601.85
Mirrabooka Investments
Limited6,050,0001.84
Premier Nominees Limited
5,058,7761.54
New Zealand Permanent
Trustees Limited3,123,6370.95
Pt Booster Investments
Nominees Limited2,940,0000.89
Mmc Queen Street
Nominees Ltd Acf Salt
Funds Management
2,090,8870.64
Michael Robert Mayger &
Eleanor Margaret Mayger1,930,1550.59
Forsyth Barr Custodians
Limited1,904,9340.58
The following table shows the names and holdings of
the 20 largest holders of NZX Subordinated Notes as at
31 December 2025:
Investor nameShares held% of
issued
shares
Forsyth Barr Custodians
Limited
13,024,00032.56
FNZ Custodians Limited4,085,00010.21
Custodial Services Limited2,789,0006.97
New Zealand Permanent
Trustees Limited2,680,0006.70
Forsyth Barr Custodians
Limited
1,087,0002.72
Graeme Laurence Beckett &
Janine Dale Beckett
1,076,0002.69
JBWERE (Nz) Nominees
Limited
948,0002.37
Nzx Wt Nominees Limited787,0001.97
Adams Family & Richard
Barton Adams & Allison Ruth
Adams750,0001.88
Forsyth Barr Custodians
Limited353,0000.88
Carlton Cornwall Bowls Inc255,0000.64
Janet Andrea De Lu250,0000.63
Investment Custodial
Services Limited220,0000.55
Rodney Gavin Shayle
Callender200,0000.50
Ronald William White &
Jennifer Jean White200,0000.50
Xiang Zhou & Yafan Wu169,0000.42
Forsyth Barr Custodians
Limited167,0000.42
Cardett Family & Elizabeth
Anne Burdett & Philip John
Castle & Stevens Orchard
Trustees (Cardett) Limited150,0000.38
Robert John Peek150,0000.38
Forsyth Barr Custodians
Limited150,0000.38
134
NZX Annual Report 2025
13. SPREAD OF ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS AS
AT 31 DECEMBER 2025
The following table shows the spread of NZX Ordinary
Shares as at 31 December 2025:
SHAREHOLDERSSHARES
Size of holdingNumber%Number%
1 - 1,000
79519.9404,8750.1
1,001 - 5,000
75718.92,283,7130.7
5,001 - 10,000
81620.46,371,3761.9
10,001 - 50,000
1,28032.028,457,2688.7
50,001 - 100,000
1824.612,847,5653.9
Greater than
100,000
1674.2278,170,65184.7
Total3,997100328,535,448100
The following table shows the spread of NZX
Subordinated Notes as at 31 December 2025:
SHAREHOLDERSSHARES
Size of holdingNumber%Number%
1 - 1,000
----
1,001 - 5,000
5310.9 265,0000.6
5,001 - 10,000
12525.61,154,0002.9
10,001 - 50,000
26854.97,034,00017.6
50,001 - 100,000
183.71,480,0003.7
Greater than
100,000
244.930,067,00075.2
Total48810040,000,000100
14. SUBSTANTIAL PRODUCT HOLDERS
The following information is given pursuant to section
293 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (FMCA).
According to NZX’s records and disclosures made pursuant
to section 280 (1)(b) of the FMCA, the following were
substantial product holders in NZX as at
31 December
2025. The total number of voting securities on issue as at
31 December 2025 was 328,535,448.
Class
Relevant
Interest
% of Issued
shares
Accident
Compensation
Corporation (ACC)
Ordinary
shares
22,215,1706.762
Spheria Asset
Management Pty Ltd
Ordinary
shares
20,362,5256.198
15. WAIVERS FROM LISTING RULES AND
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR CERTIFICATES
On 15 December 2021, NZX received a waiver from the
Special Division of the NZ Markets Disciplinary Tribunal in
respect of Listing Rule 2.11 as it concerns the directors’
fees for the independent directors of NZ RegCo. The
waiver effectively provides that, subject to its conditions,
the independent directors of NZ RegCo are not within
the scope of Listing Rule 2.11, which would otherwise
require their director fees to be paid from the NZX
shareholder approved NZX director fee pool (as adjusted
for the number of directors overall) and require shareholder
approval from NZX's shareholders for any increase in
their remuneration.
The waiver was sought to increase the separation
between NZX’s commercial and regulatory arms and
support the independence of NZ RegCo and its board,
recognising NZ RegCo’s unique regulatory function. Going
forward, and as a condition of the waiver, the remuneration
for the independent directors of NZ RegCo will be set
based on remuneration benchmarking advice and subject
to approval of the NZ RegCo board in accordance with
the Companies Act procedures and also the NZX board
(not to be unreasonably withheld). The remuneration of
the directors of NZX (including of any NZX directors who
are also directors of NZ RegCo) remains subject to NZX
shareholder approval in the usual way under Listing Rule
2.11. All remuneration of directors of companies in the NZX
group will continue to be disclosed in the annual report of
NZX, as is required by the Companies Act. This waiver will
also be referred to in notices of meeting and annual reports
going forward, where relevant in the context of director
remuneration matters.
A copy of the waiver decision was released to the market
on 22 December 2021. This waiver was relied upon by NZX
during the 2025 financial year.
16. SECURITIES ISSUED BY NZX
NZX’s ordinary shares are quoted on the NZX Main Board.
In 2018 NZX introduced an employee share scheme and
CEO share scheme based on the issue of performance
rights, which are subject to certain entitlement criteria
before performance rights may vest and the holder can
acquire shares in NZX. For as long as performance rights
issued under these schemes are subject to these restrictions
they, and any shares which may be issued following the
exercise of performance rights, are not quoted on any
market and will not be quoted on any market until such
time as they vest in the relevant participants. In 2022, NZX
introduced a Share Purchase Plan for directors to align
directors’ incentives with shareholders, which provides that
a portion of the directors’ base fees will be used to acquire
NZX Limited shares (except where it is not permitted for
compliance purposes, or when certain thresholds are met).
In 2018, NZX issued $40m of unsecured, subordinated
notes with a coupon rate of 5.4% (Subordinated Notes).
These were quoted and traded on the NZX Debt Market
as NZX010. In 2023 NZX ran an election process prior
135
9. Statutory information
NZX Annual Report 2025
to the first election date (Tuesday, 20 June 2023) of
the Subordinated Notes, with the outcome being that
$28,588,000 of the Subordinated Notes were retained by
Holders (subject to the new conditions) and $11,412,000
of the Subordinated Notes were purchased by NZX and
offered for sale.
Trading in the Subordinated Notes (NZX010) was
suspended at the close of business on Tuesday, 2 May
2023. Trading in the Subordinated Notes (under new ticker
NZX020) was resumed on Wednesday, 21 June 2023, being
the trading day immediately following the election date.
Under the election process, the interest rate was required
to be set as the higher of (i) 6.50% per annum and (ii) the
sum of 2.25% per annum plus the mid-market interest swap
rate for a 5 year term starting on 20 June 2023 (adjusted
to a quarterly basis as necessary), as calculated by NZX
in conjunction with the Joint Lead Managers (according
to market convention) on 13 June 2023. The adjusted mid-
market 5 year swap rate on 13 June 2023 was 4.55% per
annum. Therefore, the interest rate on the Subordinated
Notes (NZX020) was set at 6.80% per annum until (but
excluding) the next election date on 20 June 2028. The total
Subordinated Notes (NZX020) on issue as at 31 December
2025 is $40 million.
This report is signed by and on behalf of the board of
NZX Limited by:
John McMahon
Chair of the Board
Lindsay Wright
Chair of the Audit and Risk
Committee
136
Appendices
NZX Annual Report 2025
137
NZX Annual Report 2025
Appendix 1
NZX 2025 CLIMATE REPORT (REPORT)
This Report relates to NZX Limited (NZX) and all wholly owned subsidiaries (together, the NZX Group), and all references to
we, us, our, NZX and NZX Group should be interpreted accordingly.
All references to $ in this Report are to New Zealand dollars, and references to FY24 or FY25 are, unless the context
otherwise requires, to balances or amounts at the end of those financial years, being 31 December. All references to year on
year (YoY) comparisons are to 2024 financial year to 2025 financial year comparisons.
Changes to New Zealand Climate-related Disclosures regime
On 22 October 2025 the Government announced
1
that it plans to make changes to Part 7A of the Financial Markets Conduct
Act 2013 (FMCA) which, once implemented, will adjust the thresholds used to determine whether an entity is a climate
reporting entity (
CRE) and therefore required to prepare climate statements or group climate statements that comply with
the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (ANZ Climate Standards) issued by the External Reporting Board. The
proposed changes have now been included in the Financial Markets Amendment Conduct Bill, which is progressing through
the legislative process.
On 28 October 2025 the Financial Markets Authority (FMA) announced ‘No action’ relief’
2
for entities that are climate
reporting entities under the existing legislation but are expecting their climate reporting obligations to cease once
legislation is passed (
No Action Relief). The No Action Relief means that those CREs will face no action from the FMA
for failing to meet any obligation under Part 7A (including by not preparing group climate statements) for their 2025/2026
reporting period.
Based on the proposed amendments to the FMCA, NZX will not be a CRE once the FMCA is amended. As such, NZX
is able to rely on the FMA’s No Action Relief and therefore is not preparing group climate statements compliant with ANZ
Climate Standards for the period ending 31 December 2025. However, NZX considers that certain information relating to
NZX's climate and sustainability activity is likely to be of interest to its stakeholders and is accordingly publishing this Report.
Disclaimer
This Report is not a climate statement that complies with the ANZ Climate Standards, but outlines certain information
about NZX's climate and sustainability activity for the period ending 31 December 2025. No part of this Report is
intended to comply with the requirements of the ANZ Climate Standards. Similarity between the content and format
of this Report and the requirements of the ANZ Climate Standards is for convenience and comparability to previous
climate statements by NZX only. This Report is provided for general information purposes only.
Important notice
This Report contains information that (unless otherwise noted) NZX considers to be accurate as at 31 December 2025.
However, this Report contains both current and forward-looking information relating to the climate and its impacts that is
inherently uncertain and is based on estimates, assumptions, and/or limited or incomplete data. Should matters change
following the publication of this Report, NZX does not represent that it will update the information in this Report (subject to
any legal obligations to do so).
This Report contains forward-looking statements and opinions (for example, targets, risks and opportunities, climate-
related scenarios and anticipated impacts), which are based on information, expectations, estimates and assumptions
that may change over time. While NZX believes these to be reasonable, there are a number of risks, uncertainties
and assumptions associated with such forward-looking statements, and they should not be taken as guarantees of
future performance.
Whether or not the NZX Group meets targets, commitments or intentions expressed in this Report is subject to known
and unknown risks and uncertainties, and will depend on a number of factors, including factors outside of NZX’s control.
It is likely actual results will vary from those contemplated by these forward-looking statements and such variations may
be material.
This Report is not an offer document and should not be taken as financial, legal or tax advice. NZX cautions against
reliance being placed upon any forward-looking statements and information that is subject to uncertainty.
Smartshares Limited (Smart) is a wholly owned NZX subsidiary and a manager of managed investment schemes
(including registered schemes). This Report does not include
financed emissions associated with the investments made
1
https://www.beehive.govt.nz/release/commonsense-changes-boost-capital-markets
2
https://www.fma.govt.nz/business/services/climate-reporting-entities/no-action-relief-for-cre/
138
NZX Annual Report 2025
by Smart's registered schemes. Operational emissions arising from the Smart operating entity are included in this disclosure
as Smart is a wholly owned entity of NZX. Please refer to section 4 of this Report for information about the NZX Group's
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.
1. GOVERNANCE
NZX’s Board of Directors (Board) is the governance body responsible for oversight of NZX’s climate-related strategy, risks,
opportunities and performance. The NZX Audit and Risk Committee (ARC) supports the Board by providing governance
oversight for the monitoring of climate-related risks and related reporting, considering relevant Environmental, Social and
Governance (
ESG) matters (including climate-related risks and opportunities) as a standing agenda annually, and providing
oversight of the scenario analysis process by reviewing and providing feedback on the scenarios and associated risks (with
ultimate Board approval). ARC provides reports to the Board on the progress of relevant ESG matters as appropriate.
The NZX Chief Executive (NZX CEO) has overall responsibility for NZX's management of climate-related risks and
opportunities and is supported by the General Manager Corporate Affairs & Sustainability and the Chief Risk Officer. The
Chief Risk Officer is responsible for overall risk assessment and management, including the incorporation of risks into NZX’s
risk register. In addition, the Chief Financial & Corporate Officer and the NZX finance team work closely with the General
Manager Corporate Affairs & Sustainability to provide financial analysis in this area.
The General Manager of Corporate Affairs & Sustainability, leads the NZX Sustainability function and is responsible for
day-to-day management of:
•NZX’s climate-related disclosures;
•ESG strategy development;
•ESG data and analysis;
•Sustainability initiatives;
•ESG reporting; and
•NZX's Toitū Envirocare "net carbonzero" certification programme.
In addition, the Risk Management Committee (which includes the Chief Risk Officer and General Manager Corporate
Affairs & Sustainability) supports the NZX CEO in providing oversight of NZX’s approach to climate-related risk matters
(alongside broader ESG matters). In particular, the Risk Management Committee reviews the risk database monthly and
climate-related matters (i.e. materiality assessment and related risks and opportunities) are reviewed as part of this process
when the Chief Risk Officer considers them to be relevant for the Risk Management Committee. The findings and reports of
the Risk Management Committee are reported to the ARC through the Chief Risk Officer’s reporting.
The Sustainability function, in conjunction with key internal stakeholders engages with business units across the NZX
Group to identify, assess and manage climate risks and opportunities as they arise, including those identified via scenario
analysis. Where identified, climate-related risks and opportunities may be escalated to the appropriate management
committee. For example, these risks may be escalated to the Risk Management Committee, and in turn to the Audit and
Risk Committee and/or the Board. In FY24, NZX integrated climate-related opportunities into our Operating Responsibly
framework, which is described further in the strategy section, and work is ongoing to formalise our approach to the
management of climate-related opportunities.
2. STRATEGY
2.1. Current impacts
Based on the risk identification and assessment processes within the NZX Group Risk Management Framework (RMF), NZX
did not experience any material climate-related physical impacts in FY25.
In relation to transition impacts, the NZX Group offers a range of climate-related products and services, with a view to
supporting New Zealand's climate transition and providing the NZX Group with more diversified streams of revenue.
Green bonds
As well as capital raising to strengthen balance sheets, funds are raised via NZX-operated markets to provide for a range
of wellbeing initiatives, including environmental and climate-focused projects. The establishment of Green and Sustainability
bond segments in the NZDX Debt Market has enabled NZX to diversify the types of issuances in our markets.
Ethical and principle-based funds
Smart offers a range of investment options through its Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) and SuperLife funds that
include socially responsible investment (SRI) exclusions, systematic ESG screening, and/or proxy voting policies relating
to sustainability. Some of these exclusions, screens and policies relate to the climate, although they also cover a wider range
of factors.
139
10. Appendices
NZX Annual Report 2025
Carbon and energy markets
Together with the European Energy Exchange (EEX), NZX manages auctions of New Zealand Units under the New
Zealand Emissions Trading Scheme, which are scheduled quarterly.
2.2. Scenario analysis
The NZX Group engages in a process of scenario analysis to assist in identifying and monitoring its climate-related risks and
develop a better understanding of the resilience of the NZX Group's business model and strategy.
NZX considers the scenario analysis process it undertook in 2023 remains appropriate given the long-term nature of
the scenarios used. The scenario analysis process involved adapting the climate-related scenario narratives for the financial
services sector in New Zealand developed by the Financial Services Council (FSC)
1
.
NZX evaluates climate-related risks under three scenarios: Orderly (global average temperature increase is limited to
1.5°C by 2100), Too Little Too Late (global average temperature increases by more than 2°C by 2100), and Hot House (global
average temperature increases by more than 3°C by 2100). We select these three scenarios as we deem them particularly
relevant to the New Zealand context and the financial sector in which we operate, as well as to explore the possible risks we
could be exposed to under ambitious transition scenarios that achieve global net-zero. These scenarios are well grounded in
science and enable us to align us with the FSC’s scenarios, facilitating within-sector comparability.
We align the time horizons through which we undertake the scenario analysis to the NZX Group’s operational and
strategic planning horizons, whereby operational decision-making is aligned with short- and medium-term horizons and
strategic planning is aligned with a long-term horizon. These are also consistent with the timelines of our emissions reduction
targets. The end-point of our scenario analysis is 2050.
Time horizons:
- Short-term (2025 – 2026)
- Medium-term (2026 – 2030)
- Long-term (2030 – 2050)
For a full description of scenario assumptions, please refer to the FSC’s report.
2.3. Overview of risks and opportunities
During FY25, NZX undertook a review of the climate-related risks and opportunities it disclosed in its climate statements for
the financial year ending 31 December 2024 to improve the clarity and relevance of our reporting. This process involved
assessing the risk rating of each item against the NZX risk assessment matrix to determine materiality to the business. As
a result, only risks and opportunities assessed as having a “moderate”, “significant” or “severe” risk rating in NZX's risk
assessment matrix are presented in this year’s disclosure. This approach to materiality contrasts with last year’s disclosures,
whereby all identified risks and opportunities were deemed material in accordance with the definition of materiality in the
ANZ Climate Standards, irrespective of the risk assessment under NZX’s RMF. The full inventory of risks and opportunities
identified in prior years continues to be monitored through our ongoing internal risk management processes, even where
not disclosed individually. In addition, the anticipated impacts disclosed are the impacts that the NZX Group reasonably
expects if the risks were to eventuate.
Consistent with the scenario analysis, we aligned the time horizons through which we evaluate climate-related risks and
opportunities to the NZX Group’s operational and strategic planning horizons.
Transition risks are those related to the transition to a low-emissions, climate-resilient global and domestic economy, such
as policy, legal, technology, market and reputation changes associated with the mitigation and adaptation requirements
relating to climate change. Physical risks are those relating to the physical impacts of climate change, including via
temperature, rainfall, storms, extreme weather events, and sea-level rise.
1
Financial Services Council (2023) Climate scenario narratives for the financial services sector. Retrieved August 2023, from www.fsc.org.nz/report/climate-scenario-
narratives-for-the-financial-services-sector sector.
140
NZX Annual Report 2025
Climate-related risks
2
The below table provides an overview of identified risks material to the NZX Group, anticipated impacts, and measures of
risk mitigation adopted to address those risks. Materiality was determined using the RMF criteria. The table also shows the
likelihood of climate-related risks materialising in the three scenarios.
Not likely to be presentLikely to be presentVery likely to be present
Risk SubtypeRisk Description
Anticipated
Business
Impacts
Anticipated
Financial
Impacts
Time
HorizonRisk Mitigation
Orderly
(1.50°C)
Too
Little
Too
Late
(>2°C)
Hot
House
(>3°C)
Transition Risks
Risk Type: Policy & Legal
Misalignment
of regulations
Risk that in the global
transition to lower
emissions economies,
action or inaction by
competitor markets
(e.g. competitors act
faster to set up new
markets; or relative
regulatory costs in
different countries)
leads to higher
compliance costs in
NZ. During the
transition to a lower
emission global
economy, there is a
risk that NZX’s market
policy becomes
inappropriate
because it is either
too onerous or out of
step with global
practice, including as
a result of broader
New Zealand
legislative settings.
Loss of
customers
(i.e. data)
Loss of
trading and
listing activity
(including
delistings)
Competitive
disadvantage
for NZX
Regulatory
arbitrage
Negative
reputational
impact
Reduced
revenue
Short-
and
medium-
term
NZX utilises the World
Federation of
Exchanges (WFE) and
the Sustainable Stock
Exchanges Initiative
(SSEI), international
forums for cooperation
between exchanges, to
monitor global trends.
NZX also continuously
monitors regulatory
changes and
proactively engages
with the Government,
MBIE, External
Reporting Board, and
the FMA with a view to
reducing regulatory
disincentive for entities
to become listed.
Increased
cost of
compliance
Risk that the rapidly
changing regulatory
obligations for NZX
(as a listed issuer)
leads to NZX not
meeting its
obligations.
Increased
expenses
related to
monitoring
and
responding
to regulatory
change.
Negative
regulatory or
reputational
impact.
Increased
costs
Short-
and
medium-
term
NZX adopts a
proactive approach
toward regulatory
compliance and
manages its exposure
to regulatory risk by
practicing strong
corporate governance,
as well as developing
and adhering to
internal policies and
procedures.
2
The traffic light system used to assess the likelihood of risks to be present under each scenario was adapted from FSC’s Climate scenario narratives for the financial services
sector report.
141
10. Appendices
NZX Annual Report 2025
Risk SubtypeRisk Description
Anticipated
Business
Impacts
Anticipated
Financial
Impacts
Time
HorizonRisk Mitigation
Orderly
(1.50°C)
Too
Little
Too
Late
(>2°C)
Hot
House
(>3°C)
Physical Risks
Risk Type: Chronic
Sea level rise
Risk that climate
related change in
weather patterns
leads to increased
operating costs.
Damage to
infrastructure, e.g.
office damages due
to water levels rise in
Wellington.
Risk that the potential
pathways of global
and local climate
transition lead to
impacts on the
strategic growth or
performance of one
or more of NZX-listed
issuers.
Increased
operating
costs
(financing/
insurance)
Loss of listing
activity
Disruption to
operations
and supply
chain
Stranded
assets
Reduced
revenue
Increased
costs
Stranded
assets
Medium-
and
long-
term
The NZX Group
monitors the possible
impacts on each NZX
facility with reference
to the latest hazard
maps, weather data,
and other information.
In addition, NZX has
remote working
procedures and
business continuity
plans that are tested at
regular interval. NZX
notes these steps will
not mitigate the risks to
NZX listed companies
associated with
climate, many of which
are outside of NZX’s
control.
Increase in
mean
temperature
Water stress
& drought
Climate-related opportunities
The below table provides an overview of the NZX Group’s climate-related opportunities, material to our business, and
their anticipated impacts. Materiality was determined using the RMF criteria that were applied to climate-related risks. All
identified climate-related opportunities are transitional.
Opportunity
Type
Opportunity
SubtypeDescription
Anticipated
Business Impact
Anticipated
Financial
Impact
Time
Horizon
Markets
Carbon
Markets
NZX made a successful entry into the compliance carbon
market with the launch of the emission unit (NZU) auction
service for the New Zealand Government’s Emissions
Trading Scheme in 2021. NZX’s operation of the NZU
auctions positions us well to further assist with secondary
market liquidity development. NZX is actively involved
in public consultations relating to further improving the
market infrastructure in New Zealand’s secondary markets
for carbon.
Increased carbon
market activity
Increased
revenue
Short-
and
medium-
term
142
NZX Annual Report 2025
2.4. Strategic positioning
In relation to transition planning, the NZX Group updated
its sustainability framework (now named ‘Operating
Responsibly’) in 2024, including the ‘Planet’ pillar, to
guide the NZX Group’s climate transition planning and
further embed climate considerations into the NZX Group’s
wider strategic decision-making. The refreshed ‘Operating
Responsibly’ framework is informed by the results of the
NZX Group’s 2023 stakeholder materiality assessment,
which identified the material topics relevant to the NZX
Group's operations. For further details, please refer to NZX’s
Strategic Priorities on page 32.
The Planet pillar of the Operating Responsibly
framework outlines five key topics related to environmental
sustainability: (1) decarbonisation, (2) disclosure and
transparency, (3) stakeholder engagement, (4) sustainability
products and services, and (5) partnership. The following
diagram depicts the key topics under the Planet pillar of the
Operating Responsibly framework.
3. RISK MANAGEMENT
NZX's processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated within the RMF via the NZX risk
hierarchy which allows for the mapping of all business unit level risks captured on the risk register (including those related
to climate) to one of the enterprise level risks categories listed on pages 76 to 80, with all those identified to date (including
those identified via scenario analysis as outlined in section 2 of this Report) mapping to one of the existing enterprise level
risk categories.
The scenario analysis exercise outlined in section 2 of this Report is the key tool NZX uses to identify climate-related risks
to our business, although risks may also be identified on an ad hoc basis as they arise. NZX's scenario analysis considers
short-, medium- and long-term time horizons. The use of time horizons alongside existing probability considerations to
assess a risk’s likelihood was implemented in 2024 to acknowledge the inherent differences between climate risks and
other operational or business risks, including that climate-related risks are not likely to occur over timeframes that fit into a
traditional risk matrix. This change has also facilitated further integration of these risks within the RMF, enabling us to better
monitor these risks alongside other business risks. The inclusion of time horizons as an additional assessment consideration
further aids consistency of assessment. To strengthen oversight of climate-related risks, the RMF was updated in 2025 with
formalised climate-related risk management procedures added to its appendix.
Once climate-related risks are identified, they are included within NZX's risk assessment process, which engages
management at both a business unit and senior leadership level and considers the risks that may impact NZX while in
pursuit of strategic objectives. As part of this assessment process, risks are captured in the NZX Group risk register and
managed by appropriate business functions including defined ownership with oversight and monitoring at a NZX Group
level as outlined in the Governance section of this Report.
Risk assessments are refreshed quarterly with regular risk reporting provided by the Chief Risk Officer to the Board and
the ARC. No significant parts of the value chain have been excluded from the analysis. However, when considering our
supply chain, many suppliers are early in their maturity journey. As a result, NZX’s understanding of climate-related risks
across the whole value chain, particularly the supply chain, is limited by availability and quality of data and information at
this stage.
All of NZX’s risks, including climate-related risks, are managed in line with NZX’s risk appetite. Risks that are deemed to be
severe or high are prioritised for action and regularly reported on internally as part of wider risk reporting.
143
10. Appendices
NZX Annual Report 2025
4. METRICS & TARGETS
4.1. GHG Inventory and emissions reduction progress
2025 represents the fifth consecutive year of the NZX Group’s net carbonzero certification with Toitū Envirocare, applied
across our Scope 1, Scope 2, and certain Scope 3 emissions.
To attain the certification, the NZX Group's operational greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are evaluated annually and
measured in accordance with international standards for carbon footprints. The NZX Group classifies its inventory categories
to fit within the GHG Protocol requirements.
In addition to measuring our carbon footprint, the NZX Group is required as part of its net carbonzero certification to
formulate plans aimed at actively managing and reducing emissions on a six-year cycle. Remaining emissions are annually
offset through the purchase of certified carbon credits. In FY25 the NZX Group purchased Gold Standard Certified carbon
credits through Toitū Envirocare.
In 2025, our total market-based GHG emissions were 641 tCO
2
e – 6.7% higher than 2024 figures. Applying the baseline
inventory from 2019, which excludes employee commuting, working from home and data centre emissions, the NZX Group’s
total market-based GHG emissions for 2025 are 391.7 tCO
2
e – 22% lower than the baseline year emissions from 2019. The
NZX Group has achieved its 2025 emissions reduction target (described further at section 4.3 below), which only relates to
the scopes of emissions that were included in the baseline inventory.
While our top emission source in 2025 remains air travel, it decreased by 8.3% compared to 2024, driven by a reduction
in long-haul international flight activity. Emissions related to employee commuting, another significant emission source,
increased in 2025. This was predominantly due to growth in employee count, contributing to a year-on-year increase in
emissions. NZX also saw an increase in electricity-related emissions, primarily due to the occupation of additional space in
our Auckland CBD office. Market-based electricity data was also affected by the changes to the residual supply factor.
As part of our net carbonzero certification process, our entire GHG inventory has been verified by Toitū Envirocare in
accordance with ISO 14064-1:2018 to a ‘reasonable’ level of assurance. It should be noted, however, that this verification
process is not equivalent to a mandatory assurance engagement required for climate statements under the FMCA and NZ
SAE 1: Assurance Engagements over Greenhouse Gas Emissions Disclosures, including because this Report does not include
all GHG emissions disclosures mandated by the ANZ Climate Standards.
Both location- and market-based emissions were reported where applicable.
The table below summarises GHG emissions data for the NZX Group for the reporting period, as compared to the
previous two years and our baseline data from 2019.
ScopeScope 3 CategoryEmissions sources CO2-e
2019
Tonnes
2023
Tonnes
2024
Tonnes
2025
Tonnes
%
difference
YoY
Scope 1
Direct Emissions (diesel)1.92.60.00.0-
Scope 2
(location-
based)
Electricity (office space + ticker)48.126.536.852.141.6
Electricity (data centre)N/AN/A17.723.231.1
Scope 2
(market-
based)
Electricity (office space + ticker)48.126.531.445.745.5
Electricity (data centre)N/AN/A17.925.844.1
Scope 3
1
3. Fuel- and energy-
related activities (not
included in scope 1
and scope 2)
Transmission & Distribution losses
for purchased electricity
4.33.12.24.081.8
Transmission & Distribution
losses for purchased electricity
(data centre)
N/AN/A1.31.838.5
5. Waste generated
in operations
Office Waste2.328.45.04.6-8.0
Recycling1.80.10.10.1
-6. Business travelAir Travel
•Domestic
•Short haul international
•Long haul international
212.1
33.6
174.9
94.5
25.3
142.0
96.5
37.9
186.6
100.5
34.1
159.8
4.1
-10.0
-14.4
Accommodation8.012.214.313.6-4.9
Fuel Emissions (rental and
other cars)
10.68.64.33.9-9.3
7. Employee
commuting
Employee Commuting
N/A173.8173.8208.820.1
144
NZX Annual Report 2025
ScopeScope 3 CategoryEmissions sources CO2-e
2019
Tonnes
2023
Tonnes
2024
Tonnes
2025
Tonnes
%
difference
YoY
Working From HomeN/A8.89.012.842.2
9. Transportation
and distribution of
sold products
Freight
4.222.320.825.623.1
Total (2019 inventory – location-based)501.9365.5404.4398.1-1.6
Total (2019 inventory – market-based)501.9365.5399.0391.7-1.8
Total (location-based)501.9548.2606.2644.76.4
Total (market-based)501.9548.2601.0641.06.7
1Categories 4, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 were not included, as they are not applicable to NZX Group’s business operations.
N/A – Data was not measured in that year
In measuring GHG emissions, we employ an operational control consolidation approach. The emissions of the NZX
Group including all wholly owned subsidiaries are included. Emissions from GlobalDairyTrade Holdings Limited, in which
NZX holds a one-third share with Fonterra and EEX, are excluded from this consolidation. This is because NZX does not
have operational control over that entity, and NZX has also determined that the emissions from this entity are immaterial.
In addition, four non-operating entities: NZX Holding No. 4 Limited, New Zealand Exchange Limited, Smart Investment
Management Limited, and Smart Limited, are not included in the disclosure. As these entities are non-operating, their
omission does not alter the reported inventory or progress towards targets. We do not specifically exclude any GHG
emissions sources that we have identified within our inventory.
The GHG emissions sources included in our inventory were identified using the methodology outlined in the GHG
Protocol and the Technical Requirements of the Toitū Programme. Where available, the emissions data were collected from
sources with a Toitū Carbon Compatible Certification, where the collected emissions data is independently validated by
Toitū and is suitable for use in ISO 14064-1:2018 and GHG Protocol compliant inventories. For example, air travel and
accommodation emissions were provided by Orbit (NZX’s third party travel agency), which has a Toitū Carbon Compatible
Certification. The rest of the emissions inventory was quantified based on the following calculation approach: ‘Emissions =
activity data x emissions factor’. This calculation methodology is in accordance with the GHG Protocol, utilising emissions
factors and Global Warming Potentials (GWPs) sourced from Ministry for the Environment (MfE), Auckland Council, Exiobase,
the New Zealand Energy Certificate System, and IPCC publications (with the IPCC fifth assessment report preferred).
For instance, employee commuting emissions were estimated based on a group-wide survey results, latest MfE carbon
emission factors, and the number of full-time equivalent (FTE) employees. Overall, there is low uncertainty in regard to the
quantification of GHG emissions and the effect of data extrapolation on the total GHG emissions is immaterial. The table
below summaries the data sources and methods used to calculate GHG emissions.
ScopeScope 3 categoriesEmissions sources CO2-eData sourcesMethods
Scope 1
Direct Emissions
(diesel)
Fuel purchasesCalculation based on fuel purchases and
dollar spend based emissions factors.
Scope 2
(location-
and market-
based)
Electricity (office space
+ ticker)
Electricity usageCalculation based on electricity usage
data and emissions factors. Due to invoice
timing, some emissions for December
2025 were extrapolated based on data
from the previous 11 months.
Electricity (data centre)Electricity usageCalculation based on electricity usage
data and emissions factors.
Scope 3
3. Fuel- and energy-
related activities (not
included in scope 1
and scope 2)
Transmission &
Distribution losses for
purchased electricity
(office space + ticker)
Electricity usageCalculation based on electricity usage
data and emissions factors. Due to invoice
timing, some emissions for December
2025 were extrapolated based on data
from the previous 11 months.
Transmission &
Distribution losses for
purchased electricity
(data centre)
Electricity usageCalculation based on electricity usage
data and emissions factors.
145
10. Appendices
NZX Annual Report 2025
ScopeScope 3 categoriesEmissions sources CO2-eData sourcesMethods
5. Waste generated
in operations
Office WasteWaste
management
reports
Calculation is based on waste weight and
emissions factor. Waste data for Auckland
CBD and Albany offices is extrapolated
from Wellington data based on FTE.
RecyclingWaste
management
reports
Calculation is based on waste weight and
emissions factor. Waste data for Auckland
CBD and Albany offices is extrapolated
from Wellington data based on FTE.
6. Business travelAir TravelEmissions data
provided by
Orbit
AccommodationEmissions data
provided by
Orbit
7. Employee
commuting
Employee CommutingSurvey-based
emissions data
Emissions data for the year is
extrapolated based on group-wide survey
results, latest MfE carbon emission
factors, and FTE figures.
Working From HomeSurvey-based
emissions data
Emissions data for the year is
extrapolated based on group-wide survey
results, latest MfE carbon emission
factors, and FTE figures.
Fuel Emissions (rental
and other cars)
Mileage, taxi,
and rental car
transactions
Calculation based on mileage, taxi,
and rental car transactions and
emissions factors.
9. Transportation
and distribution of
sold products
FreightFreight
transactions
Calculation based on freight transactions
and emissions factor.
4.2. Other metrics
The table below shows the NZX Group’s emissions and energy intensity per FTE and per million dollars of revenue (NZ$).
Our absolute energy consumption increased by 47% between 2024 and 2025, while the energy intensity per million dollars
of revenue has increased by 50% over the same period. The energy intensity per employee remained stable over the past
year. Our air travel emissions intensity per employee decreased by 11% in 2025 compared to 2024.
Metric2019202320242025% difference YoY
Number of full-time employees
226.0341.2338.0356.35.4
Million dollars of revenue (NZ$)
69.6108.4120.1
1
129.07.4
Absolute energy consumption (including
diesel purchases, purchased electricity,
and transmission and distribution
losses) (tCO2-e)
54.332.252.877.647.0
Energy intensity per employee
(tCO2-e / FTE)
0.20.10.20.20.0
Energy intensity per million dollars of
revenue (tCO2-e / revenue)
0.80.30.40.650.0
GHG emissions intensity per employee
2
(tCO2-e / FTE)
2.21.61.81.80.0
GHG emissions intensity per million
dollars of revenue
2
(tCO2-e / revenue)
7.24.95.05.02.0
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG
emissions intensity per million dollars of
revenue (tCO2-e / revenue)
0.70.30.40.650.0
146
NZX Annual Report 2025
Metric2019202320242025% difference YoY
Scope 3 air travel emissions intensity per
employee (tCO2-e / FTE)
1.90.80.90.8-11.1
1Restated. Refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.
2Includes all Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions included in the GHG emissions disclosures above.
NZX’s CEO has a KPI that relates to ESG targets, which while not relating to a specific amount of remuneration does
form part of the NZX CEO’s annual review process. This ESG target is cascaded down to the NZX CEO’s direct reports and
considered as part of the annual performance review process (namely through KPI setting and half and full year reviews). This
is unchanged from FY24.
4.3. Climate-related targets
With market-based 2025 GHG emissions being 22% below 2019 levels (excluding employee commuting, WFH, and data
centre emissions, which were added to the inventory subsequently), the NZX Group has achieved its 2025 emissions
reduction target. The NZX Group targeted a 21% reduction in certain absolute Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions from the 2019
baseline, applying an absolute contraction approach to sources included in our 2019 inventory. This emissions reduction
target did not rely on offsets.
Building on this progress, in 2025 the NZX Group engaged in a target-setting process, involving an external expert and
a workshop with the NZX Group senior leadership team to gather feedback. The recommended 2023 target and 2025
ambition were then submitted to the Management Risk Management Committee and the Board for approval.
Based on this process, the NZX Group set a new medium-term target of achieving 100% reduction in absolute market-
based Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 2030 using a new 2024 base year. Progress toward the 2030 target is expected to
be driven by a combination of operational efficiency improvements and the use of renewable energy certificates. This target
is designed to align with a pathway that limits global warming to 1.5° C above pre-industrial levels. As with the 2025 target,
this target is informed by Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) guidance, although it has not been approved or certified by
the SBTi and does not rely on carbon offsets. However, NZX continues to purchase carbon credit offsets corresponding to its
remaining emissions, with Gold Standard Certified carbon credits purchased through Toitū Envirocare in 2025.
In addition, the NZX Group has an ambition to achieve ~90% absolute reduction in Scope 3 emissions compared to
the baseline year. However, we note that the achievement of the 2050 ambition is dependent on several external enablers,
including but not limited to:
•Government policy and regulatory settings;
•Technological advancement and availability of low-emissions alternatives, particularly sustainable aviation fuel; and
•Commercial maturity of permanent carbon removals.
We will continue to review and update our targets and ambitions over time as external factors evolve. Interim targets,
transition plans, and capital allocation decisions will be refined to reflect any external developments.
147
10. Appendices
To the intended users
Organisation subject to audit:
Toitū Carbon Programme:
Audit Criteria:
Responsible Party: NZX Limited
Intended users:
Registered address:
Level 2, NZX Centre, 11 Cable Street, Wellington, 6011, New Zealand
Inventory period:
1/01/2025 - 31/12/2025
Inventory report:
Responsible Party's Responsibilities
Verifiers' Responsibilities
NZX Management and Board, Toitū carbonzero programme auditors, regulators, institutional
investors and rating agencies, current and potential employees, and the general public.
INDEPENDENT AUDIT OPINION
Toitū Climate Impact Programme certification
NZX Limited
Toitū Net Carbon Zero organisation certification
ISO 14064-1:2018
ISO 14064-3:2019
Toitū Programme Technical Requirements 3.1
Technical Requirements – Audit V3
Certification Mark Guide
IMR_2025_NZX Limited_Net CZ_Org.pdf
We have reviewed the greenhouse gas emissions inventory report (“the inventory report”) for the above named Responsible
Party for the stated inventory period.
TheManagementof the ResponsiblePartyis responsible for the preparation of theGHG statementin accordancewith ISO
14064-1:2018and therequirementsof the statedToitūcarbonprogramme.Thisresponsibilityincludes the design,
implementationandmaintenanceof internal controls relevanttothe preparation ofaGHG statementthatis freefrom material
misstatement.
Our responsibility as verifiers is to express a verification opinion to the agreed level of assurance on the GHG statement,
based on the evidence we have obtained and in accordance with the audit criteria. We conducted our verification
engagement as agreed in the audit letter, which define the scope, objectives, criteria and level of assurance of the
verification.
The International Standard ISO 14064-3:2019 requires that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the
verification to obtain the agreed level of assurance that the GHG emissions, removals and storage in the GHG statement are
free from material misstatement.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit carried out in accordance with the
ISO 14064-3:2019 Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The procedures performed on a
limited level of assurance vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent compared to reasonable assurance, which is
a high level of assurance. Misstatements are differences or omissions of amounts or disclosures, and can arise from fraud or
error. Misstatements are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to
influence the decisions of readers, taken on the basis of the information we audited.
GHG quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific knowledge used to determine
emissions factors and the values needed to combine emissions of different gases.
Audit Opinion v3.0
©Enviro-Mark Solutions Limited 2021
Page 1
NZX Annual Report 2025
148
Basis of verification opinion
Verification
Verification strategy
Basis for modified verification opinion
Verification level of assurance
ISO CATEGORY
LOCATION BASED tCO
2
e
MARKET BASED tCO
2
eL
EVEL OF ASSURANCE
Category 1 0.000.00Reasonable
Category 2 75.2971.57Reasonable
Category 3 (mandatory)323.76323.76Reasonable
Category 3 (additional)235.22235.22Reasonable
Category 4 (mandatory)10.4510.45Reasonable
Category 4 (additional)0.000.00Reasonable
TOTAL NET EMISSIONS
644.72641.00
Our responsibility is to express an assurance opinion on the GHG statement based on the evidence we have obtained. We
conducted our assurance engagement as agreed in the Contract which defines the scope, objectives, criteria and level of
assurance of the verification.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
We have undertaken a verification engagement relating to the Greenhouse Gas Emissions Inventory Report (the ‘Inventory
Report’)/Emissions Inventory and Management Report of the organisation listed at the top of this statement and described in
the emissions inventory report for the period stated above.
The Inventory Report provides information about the greenhouse gas emissions of the organisation for the defined
measurement period and is based on historical information. This information is stated in accordance with the requirements of
International Standard ISO 14064-1 Greenhouse gases – Part 1: Specification with guidance at the organisation level for
quantification and reporting of greenhouse gas emissions and removals (‘ISO 14064-1:2018’) and the requirements of the
stated Enviro-Mark Solutions Limited (trading as Toitū Envirocare) programme.
Our verification strategy used a combined data and controls testi
ng approach. Evidence-gathering procedures included but
were not limited to:
—
activities to inspect the completeness of the inventory;
—interviews of site personnel to confirm operational behaviour and standard operating procedures;
—reviewing emission factors for accuracy and appropriateness;
—sampling of electricity records to confirm accuracy of source data into calculations;
—reconciliation of air travel emissions with supplier report;
—detailed retracing of employee commuting calculations;
—recalculation of emissions;
—sense checked and retraced of remaining emission sources.
The data examined during the verification were historical in nature.
The following qualifications have been raised in relation to the verification opinion:
The opinion is unmodified.
Audit Opinion v3.0
©Enviro-Mark Solutions Limited 2021
Page 2
NZX Annual Report 2025
149
10. Appendices
Responsible party's greenhouse gas assertion (certification claim)
Verification conclusion
Additional information relevent to the intended users
Other information
VERIFIED BYAUTHORISED BY
Name:Emelene RemorozaBilly Ziemann
Position: Verifier, Toitū EnvirocareCertifier, Toitū Envirocare
Signature:
Date verification audit: 20 January 2026
Date opinion expressed: 27 January 20264 February 2026
Without qualifying our opinion expressed above, we wish to draw the attention of the intended users to the following :
NZX Limited's inventory report has been independently verified as meeting the intended uses stated in the report. The report
meets the requirements of ISO 14064-1:2018 and Toitū Programme Certification. The assurance standard used was ISO
14064-3:2019. The inventory was not prepared with the stated intention of full compliance with the New Zealand Climate
Standards (NZCS) issued by the External Reporting Board, and the assurance process was not designed to assess
compliance with NZCS.
The responsible party is responsible for the provision of Other Information to meet Climate Impact Programme requirements.
The Other Information may include emissions management and reduction plan and purchase of carbon credits, but does not
include the information we verified, and our auditor’s opinion thereon.
Our opinion on the information we verified does not cover the Other Information and we do not express any form of audit
opinion or assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read and review the Other Information and consider it in
terms of the programme requirements. In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with
the information we verified or our knowledge obtained during the verification.
We have obtained all the information and explanations we have required. In our opinion, the emissions, removals and
storage defined in the inventory report, in all material respects:
• comply with ISO 14064-1:2018 and the requirements of the stated Toitū Climate Impact Programme; and
• provide a true and fair view of the emissions inventory of the Responsible Party for the stated inventory period.
Toitūnetcarbonzeroorganisationcertified:NZXLimited.ToitūnetcarbonzerocertifiedmeansmeasuringemissionstoISO
14064-1:2018andToitū requirements;managingandreducingagainstToitū requirements;andcompensatingremaining
emissions following Toitū requirements and covering a minimum of the total Toitū boundary.
Audit Opinion v3.0
©Enviro-Mark Solutions Limited 2021
Page 3
NZX Annual Report 2025
150
NZX Annual Report 2025
Appendix 2
OUR SUSTAINABILITY IMPACT – GRI CONTENT INDEX
NZX is committed to comprehensive sustainability reporting. NZX has reported the information cited in this Global Reporting
Initiative (GRI) content index for the period 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025 based on the GRI Standards.
General disclosures
2-1-a
Name of organisationNZX Limited
2-1-b
Nature of ownership and
legal form
Notes to the Group Financial Statements. See pages 88 to 122
2-1-c
Location of headquartersNZX Limited, Level 2 / NZX Centre, 11 Cable Street, Wellington. See page 155
2-1-d
Location of operationsNew Zealand
2-2
Entities included in the
organization’s sustainability
reporting
Who we are. See page 8
2-3-a
Reporting period and
frequency
1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025
Reporting frequency: Annual
2-3-b
Reporting period for financial
reporting
1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025
2-3-c
Publication date25 February 2026
2-3-d
Contact pointinfo@nzx.com
2-4
Restatement of informationThere has been no restatement of information from previous reporting periods.
2-5
External assuranceThe entire reported inventory (Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions) has been verified
by Toitū Envirocare to a ‘reasonable’ level of assurance in accordance with
ISO 14064-1:2018.
Independent Auditor’s Report for external assurance of sustainability reporting.
See page 148
2-6
Activities, value chain and
other business relationships
Our vendors include contractors for office space, utilities, telecommunications,
cybersecurity and data centre facilities providers in New Zealand and other
countries to deliver a range of exchange-related services.
Business operations during the year. See page 10.
Who we are. See page 8
2-7
EmployeesWho we are. See page 8
Operating Responsibly: Our People. See page 42
2-9
Governance structure and
composition
Corporate Governance. A full list of Board Committees and membership is
published on page 58. The composition of the NZX Board is disclosed, including
average tenure and diversity characteristics.
2-13
Delegation of responsibility
for managing impacts
General Manager Corporate Affairs & Sustainability, who reports to the Chief
Financial & Corporate Officer
2-22
Statement on sustainable
development strategy
Operating Responsibly, page 38 and Climate Report, page 138.
2-23
Policy commitmentsHow we deliver value. See page 30.
Operating Responsibly. See page 38
2-28
Membership of associationsDiversity Works NZ, Business NZ, Business NZ Energy Council, Australasian
Investor Relations Association, Futures Industry Association, Institute of IT
Professionals, NZ Institute of Economic Research Inc, FinTech NZ, The Hugo
Group Inc, The New Zealand Initiative, Financial Services Council. Global
affiliations include: ASX – Sydney, HKEX – Hong Kong, LSE – London, NASDAQ
– New York, SGX – Singapore, TMX – Toronto, SPSE – Suva, SSE – Shanghai
2-29
Approach to stakeholder
engagement
Operating Responsibly. See page 38.
NZX engages with various stakeholder groups in the capital markets eco-system,
151
10. Appendices
NZX Annual Report 2025
General disclosures
including those entities regulated by NZ RegCo. NZX continues to embed
industry engagement practices including through the Technology Working
Group, the Securities Industries Association (which represents NZX Participants)
and the NZX Corporate Governance Institute. NZX also works closely with other
regulatory and government agencies that set policy that affects NZX’s markets,
including FMA, MBIE and XRB and engages with market peers through WFE and
the SSE Initiative.
2-30
Collective bargaining
agreements
None of NZX’s employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement.
3-1
Process to determine
material topics
NZX determines material topics through an ESG materiality assessment, which
includes the identification of key stakeholders and engagement with them to
determine how they are affected by the company’s decisions and actions –
supporting reporting on the key topics and concerns raised, and how NZX
prioritises and responds to those matters.
3-2
List of material topicsAnnual Report 2023. See page 44.
205-1
Operations assessed for risks
related to corruption
Risk management. See page 73
205-2
Communication and training
about anti-corruption policies
and procedures
NZX has a Conflict Management Policy that applies to all employees and
directors. Any person subject to the policy is required to complete annual training
to a satisfactory standard. 100% had completed training at the reporting date.
NZ RegCo employees and directors must complete separate training relevant
to their conflicts management obligations. 100% had completed training at
publication date.
At publication date 100% of governance body members and 100% of NZX
employees have received training on the organisation’s anti-corruption policies
and procedures. Annual refresher training is required.
205-3
Confirmed incidents of
corruption and actions taken
In the 12-month period to 31 December 2025, there were no confirmed incidents
of corruption, including cases where employees are dismissed, business contracts
violated or terminated, or public legal cases in relation to Anti Money Laundering.
207-1
Approach to taxNote to the Group Financial Statements. See pages 88 to 122.
207-2
Tax governance control and
risk management
207-4
Country-by country reportingThe NZX Group is resident for tax purposes in New Zealand only.
152
NZX Annual Report 2025
PEOPLE – social disclosures
202-1
Wage levelOperating Responsibly: Our People. See page 42.
NZX has adopted a commitment to the Living Wage and as at 31 December 2025
100% of NZX permanent and fixed term employees are paid at or above the 2025
Living Wage.
408,
409
Risk for incidents of child,
forced or compulsory labour
NZX people policies, processes and guidelines are aligned with the International
Labour standards set by the International Labour Organisation (ILO). In addition,
all our people policies, processes and guidelines are compliant with NZ
employment law and human rights protections. No risks identified for the year
ending 2025 nor any incidents reported by staff.
401-1
New employee hires and
employee turnover
For the year ending 31 December 2025, 34% of new hires were female, 62% male,
and 4% preferred not to disclose their gender. In the same year, 48% staff exits
were female, 52% male.
403-2
Health and safetyOperating Responsibly: Our People. See page 42.
Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) per 200,000 hours worked in 2025 is
2.30 (as at 31 December 2025) for total workforce. The Absentee Rate (AR) for
total workforce for 2025 year as at 31 December 2025 is 1.86%. NZX provides
short-term counselling services to permanent employees via an Employee
Assistance Program (EAP) as well as a generous Sick Leave policy.
404-1,
404-3
Training providedOperating Responsibly: Our People. See page 42.
For the NZX Group, the average training and development expenditure per
employee for the 20254 year is $947.61 931.49.
During 2025, 100% of permanent employees had performance goals and
outcome conversations.
405-1
Diversity and inclusionWho we are. See page 9 for diversity by FTE, and page 44 for diversity
by headcount.
405-2
Pay equalityNZX measures pay gap based on disclosed gender, and does not at this point
measure or monitor pay equality by ethnicity. The overall gender pay gap
as at 31 December 2025 was 13.6%, measured on average base salaries, an
improvement from 16.6% in 2024.
PLANET – environmental disclosures
302-1
Energy consumption within
the organisation
The NZX Group has a commercial arrangement with Toitū Envirocare
to provide carbon management tools, guidance, and certification. 2025
marks a fifth consecutive year of NZX meeting the Toitū net carbonzero
programme requirements to be a certified net carbonzero organisation. Energy
consumption, scope 1-3 emissions, intensity metrics and reduction of GHG
emissions are reported in our Climate Report. See page 138
302-3
Energy intensity
305-1
Direct (Scope 1) GHG
emissions
305-2
Energy indirect (Scope 2)
GHG emissions
305-3
Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG
emissions
305-4
GHG emissions intensity
305-5
Reduction of GHG emissions
Nature
loss
Land use and ecological
sensitivity
Not material for the NZX Group. The NZX Group does not own, lease, manage
in, or adjacent to, protected areas or areas of high biodiversity value outside
protected areas.
Freshwater
availability
Water consumption and
withdrawal in water-stressed
areas
Not material for the NZX Group.
Solid
waste
Impact of solid waste
disposal
The NZX Group recognises that society and environmental impacts of solid
wastes streams, and the company measures emissions from waste to landfill
within its Toitū net carbonzero certification. Emissions from waste to landfill
totalled 4.6 tCO2e in 2025.
Single-use plasticsThe NZX Group recognises that the consumption and disposal of single-use
plastics is an issue of high public concern, and the company will be assessing
our corporate supply chain within efforts to measure and manage a wider
range of scope 3 emissions.
153
10. Appendices
NZX Annual Report 2025
PROSPERITY – economic disclosures
203-1
Infrastructure investments
and services supported
Operating Responsibly. See page 38.
NZX, in partnership with EEX, developed and, from 2021, manages the
New Zealand Emissions Trading Scheme Auctions for New Zealand Units under
contract with the Ministry for the Environment.
Economic contributionOperating Responsibly. See page 38.
Absolute number and rate of
employment
Operating Responsibly. See page 38.
Financial investment
contribution
Operating Responsibly. See page 38.
Total tax paidNotes to the Group Financial Statements. See pages 88 to 122.
154
NZX Annual Report 2025
Corporate Directory
Board of Directors
John McMahon (Chair)
Dame Paula Rebstock
Lindsay Wright
Frank Aldridge
Elaine Campbell
Peter Jessup
Rachel Walsh
Chief Executive Officer
Mark Peterson
Chief Corporate and
Financial Officer
Graham Law
General Counsel and
Company Secretary
Sara Wheeler
Registered Office
NZX Limited
Level 2, NZX Centre
11 Cable Street
PO Box 2959
Wellington
+64 4 472 7599
info@nzx.com
nzx.com
Auditors
PwC
Level 4, PwC Centre
10 Waterloo Quay
Wellington
+64 4 462 7000
Share Register
A division of MUFG Pension and
Market Services
Level 30, PwC Tower
15 Customs Street West
Auckland 1010
PO Box 91976, Auckland 1142
Investor enquiries: +64 9 375 5998
Website:
nz.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com/
Email:
enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com
155
10. Appendices
---
Results announcement
26 February 2026
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer NZX Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 31 December 2025
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 31 December 2024
Currency NZD
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$128,948 7.3%
Total Revenue $128,948 7.3%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$21,475 (14.2%)
Total net profit/(loss) $21,475 (14.2%)
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$0.03300000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$0.01283333
Record Date 19 March 2026
Dividend Payment Date 2 April 2026
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
($0.0823) ($0.1023)
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
For commentary on the results please refer to the news release,
Annual Report and investor presentation attached.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Graham Law
Contact person for this
announcement
Graham Law
Contact phone number +64 29 494 2223
Contact email address graham.law@nzx.com
Date of release through MAP
26 February 2026
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
Comparables have been restated for an accounting adjustment. Refer to Note 8 and Note 14.2 in the Financial Statements.
---
Distribution Notice
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer NZX Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary shares
NZX ticker code NZX
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZNZXE0001S7
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies
Record date Close of trading on: 19/03/2026
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
18/03/2026
Payment date 02/04/2026
Total monies associated with the
distribution
1
$10,841,670 (based on number of shares on issue at the
date of this form)
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Equity (being Retained Earnings and Share Capital)
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution
2
$0.04583333
Gross taxable amount
3
$0.04583333
Total cash distribution
4
$0.03300000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
-
Supplementary distribution amount $0.00582353
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
5
Is the distribution imputed Fully imputed
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
6
28%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$0.01283333
1
Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form
2
“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of
Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).
3
“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.
4
“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.
This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.
5
The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is
fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute
advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.
6
Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$0.00229167
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
Close of trading on:
Close of trading on:
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
DRP strike price per financial product
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised to make
this announcement
NZX Chief Financial & Corporate Officer Graham Law
Contact person for this
announcement
NZX Chief Financial & Corporate Officer Graham Law
Contact phone number 04 498 2271
Contact email address
graham.law@nzx.com
Date of release through MAP
26/02/2026
---
1
26 February 2026
NZX FULL YEAR 2025 RESULTS
INVESTOR PRESENTATION
2
Contents
Important notice
This investor presentation should be read in conjunction with NZX's other periodic and continuous
disclosure announcements, and the financial statements in the 2025 Annual Report, which provides
additional information on many areas covered in this presentation. These are available at nzx.com.
This presentation contains certain 'forward-looking statements' such as indications of, and guidance or
outlook on, future earnings and financial position and performance. This includes statements regarding
NZX's current assumptions, which are subject to market outcomes, particularly with respect to market
capitalisation, total capital listed and raised, secondary market value and derivatives volumes traded,
funds under management and administration growth, integration / restructuring costs and technology
costs.
Additionally they assume no material adverse macro-economic and/or market condition impacts on our
assumed market outcomes, significant one-off expenses, major accounting adjustments, other
unforeseeable circumstances, or future acquisitions or divestments.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance and involve known
and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of NZX, and
may involve significant elements of subjective judgement and assumptions as to future events which may
or may not be correct. There can be no assurance that actual outcomes will not materially differ from
these forward-looking statements.
A number of important factors could cause actual results or performance to differ materially from the
forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on information available to NZX
as at the date of this presentation.
Except as required by law or regulation (including the Listing Rules), NZX undertakes no obligation to
provide any additional or updated information whether as a result of new information, future events or
results or otherwise.
Page 2
Executive Summary Page 3
Business Unit Highlights Page 8
Financial Performance Page 14
Financial Position & Cash Flows Page 20
Final Dividends & 2026 Earnings Guidance Page 25
Appendix Page 27
1.Segmental Analysis and non-operating expenses
2.People
3.NZX Group Structure
4.Operating Revenue Definitions
5.Historical Information
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
3
Executive Summary
Mark Peterson
Chief Executive Officer
4
FY25 Results – Financial Highlights
NZX has produced a strong operating financial result despite another volatile year for the local market.
Demonstrating our triple strength as a market operator, funds manager and fund administration platform provider
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Notes:
1Data is for the year ended 31 December 2025. Percentage changes represent the movement for the year 2024 to 2025.
2Operating earnings (EBITDA) are before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, change in fair value of contingent consideration, impairment loss on goodwill and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is
not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities. Refer to financial statements note 2 for a reconciliation of EBITDA to NZ IFRS profit for the
year.
3Accounting adjustments in 2024 related to the write-back of earn out provisions on the acquisition of QuayStreet, offset by a partial write down in the value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority.
42024 restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to the Financial Statements Note 8). Initial and subsequent listing fees are now recognised evenly over five and three years respectively. Previously initial and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent
capital raising event had taken place
Operating Earnings
2
excluding integration & restructure costs
$53.5 million
11.6% increase
Operating Margin
excluding integration & restructure costs
41.5%
4.0% increase
Net Profit After Tax
(NPAT)
$21.5 million
14.2% decrease
NPAT excluding accounting adjustments
3
$21.5 million (20.2% increase)
Final Dividend
(fully imputed)
3.3 cps
Total FY25 dividends 6.3 cps
Operating Earnings
2
including integration & restructure costs
$51.7 million
11.0% increase
Free Cash Flows
$26.5 million
25.0% increase
Earnings Per Share
(EPS)
6.5 cps
15.6% decrease
EPS excluding accounting adjustments
3
6.5 cps (18.2% increase)
Total Shareholder Return
for 2025
12.7%
5
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
FY25 Results – 2025 strategic delivery achievements
NZX continues to deliver to our growth strategy, with growth in most of the key revenue driving metrics
2025 Targets2025 Actual5 Yr Progress
Markets
• Capital listed and raised$16.0 billion$14.4 billion
(plus $7.1 billion FCG
transfer to Main Board)
$17.0bn average p.a.
(excluding FCG)
• Total value traded / cleared$41.5 billion$41.2 billion$41.3bn average p.a.
•Dairy derivatives lots traded0.78 - 0.93 million lots0.82 million lots17.7% CAGR growth
•Information Services
revenue growth (excluding
one off revenue)
Revenue growth: 2.0%7.7% growth
(excl. one off revenues)
6.0% CAGR growth
(excl. one off revenues)
Smart
• Funds under management
FUM growth:
10.8%
17.6% growth
(net cash flows +6.7%
and market return +10.9%)
19.7% CAGR growth
(excluding acquired FUM)
Wealth Technologies
• Funds under administration
Migrate new clients onto
the platform and drive
cashflow positivity
ARR: 22.2% growth
FUA: 23.1% growth
(net cash flows +14.3%
and market return +8.8%)
ARR: 25.6% CAGR growth
FUA: 22.6% CAGR growth
Notes:
1The 2025 Targets are detailed in the Investor Presentation from February 2025.
2Data is “for the year ended 31 December 2025,” or “as at 31 December 2025” (as applicable).
3Percentage changes represent the movement for the year 2024 to 2025, except Funds Under Management and Funds Under Administration which are the movement in balances as at 31 December 2024 to 31 December 2025.
Strategic Delivery
Group
•Operating margin – improvement
•NPAT (underlying) – growth
•Free cash flow – growth
Capital Markets
•Regulatory settings –significant progress
•NZX20 Futures – progressing delivery towards Q2-26 go live
•Clearing & Settlement Scale – continue to progress, market conversations
ongoing
Smart
•Rebrand – commenced with ETFs
•Maturing operations – leveraging Wealth Technologies
Wealth Technologies
•Migrations – successful and growing ARR
•Client wins – feeding future ARR and the migration pipeline
6
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
2026 strategic delivery - what success looks like
The 2026 strategic priorities and targets for the key revenue metrics drive the 2026 earnings guidance
2026 Strategic PrioritiesExternal dependencies2026 Targets
Markets
•Capital listed and raised•Drive growth as the macro-economic environment improves•Listing ecosystem is dependent on other market
participants
•No major market correction
$15.0 billion
•Total value traded / cleared•Drive greater scale in Clearing & Settlement•Participant activity levels drive value traded / cleared
•No major market correction
•Participant readiness for S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures
$43.5 billion
•Dairy derivatives lots traded•Dairy derivatives – continue to extend market distribution and
expand global access
•Participant activity levels and dairy market price
volatility drive lots traded
0.93 – 1.19 million lots
•Equity derivatives lots traded•S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures – go live with a successful launch in
Q2-26
•Dependent on the readiness of Trading Participants,
Clearing Participants, and Market Makers
•Requires support from Cornerstone Group Investors
to back the product
0.04 million lots
•Information Services revenue
growth
•Expand our Information Services product offering•Dependent on markets growth and requirements of
participants on launch of S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures
Revenue growth: 4%
(excluding one off royalty revenue)
Smart
•Funds under management
•Drive scale, efficiencies and operating leverage, including
maturing Smart operations and improving client experience
•Progress our growth initiatives across Smart ETFs, QuaySt &
KiwiSaver
•Investment market returns
•No major market correction
FUM growth: 12.5-14.0%
(including assumed long run
market return net of tax: 4.25%)
NZXWT
•Annual Recurring Revenue
•Funds under administration
•Drive scale, efficiencies and operating leverage, including
migrating the current pipeline for 2026 / 2027
•Clients’ migration ability / cadence
•Investment market returns
•No major market correction
•Market consolidation
ARR Target: $13.5 million
7
NZX’s Strategy
We operate under a strategic framework with interconnected businesses driving scale and
operating leverage for shareholders and helping New Zealand grow
•Connecting people, businesses and capital –
to assist NZ to grow and improve its
productivity
•Three connected and complementary
businesses
•Capital Markets– round out our product
offering, buildscale in clearing and
settlement and capitalise on the operating
leverage as market activity improves
•Smart – continue the organic growth, invest
in our brand, product, client experience,
client service automation and operating
platform
•NZXWT – continue to convert pipeline and
migrate new clients - capitalising on our
competitive position
•Leverage the NZXWT capabilities for Smart
•Operate a well-managed, scalable, secure
operations and technology environment
7
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
8
Business Unit Highlights
9
Capital Markets Origination – Capital Listed and Raised
Even through ongoing economic uncertainty, the market was able to support companies raising equity and debt capital.
It was a year of two halves for capital listed and raised with the H1-25 ($4.8b excluding FCG) difficult macroeconomic
environment recovering in H2-25 ($9.6b)
Future Capital Listed and Raised
The Capital Markets Origination team continues to proactively work with the broader market
ecosystem:
•Company engagement
•Eco-system engagement (banks, advisers, law firms)
•Events and sponsorships
The current key focus areas are:
•Private equity asset recycling
•Foreign listed companies with NZ interests
•Technology sector
•Resource sector
•Government asset recycling
2025 Highlights
Capital Listed / Raised (new and secondary capital raisings) $21.5 Billion +35.9%
Excluding FCG $14.4 Billion (8.8)%
New capital listed includes Fonterra Co-operative Group’s (FCG) transfer to the NZX Main Board
(Equity capital listed $7.1 billion)
Government engagement – improving settings and opportunities
NZX continues to engage with the Government to advocateforappropriateandworkablecapital
marketregulatorysettings,progressmadeduringtheyearincluded:
•prospective financial information became optional
•climate-related disclosures (CRD) reporting thresholds increased
•director liability settings adjusted in relation to CRD
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
10
Information Services 2025 Highlights
Information Services revenue (excluding audit / backdated revenue) $20.2 million +7.7%
Audit / backdated revenue (2025: $nil; 2024: $1.2m) – dependent on the timing of audit completions
Market Development
Market Data – onboarded a new real time market data vendor bringing trading opportunities to new
retail investor segment
Products – new tick data product development work completed with successful onboarding of new
customer. Progress towards modernising data delivery mechanisms
Connectivity–local connectivity upgrade to ensure more resilient services to local market
participants is near completion
Indices – S&P DJI partnership extended for 3-year period with terms that will see continued growth
Secondary Markets 2025 Highlights
Value Traded / Cleared $41.2 billion (0.9)%
Market Development
Self match Prevention – compliance control enhancements were delivered in 2025
Market Settings – delivered price tick changes as phase one of a wider set of market setting
improvements
Depository Automation – Phase two (further corporate action capacity development and
automation) requirements are under development
Market Infrastructure ongoing discussions with market about structure between NZX and NZClear
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Value Traded / Cleared
Value traded / cleared has also been impacted by the uncertain
economic environment, with value traded /cleared reducing
during the year H1-25: $21.8 billion to H2-25: $19.4 billion
Information Services Revenue
Higher average retail terminal and licences numbers, as well as
indices revenue has driven underlying growth in Information
Services revenues, which has been offset by no audit or back
dated revenue in the current period
Note: Information Services Revenue graph excludes Audit and Backdated Licenses / Indices revenue
11
Dairy Derivatives, GlobalDairyTrade, S&P/NZX20 Index Futures
Dairy Derivativescontinues to see growth from the Singapore Exchange strategic partnership and isattracting interest from
financial traders. GlobalDairyTrade has started realising the benefits of the platform insourcing strategic initiative.
S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures go live expected in Q2-26
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Dairy Derivatives
Dairy Derivatives Lots traded 816k +22.2%
Total lot volume as a % of the NZ physical market 35.5% (2024: 28.2%)
Singapore Exchange (SGX) strategic partnership continues to extend market distribution and access:
•A new Market Maker and multiple Liquidity Providers activated in 2025
•Traded lots record month – December 2025: 104k lots
•Open interest record –September 2025: 208k lots, indicating continued future growth
•More advanced structures are being seen – three large structured options trades during 2025
GlobalDairyTrade Holdings Limited (GDT)
GDT’s volume (MT) and underlying profitability remains comparable to previous periods, with
seasonality of volumes heavily favouring H2 over H1
Strategic initiatives :
•Auction platform upgrade –successfully completed. As previously highlighted, the upgrade OPEX
impacted GDT’s profitability in H1-25. The operational benefit of the upgrade is now realisable
from H2-25, with some continuing support to ensure platform stability; and
•European and US sales presences are in place and are expected to mature over the coming years
S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures
S&P/NZX20 Index Futures – work is progressing well on the relaunch:
•Internal readiness and participant testing (to ensure all parties are operationally ready)
•The go live date is expected to be in Q2-26
A liquid equity derivatives market will help drive growth in the broader capital markets through
additional cash market trading, post trade activity, more Participants,and data revenues.
12
Smart – Funds Under Management (FUM)
Smart continues to drive growth and the future KiwiSaver growth profile will benefit from increasing contribution rates. We
continue to mature the operational environment and plan to rebrand KiwiSaver in 2026
SuperLife KiwiSaver
NZ wealth accumulation macro drivers will continue to drive FUM growth i.e. KiwiSaver future growth
profile (increasing member numbers and increasing contribution rate)
Performance net of fees and before tax is strong compared to peers (source: Morningstar Direct)
Reflecting SuperLife KiwiSaver's structure – active asset allocation using passive funds for underlying
exposures
Funds Under Management (FUM - $’billion)20242025FUM Movement
FUM Opening at 1 January11.013.5
Cash flows0.80.9+6.7%
Market returns1.71.4+10.9%
FUM Closing at 31 December13.515.8+17.6%
2025 Highlights
FUM growth continues:
•FUM (31 December 2025) +17.6%
SuperLife KiwiSaver Scheme won then 2025 Canstar Outstanding Value KiwiSaver Provider award
QuayStreet (Smart’s active investment manager) won two awards:
•INFINZ Diversified Growth Fund Manager of the Year; and
•Morningstar®Award for Fund Manager of the Year – KiwiSaver, for the second year running
Operating Environment
•QuayStreet scheme administration in-housed to Smart from Craigs
•QuayStreet scheme registry migrated to Wealth Technologiesmulti-tenant instance allowing
access to wider distribution channels
2026 Investments
Operating Environment – increased investment (OPEX / CAPEX) to mature the Smart operations:
KiwiSaver investment will include:
•registry migration to Wealth Technologies
•client experience improved – new portal, self services, tools and KiwiSaver Mobile App
•rebranding to Smart KiwiSaver and increased marketing
Other investments include:
•Fund restructuring
•Data platforming
QuayStreet Externalisation of Investment Management Team
•QuayStreet investment management team will operate independently of Smart
•Smart will continue to be the owner of the QuayStreet Schemes
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Refer to Appendix 1 for graphs showing i) Funder Under Management (FUM) 2015-2025, and ii) FUM movements 2019-2025
13
Wealth Technologies – Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR)
The positive outlook continues, with successful pipeline conversions and client migrations. Significant extension of services
with major client (2027 migration), plus Smart migrations – KiwiSaver (mid 2026) and other schemes (est. 2027 / 2028)
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
2026 and beyond
Large SaaS client extending services
•migration onto platform in 2027
•adding dedicated sprint team (approx. +13 FTCs)
•funded by client contributions (deferred and recognised post migration over the contract period)
•additional OPEX resources will be required post migration (estimated +5 FTEs)
Smart
•KiwiSaver – migration of registry in 2026
•other Schemes – migration of registries expected in 2027 / 2028.
•sprint team funded by Smart (deferred and recognised post migration over the contract period)
Other
•Future client pipeline strong
•One client ceasing WT services in late 2026 due to industry consolidation
Annual Recurring Revenue ($’million)YoY
ARR on FUA at 31 December 2024 / 202510.813.2+22.2%
ARR on FUA 2026 migration dates1.61.3
ARR on contract cessation in late 2026-(1.0)
ARR on FUA with migration dates TBC for 2027/20281.84.3
TOTAL ARR on full migration (est. December 2024 / 2025)14.217.8+25.5%
Funds Under Administration (FUA - $’billion)FUA Movement
FUA Opening at 1 January 2024 / 202511.5416.20
Migrations – new clients2.652.03+12.6%
Cash flows – current clients0.210.28+1.7%
Market returns1.801.43+8.8%
FUA Closing at 31 December 2024 / 202516.2019.94+23.1%
2025 Highlights
Migrations continue, increasing Wealth Technologies ARR
•ARR (31 December 2025) +22.2%
•FUA (31 December 2025) +23.1%
•Clients migrated +13
Migration pipeline and ARR growth will continue for at least 2 years:
•Large SaaS client extending services
•Smart registries – opens up the KiwiSaver market
Refer to Appendix 1 for graphs showing i) Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR) and Funder Under Administration (FUA) 2018-2025, and ii) FUA movements 2019-2025
14
Financial Performance
15
Income Statement
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Notes:
1Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings
may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities. Refer to financial
statements note 2 for a reconciliation of EBITDA to NZ IFRS profit for the year.
2Finance Technology Partners (January 2025) EBITDA Margins (median) information for Regional/Country Based Exchanges is
estimated at 2025: 56%.
32024 restated – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.
Operating Earnings
Operating earnings (ex. one-off integration and restructure costs) of $53.5 million was up 11.6%
Operating earnings by business unit – refer to Appendix 1 for detailed segmental analysis
Net Profit
Net Profit of $21.5 million was down 14.2%
Net Profit was 20.2% higher comparing 2024 net profit excluding non-cash accounting adjustments.
Operating Margin
The operating margin at 41.5%, excluding integration & restructure costs (2024: 39.9%), is lower
than our peers
2
due to the diverse nature of NZX (i.e. energy markets and non-markets businesses)
relative to peers
Change In Accounting Policy
As noted in our HY-2025 Investor Presentation, the 2024 financial information has been restated for
a change in accounting policy (refer to the Financial Statements Note 8)
Initial and subsequent listing fees are now recognised evenly over five and three years respectively.
Previously initial and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or subsequent capital
raising event had taken place
The impact on the 2024 operating earnings is $(0.6)m
2025
$000
2024
3
$000
Change
Fav/(unfav)
Operating revenue
128,948
120,122
7.3%
Net personnel costs
(48,428)
(46,337)
(4.5%)
Other operating expenses
(27,061)
(25,892)
(4.5%)
Operating earnings
¹
(excl. int/restructure costs)
53,459
47,893
11.6%
Integration and restructure costs
(1,770)
(1,344)
(31.7%)
Operating earnings
¹
51,689
46,549
11.0%
Net finance expense
(3,408)
(3,545)
3.9%
Loss on disposal of assets
(168)
(5)
(3260.0%)
Gain on lease modification
151
9
1577.8%
Depreciation and amortisation expenses
(19,274)
(17,971)
(7.3%)
Impairment loss on goodwill
-
(3,700)
n/a
Share of profit of associate
323
565
(42.8%)
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
-
10,862
100.0%
Income tax expense
(7,838)
(7,731)
(1.4%)
Profit for the year
21,475
25,033
(14.2%)
Operating Margin (excl. int/restructure costs)
41.5%
39.9%
4.0%
16
Income Statement – Operating Revenue
Increased revenue driven by strong growth in both Smart and Wealth Technologies, partially offset by the Fonterra (FCG)
contract ceasing on their move to the Main Board and there being no one off Audit and back dated revenue
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Revenue - +$8.8m / + 7.3%
Markets (-$1.7m / -2.7%)
•Secondary Markets revenue – higher levels of chargeable trading value,
dairy derivatives lots traded, and consulting and development activity
•Information Services revenue – increased license numbers, higher
indices revenue, and some price increases
•Fonterra (FCG) contract ceased on their move to the Main Board, and
the Electricity Authority 3-year extension pricing rest from mid-2024 (as
previously indicated)
•Audit and back dated revenue $nil (FY24: $1.16m)
Smart (+$7.8m / +17.8%)
•Funds Under Management (FUM) based revenue – higher average FUM
(driven by market returns and net cashflows)
Wealth Technologies (+2.6m / +26.2%)
•Administration (FUA) based fees – higher average FUA (driven by market
returns, net cash flows, and clients migrated onto the platform during
2024 and 2025
Other (+$0.1m)
•Corporate revenue relates to costs recharges to business units, which
are eliminated via the Inter-segment eliminations
17
Income Statement – Operating Expenses (excluding integration /restructure costs)
Cost increases (above inflation) arise from further investments into Smart and Wealth Technologies
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Expenses +$3.3m / + 4.5%
Markets (+$0.5m / +2.5%)
•Personnel costs – reduced due to late 2024 restructure
•Information Technology costs – increased due to trading and clearing
systems cost inflation (NZ and Indian) and FX impacts, and connectivity
upgrades
•Other costs – includes the inter business unit charging of Phase 1
depository automation (phase 1) amortisation (eliminates on
consolidation) and increased travel costs
Smart (+$0.9m / +4.3%)
•Personnel costs – higher headcount to enhance Smart’s distribution
capabilities, improve the customer experience and support client growth,
vacancies filled in investment management teams and projects resources
•Information Technology costs – additional Bloomberg functionality
obtained and inflation / FX impacts
•Marketing costs – 2024 Smart included the main rebranding costs
Wealth Technologies (+1.1m / +21.7%)
•Personnel costs – higher average FTEs (as previously noted) to accelerate
the migration velocity. As the business grows a lower portion of gross
salaries is capitalised
•Other costs - relates to costs that increase as the business grows
Corporate Services (+$1.0m / 4.5%)
•Personnel costs – additional resources covering strategic HR and
supporting Smart and Wealth Technologies growth
•Information Technology costs – increased cyber security coverage /
tooling and support of the growth businesses
•Other costs impacted by one off non-recoverable GST savings
The Inter-segment eliminations remove the Corporate Services costs
recharged to business units
18
Income Statement – Operating Earnings Segmental Analysis
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Notes:
1 Refer to Appendix 1 for segments definitions and detailed analysis
2 Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ
IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable
with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
Refer to financial statements note 2 for a reconciliation of EBITDA to NZ IFRS
profit for the year.
3
2024 restated – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.
2025
$000
Capital
Markets
Origination
Secondary
Markets
Inform ation
services
Markets
Sub-total
Funds
Managem ent
(Sm art)
Wealth
Technologies
Corporate
Services
NZX
Com m ercial
Operations
Sub-total
Regulation
(NZ RegCo)
Inter-
segm ent
elim ination
NZX Group
Total
Operating revenue
16,678
23,926
20,204
60,808
51,756
12,540
1,252
126,356
4,020
(1,428)
128,948
Operating expenses (excl. integration/restructure costs)
(21,956)
(22,446)
(6,263)
(21,727)
(72,392)
(4,275)
1,178
(75,489)
Operating earnings
2
(excl integration/restructure costs)
38,852
29,310
6,277
(20,475)
53,964
(255)
(250)
53,459
2024
$000
Capital
Markets
Origination
3
Secondary
Markets
Inform ation
services
Markets
Sub-total
Funds
Managem ent
(Sm art)
Wealth
Technologies
Corporate
Services
NZX
Com m ercial
Operations
Sub-total
Regulation
(NZ RegCo)
Inter-
segm ent
elim ination
NZX Group
Total
Operating revenue
16,571
25,996
19,912
62,479
43,926
9,936
691
117,032
3,996
(906)
120,122
Operating expenses (excl. integration/restructure costs)
(21,422)
(21,530)
(5,147)
(20,783)
(68,882)
(3,939)
592
(72,229)
Operating earnings
2
(excl integration/restructure costs)
41,057
22,396
4,789
(20,092)
48,150
57
(314)
47,893
19
Income Statement – Non Operating Expenses
Amortisation will continue to grow in line with Wealth Technologies new client migration / CAPEX profile
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Integration and restructure costs
•Smart – final integration of QuayStreet, ongoing activities to mature the
Smart operations, and the start of customer service platform
upgrading/automation
•Capital Markets / Corporate Services teams restructured
Non-Operating Expenses
Net finance costs
•Interest income and interest expense both impacted by lower average
interest rates
Amortisation
•NZX WT – increased amortisation relating to new client migrations. Will
continue to increase with future client migrations. Note the amortisation
profile lags the CAPEX profile by a few years (‘amortisation bubble’)
Share of profit/loss of associate – Global Dairy Trade (GDT)
•Auction platform upgrade –as previously highlighted, the upgrade
(completed mid 2025) was OPEX –impacting GDT’s profitabiltiy
•Auction platform upgrade benefits now being realised and GDT has reverted
to the underlying profitability levels
Accounting Adjustments – occurred in 2024 (net $7.2m):
•Change in fair value of contingent consideration ($10.9m) relates to a
decrease in the fair value of the QuayStreet earnout provision to recognise
that the reassessment of the probability of achieving the net FUM inflow
target by November 2025 has reduced; and
•Goodwill write off ($3.7m) relates to the partial write down of the energy
contracts intangible asset to recognise the current year renewal pricing
terms, the reduced number of energy contracts during the current term, and
the expected terms of a successful retendering in 2027.
20
Financial Position and
Cash Flows
21
Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2025
Most cash balances (i.e. risk capital and regulatory working capital) are not available for general use
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Cash and cash equivalentsIncludes:
•Clearing House risk capital ($20 million) which is not available for general use;
•Clearing House complies with Financial Market Infrastructure Act and International
Organisation of Securities Commissions’ principles requiring retention of sufficient working
capital (including cash of approximately $3.3 million); and
•Smart maintains sufficient working capital (including cash of approximately $0.1 million) to
ensure it has the ability to carry out its licensed Managed Investment Scheme Manager
market services effectively
Funds held on behalf of
third parties (assets and
liabilities) offset
•Relates to issuer bond deposits, participants’ collateral deposits and deposited funds
(including those held in the Mutualised Default Fund)
•Amounts are repayable to issuers and participants and not available for general use
Right-of-use lease assets
and lease liabilities
•Relates to leased premises and IT equipment
Other non-current assets•Consists of property, plant & equipment, intangible assets and goodwill
Investment in Associate•Investment in GlobalDairyTrade Limited (GDT)
Other current liabilities •Includes income in advance largely related to annual listing (billed on 30 June each year),
initial and subsequent listing fees and data subscriptions, employee benefits payable, tax
payables and
•The earnout on the acquisition of QuayStreet was paid in January 2025
Interest bearing liabilitiesRelate to:
•Subordinated notes ($39.2 million net of capitalised borrowing costs) – interest rate 6.8%
until the next election date (20 June 2028); and
•Term loan and working capital facility ($22.5 million) – funding the QuayStreet acquisition
Other non-current
liabilities
Includes deferred tax liabilities (including QuayStreet acquisition related), and income in
advance related to initial and subsequent listing fees.
1
2024 restated – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8.
2025
$000
2024
1
$000
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
52,05548,825
Receivables and prepayments
20,09719,074
Funds held on behalf of third parties
24,78627,616
Total current assets
96,93895,515
Non-current assets
Right-of-use lease assets
15,31115,661
Other non-current assets
146,432152,915
Investment in associate
18,70818,343
Total non-current assets
180,451186,919
Current liabilities
Trade payables
9,0129,152
Other current liabilities
27,52031,191
Lease liabilities
1,4031,243
Interest bearing liabilities
7,500-
Funds held on behalf of third parties
24,78627,616
Total current liabilities
70,22169,202
Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
54,14561,443
Lease liabilities
18,11118,508
Other non-current liabilities
12,72713,596
Total non-current liabilities
84,98393,547
Net assets/equity
122,185119,685
22
CAPEX (1/2)
CAPEX Trading, Clearing and Energy systems software are on up to date and fully supported versions
PP&E and other software have returned to normal life cycle recurring levels
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Trading, Clearing and Energy Systems
•Trading, clearing and energy systems CAPEX driven by specific system life cycles which historically have resulted in large multi-year
projects. In recent years we have maintained these systems on up-to-date and fully supported software versions, with incremental
product enhancements.
2025 CAPEX system enhancements relate to the S&P / NZX20 Index Futures and automation of the depository systems
Our Markets system roadmap is currently being reviewed with vendors to understand the vendors system life cycles. We expect a
hardware lifecycle upgrade to occur in 2027, and the roadmap review may result in a plan for a further trading system upgrade in
2027/2028.
PP&E and Other Software
•PP&E CAPEX relates to the normal life cycle replacements for IT equipment (i.e. laptops, mobile devices) and software to maintain
performance and reliability for the business
In 2021 and 2022 CAPEX relate to the NZX Capital Markets’ Centre in Auckland and the replacement of the Auckland ticker, and in 2024
CAPEX relates to the refit of the Wellington office to allow retrenchment to one floor.
As Wealth Technologies expands some additional space is required otherwise no major PP&E projects are expected in the near term
•Other software CAPEX relates mainly to technology upgrades (i.e. the continuing re-platforming of NZX.com) and the commencement of
firewall and associated network devices lifecycle management (ensuring our cybersecurity posture)
23
CAPEX (2/2)
Wealth Technologies’ CAPEX levels are dependent on new client migration activity, which is expected to increase for the
migration of a SaaS client extending services. Smart CAPEX will increase as we implement a new Smart APP for KiwiSaver
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Wealth Technologies
•Wealth Technologies CAPEX relates primarily to new client migration activity, with some ongoing product development. This includes
additional temporarily headcount to accelerate the migration velocity of additional FUA from a current client
Capitalisation levels will remain high whilst there is new client migration activity
We expect 2026 and 2027 CAPEX levels to be higher than the current CAPEX levels as we add a large sprint team for the migration of a
SaaS client extending services, and continue the Smart migration.
Both the SaaS client and Smart are contributing to the migration costs. The contributions are deferred until the migration is completed,
and then recognised in development revenue over the applicable contract period
Smart
•Smart CAPEX relates to system enhancements. Smart project spend is mainly OPEX and recognised as one off integration costs in the
Income Statement.
•Smart contributes to Wealth Technologies for the registry migrations being undertaken (KiwiSaver in 2026 and ETF / SMT / WPS in 2027).
These contributions are recognised in the Income Statement post completion of the applicable migration. The contribution eliminates
on consolidation and is not included in the Smart CAPEX chart
The 2021 to 2023 CAPEX related to integrating two acquisitions
We expect 2026 CAPEX levels to be higher as we design and implement a new Smart App initially for Smart KiwiSaver
24
Cash Flows
As previously indicated, increased cash flows from operating activities and lower levels of CAPEX have driven a 25.0%
increase in free cash flows
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Free Cash Flows +$5.3m / 25.0%
Operating activities cashflow represents net profit after tax less non-cash items (e.g. depreciation
and amortisation, share of profit/loss of associate, share based payments, and change in fair value of
contingent consideration)
Operating activities cashflows increase 10.0% reflecting the improved operating earnings partially
offset by adverse working capital movements (e.g. higher accrued income and lower payables at year
end)
Payments for PPE & other intangible assets mainly relate to Wealth Technologies’ software
development (refer previous slides)
Other financing activities relate to payments of lease liabilities
Other Cash Flows
Payments for acquisitions – relates to the final earn out payment for the acquisition of
QuayStreet
Dividend payments – FY24 dividends are net of participation in the dividend reinvestment plan
2025
$000
2024
$000
Operating activities39,49235,887+10.0%
Payments for PPE & intangible assets (Investing activity)(11,638)(13,423)+13.3%
Other financing activities (financing activity)(1,382)(1,293)(6.9)%
Free cash flow26,47221,171+25.0%
Payments for acquisitions (investing activity)(3,201)-N/A
Dividends paid (financing activity)(20,041)(17,016)(17.8)%
Net change in cash and cash equivalents3,2304,155(22.3)%
25
Final Dividend and
2026 Earnings Guidance
26
Final Dividend 2026 Earnings Guidance
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Final Dividend
•The Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 3.3 cents per share
•Dividend to be paid on 2 April 2026 to shareholders registered as at the record date of 19
March 2026
•Total dividends for the 2025 financial year are 6.3 cents per share fully imputed
•The improved dividend reflects the increased operating earnings and cash flows which are
considered sustainable (subject to future market outcomes etc as noted in the Earnings
Guidance)
Dividend Policy
•The policy is to pay between 80% to 110% of adjusted Net Profit After Tax over time, subject
to maintaining a prudent level of capital to meet regulatory requirements
•Adjustments include reversing the impact of intangible asset impairments (if any)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP)
•The DRP is not available for the final dividend
•All shareholders who elected to participate in the DRP will receive a cash dividend
2026 Earnings Guidance
NZX’s full year 2025 Operating Earnings (EBITDA), excluding project costs, is forecast to be in the
range of $53.0 million to $58.5 million
The guidance is subject to market outcomes, particularly with respect to market capitalisation,
total capital listed and raised, secondary market value and derivatives volumes traded, funds
under management and administration growth, integration / restructure costs and technology
costs
Additionally, this guidance assumes there are no material adverse macro-economic and/or market
condition impacts on our assumed market outcomes, and there are no significant one-off
expenses, major accounting adjustments, other unforeseeable circumstances, or future
acquisitions or divestments
The Earnings Guidance excludes the expected impact of the GDT investment as this is recognised
as “share of profit of associate” (i.e. after Operating Earnings)
The 2026 strategic priorities and targets for the key revenue metrics which drive the 2026
earnings guidance are outlined on Slide 6
Notes:
1Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
Fully imputed dividends (CPS)FY 2025FY 2024
Interim dividend3.03.0
Final dividend3.33.1
Total dividends
6.36.1
27
Appendices
28
Appendix 1: Segmental Analysis
Income Statement by Business Unit
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Notes:
1 Markets is the integrated business that supports the growth of capital markets with the revenue generating BUs being:
•Capital Markets Origination – provider of issuer services for current and prospective customers;
•Secondary Markets – provider of trading and post-trade services for securities and derivatives markets operated by NZX, as well as the
provider of a central securities depository and market operator for the Electricity Authority and the Ministry for the Environment;
•Information Services – provider of data services for the securities and derivatives markets, and analytics for the dairy sector
Additionally, the Markets business cost base includes the Policy team and IT costs specific to providing capital markets services.
2 Funds Management (Smart) – comprises the SuperLife superannuation and KiwiSaver products, QuayStreet managed funds and KiwiSaver products
and Smart Exchange Traded Funds
3 Wealth Technologies (NZX Wealth Technologies Limited) – provides a platform that enables advisers and brokers to manage client investments
4 Corporate Services provides accommodation, legal, accounting, IT, HR, communications and project management support to the other business units
and subsidiaries. Related costs are currently not recharged to the commercial business units and subsidiaries (other than NZ RegCo and specific cost for
NZCDC)
5 NZ RegCo (NZX Regulation Limited) – is the independently-governed agency which performs all of NZX’s frontline regulatory functions, this ensures
structural separation of the Group's commercial and regulatory roles.
6. Inter-segment elimination - net amount represents listing fees paid by Smart (expensed fully) to CMO (recognised in deferred income and
released over 3 or 5 years).
7 Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be
comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities. Refer to financial statements note 2 for a reconciliation of
EBITDA to NZ IFRS profit for the year.
8 Earnings after depreciation and amortisation are before net finance expense, income tax, loss on disposal of assets, gain on lease modification and
accounting adjustments relating to the write-back of earn out provisions on the acquisition of QuayStreet, and a partial write down in the value of
the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority.
9 2024 restated – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8
2025
$000
Capital
Markets
Origination
1
Secondary
Markets
1
Inform ation
services
1
Markets
Sub-total
Funds
Managem ent
(Sm art)
2
Wealth
Technologies
3
Corporate
Services
4
NZX
Com m ercial
Operations
Sub-total
Regulation
(NZ RegCo)
5
Inter-
segm ent
elim ination
NZX Group
Total
Operating revenue
16,678
23,926
20,204
60,808
51,756
12,540
1,252
126,356
4,020
(1,428)
128,948
Operating expenses (excl. integration/restructure costs)
(21,956)
(22,446)
(6,263)
(21,727)
(72,392)
(4,275)
1,178
(75,489)
Operating earnings
7
(excl integration/restructure costs)
38,852
29,310
6,277
(20,475)
53,964
(255)
(250)
53,459
Integration/restructure costs
-
(1,885)
-
(125)
(2,010)
-
240
(1,770)
Operating earnings
7
38,852
27,425
6,277
(20,600)
51,954
(255)
(10)
51,689
Depreciation and amortisation
(1,949)
(4,625)
(8,619)
(4,081)
(19,274)
-
-
(19,274)
Earnings after depreciation and am ortisation
8
36,903
22,800
(2,342)
(24,681)
32,680
(255)
(10)
32,415
2024
$000
Capital
Markets
Origination
1
Secondary
Markets
1
Inform ation
services
1
Markets
Sub-total
Funds
Managem ent
(Sm art)
2
Wealth
Technologies
3
Corporate
Services
4
NZX
Com m ercial
Operations
Sub-total
Regulation
(NZ RegCo)
5
Inter-
segm ent
elim ination
NZX Group
Total
Operating revenue
16,571
25,996
19,912
62,479
43,926
9,936
691
117,032
3,996
(906)
120,122
Operating expenses (excl. integration/restructure costs)
(21,422)
(21,530)
(5,147)
(20,783)
(68,882)
(3,939)
592
(72,229)
Operating earnings
7
(excl integration/restructure costs)
41,057
22,396
4,789
(20,092)
48,150
57
(314)
47,893
Integration/restructure costs
(473)
(1,068)
-
(132)
(1,673)
-
329
(1,344)
Operating earnings
7
40,584
21,328
4,789
(20,224)
46,477
57
15
46,549
Depreciation and amortisation
(2,221)
(4,715)
(6,933)
(4,102)
(17,971)
-
-
(17,971)
Earnings after depreciation and am ortisation
8
38,363
16,613
(2,144)
(24,326)
28,506
57
15
28,578
29
Appendix 1: Segment – Markets
Markets is the integrated business that supports the growth of NZ capital markets
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Corporate Services provides accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, risk management, communication, policy and project management
support to Markets. The related costs are currently not recharged to Markets and consequently not included in the above segmental analysis
(other than specific cost for NZCDC).
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be
comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
2024 restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to the Financial Statements Note 8). Initial and subsequent listing fees are now
recognised evenly over five and three years respectively. Previously initial and subsequent listing fees were recognised when the listing or
subsequent capital raising event had taken place
Markets
2025
$000
2024
$000
Change
Fav/(Adv)
Revenue
Capital Markets Origination
Annual listing fees (net)11,05811,0000.5%
Primary listing fees1,6981,6075.7%
Secondary issuance fees3,9223,964(1.1%)
Secondary Markets
Participant services revenue (net)501513(2.3%)
Securities trading revenue4,4304,2793.5%
Securities clearing revenue7,4917,584(1.2%)
Dairy derivatives revenue3,7303,25214.7%
Contractual revenue 6,4499,521(32.3%)
Consulting and development revenue1,32584756.4%
Information Services
Royalties from terminals8,9368,3726.7%
Subscriptions and licences5,9955,4679.7%
Dairy data subscriptions6346064.6%
Indices1,6801,47913.6%
Audit and back-dated revenue-1,160(100.0%)
Connectivity2,9592,8284.6%
Total operating revenue 60,80862,479(2.7%)
Markets
2025
$000
2024
$000
Change
Fav/(Adv)
Operating expenses
Gross personnel costs
11,791
12,609
6.5%
Less capitalised labour
(512)
(675)
(24.1%)
Personnel costs
11,279
11,934
5.5%
Information technology costs
7,040
6,681
(5.4%)
Professional fees
1,108
1,219
9.1%
Marketing
555
388
(43.0%)
Other expenses
2,102
1,369
(53.5%)
Capitalised overhead
(128)
(169)
(24.6%)
Total operating expenses (excl. restructure costs)
21,956
21,422
(2.5%)
Operating earnings (excl. restructure costs)
38,852
41,057
(5.4%)
Restructure costs
-
473
100.0%
Operating earnings
38,852
40,584
(4.3%)
Depreciation & amortisation
1,949
2,221
12.2%
Earnings after depreciation and amortisation
36,903
38,363
(3.8%)
Operating margin excl. restructure costs
63.9%
65.7%
(2.8%)
30
Appendix 1: Segment – Markets
Operating Revenue
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Information Services Revenue
Royalties from terminals revenue increase relates to price increases (effective January 2025) offset by the mix of
average terminal numbers being lower for professional terminals and higher for retail terminals
Subscriptions and licenses revenue growth reflects increased (high and low value) license numbers and license
price increases (effective January 2025), and new licence product which provides historical data (i.e. one off
sales), partially offset by decreased direct data products
Dairy subscription revenue increased reflecting increased product subscriptions numbers
Indices revenue is higher reflecting continued growth in use of indices by the market and renegotiated revenue
share arrangements
Audit and back dated revenue is dependent on the timing of audit completions, there was no revenue in 2025,
where as 2024 included significant back dated indices revenue
Connectivity revenue has increased reflecting the connectivity requirements (i.e. standards of performance and
resilience) from both market participants and data vendors, with new clients being onboarded in late 2024.
Capital Markets Origination Revenue
The Annual listing fee year runs from 1 July to 30 June, with the 2025 fees based on the market capitalisation at 1) 31
May 2024 for H1-25, and 2) 31 May 2025 for H2-25. Annual listing fees are net of an internal allocation to NZ RegCo
Annual listing fees (ALF) increased slightly, driven by increased debt market ALFs being partially offset by lower
equity market ALFs
Primary listing fees and Secondary issuance fees are accounted for as deferred income and recognised over 5 and 3
years respectively – refer to the Financial Statements Note 8. The movement in the deferred income is:
Primary listing billings are lower, driven by lower levels of equity (excluding FCG) and retail debt listings
Secondary issuance billings are higher driven by higher levels of equity recapitalisations, offset by lower levels of
retail debt issuances
Secondary Markets Revenue
Participant services revenue relates to the number of market participants, which has decreased to 24 (2024: 27)
Securities trading has increased and clearing revenues decreased due to market activity levels:
•value traded / cleared being down 0.9%;
•lower levels of uncharged value traded (i.e. exceeded fee cap) at 9.2% (2024: 13.7%); and
•lower levels of depository revenue from registry transfers
Dairy derivatives revenue has been increased in line with the number of lots traded (+22.2%). FX rate movements
were favourable, offset by continued normalisation of the margin fees
Contractual revenue is in line with long term contracts to run auctions or markets for the Electricity Authority and
the Ministry for the Environment (MfE). Revenue has decreased, as expected, due to i) the Fonterra contract
ceasing on their move to the Main Board, and ii) the Electricity Authority contract 3-year extension (from 1 July
2024) being at the contractually preset lower level.
Consulting and development revenue, earned through continuing enhancements to the electricity market systems,
has been at higher levels than 2024
2025
2024
$000
$'000
Opening Deferred Income
10,155
9,521
Billings
5,234
5,912
Revenue Recognition
(5,445)
(5,278)
Closing Deferred Income
9,944
10,155
Deferred Income - Primary Lisitng & Secondary Issuance
31
Appendix 1: Segment – Markets
Operating Expenses
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Other Expenses
Other expenses include audit fees (e.g. clearing house financial and operational audits), travel, statutory
compliance costs and non-recoverable GST costs. The increase relates to the inter business unit charging of
Phase 1 depository automation amortisation (eliminates on consolidation)
Depreciation & Amortisation
Depreciation & amortisation relates primarily to the trading, clearing and energy systems.
The energy systems become fully depreciated by mid 2024 and the upgrades to the depository systems
commenced depreciation from late 2024
Personnel Costs
Personnel costs are driven by the average number of FTEs, wage inflation and capitalisation levels:
•headcount – average FTEs is lower (FTEs Dec 2025: 80.2, Dec 2024: 79.4, with 2.9 FTE less vacancies), reflecting
the impact of late 2024 restructuring. Note – Policy team reclassified from Corporate to Markets segment
(comparatives restated)
•capitalised labour relates to S&P / NZX20 Index Futures, automation of the depository systems and re-
platforming NZX.com
Information Technology Costs
Information technology costs include:
•trading and clearing systems – licensing and hardware / software maintenance costs, which are impacted
negatively by the USD exchange rate and contractual inflation increases (including Indian inflation);
•connectivity – participants connectivity to the markets was upgraded during the year
•NZX.com related costs – including the upgraded (June 2024) infrastructure running costs;
•energy electricity market systems – hardware / software maintenance costs and data feed costs;
•energy carbon market systems – third party specialist provides ongoing support of the carbon managed auction
service;
•dairy derivatives – NZX’s share of IT costs under the SGX-NZX dairy derivatives strategic partnership; and
•information services IT – software licences costs and data feeds associated with the delivery of customer
management data platforms. As well as improved connectivity services
Professional Fees
Professional fees include:
•EEX ongoing royalty fees relating to the carbon managed auction service;
•SGX ongoing costs relating to the SGX-NZX dairy derivatives strategic partnership, impacted by FX rates; and
•annual assurance program – including Clearing House risk capital review, tax advice, energy audit obligations
under Electricity Authority contract (e.g. Energy Clearing Manager, WITS Manager, Reconciliation Manager and
security reviews)
Marketing Costs
The key marketing focuses are:
•Capital Markets Origination team marketing includes sponsorship of various industry groups to identify listing
pipeline opportunities. There has been a greater level of marketing for primary listings and secondary issuances
•Dairy Derivatives team marketing – NZX hosts a dairy industry conference in Singapore, with the conference
attendance fees / sponsorships being reflected in revenue
•SGX-NZX dairy derivatives market maker arrangements – liquidity provision schemes activated in 2025
32
Appendix 1: Segment – Smart
This business is a funds management business which comprises the SuperLife superannuation, QuayStreet Schemes, KiwiSaver products and Smart Exchange Traded Funds
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Corporate Services provides accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, risk management, communication, policy and project management
support to Smart. The related costs are currently not recharged to Smart and consequently not included in the above segmental analysis.
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be
comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
Operating Revenue
FUM-based revenue – driven by average FUM increasing (2025: $14.36b, 2024: $11.93b), which is a combination of net
positive market returns (noting the monthly profile over 2025), and positive net cashflows.
Member-based revenue has increased due to greater levels of insurance admin fees
Other revenue has decreased reflecting lower interest income and lower levels of stock lending
Operating Expenses
Personnel costs are driven by wage inflation (particularly for investment specialists), the average number of FTEs and
capitalisation levels:
•headcount – average FTEs is higher (FTEs Dec 2025: 109.3, Dec 2024: 100.0) , reflecting an enhancement of the
distribution capabilities, resources to improve the customer experience and support client growth, vacancies filled
in investment management teams and projects resources
•capitalised labour and overhead on internal systems has ceased; with the focus being on maturing Smart
operations by using external systems
Information Technology costs include software license costs for the Bloomberg front and middle office operating
system, with additional Bloomberg functionality obtained from mid 2024 and an adverse impact from the USD
exchange rate
Professional fees includes directors fees, legal fees, tax advice costs, consultancy costs, research costs and internal
audit fees. Smart’s legal costs have been higher (QS externalisation) partially offset by lower tax advice and internal
audit costs
Marketing spend relates to advertising, printing and distribution costs, and are usually timed to coincide with
marketing campaigns and new fund launches. Smart rebranding costs were incurred through 2024 and there was a
lower level of spend post ‘Liberation Day’. Marketing costs are expected to increase in 2026 when the KiwiSaver
scheme is rebranded
Other expenses include non-recoverable GST (including one off non-recoverable GST savings), external auditor fees,
travel costs, statutory and compliance costs (FMA levies increase as FUM levels increase) and operational error
compensation (which is lower than 2024 levels)
Integration and restructure costs
In the current year relate to QuayStreet integration cost release (from August 2025 over 3 years), ongoing activities to
mature the Smart operations, and the start of customer service platform upgrading/automation and KiwiSaver scheme
rebrand planning
Non-operating Expenses
Depreciation & amortisation – has decreased slightly due to i) some system enhancements becoming full amortised;
and ii) no new capitalisation on current systems due to the focus being on maturing the Smart operations
Smart
2025
$000
2024
$000
Change
Fav/(Adv)
Revenue
FUM based revenue
48,477
40,499
19.7%
Member based revenue
2,536
2,442
3.8%
Other revenue
743
985
(24.6%)
Total operating revenue
51,756
43,926
17.8%
Operating expenses
Gross personnel costs
15,677
15,098
(3.8%)
Less capitalised labour
-
(188)
(100.0%)
Personnel costs
15,677
14,910
(5.1%)
Information technology costs
2,611
2,429
(7.5%)
Professional fees
1,814
1,707
(6.3%)
Marketing
682
987
30.9%
Other expenses
1,662
1,544
(7.6%)
Capitalised overhead
-
(47)
(100.0%)
Total operating expense (excl. integration costs)
22,446
21,530
(4.3%)
Operating earnings (excl. integration costs)
29,310
22,396
30.9%
Integration costs
1,885
1,068
(76.5%)
Operating earnings
27,425
21,328
28.6%
Depreciation & amortisation expenses
4,625
4,715
1.9%
Earnings after depreciation and amortisation
22,800
16,613
37.2%
Operating margin (excl. integration costs)
56.6%
51.0%
11.1%
33
Appendix 1: Segment – Smart (formerly Smartshares)
This business is a funds management business which comprises the SuperLife superannuation, QuayStreet Schemes, KiwiSaver products and Smart Exchange Traded Funds
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
34
Appendix 1: Segment – Wealth Technologies
This business administers and manages a platform that enables advisers and brokers to manage client investments
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Corporate Services provides legal, finance, IT, HR, risk management, communication, policy and project management support to Wealth
Technologies. The related costs are currently not recharged to Wealth Technologies and consequently not included in the above segmental
analysis.
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be
comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
Operating Revenue
Administration (FUA based) fees – driven by average FUA increasing (2025: $17.87b, 2024: $14.14b), which is a
combination of a full year impact from the new clients FUA migrated during 2024 onto the platform, positive market
returns and positive net cash flows (including from new clients)
Additionally, the portion of operations and custody clients has increased improving the average bps
Development fees/deferred income release relates to customisation of the wealth management platform or data
migration effort specific to client requirements
Operating Expenses
Personnel costs (net of capitalisation) are driven by wage inflation, the average number of FTEs and capitalisation
levels:
•headcount is dependent at any point in time on a) the levels of platform investment (including migration activity)
required for current and future clients, and b) the operational services provided to current clients;
•average headcount (FTEs Dec 2025: 80.7, Dec 2024: 75.2) as indicated previously, includes contractors to
accelerate the migration velocity. Further resources will be added in 2026 to migrate the large SaaS client’s
extension of services; and
•capitalised labour and overhead reflects continued product development and client migration activity. As the
business grows the portion of gross salaries capitalised is expected to decrease
Information Technology cost movements relate to data hosting / data feeds costs which grow as new clients are
migrated onto the platform, partially offset by lower third-party IT service costs
Professional fees include legal fees (usually for new client contracts), taxation advice and internal control reviews (e.g.
ISAE 3402 internal controls report, AML / CFT Report)
Other expenses include office costs (e.g. electricity, rates, stationery etc.), travel, compliance costs and non
recoverable GST (which increases as the business grows)
Non-operating Expenses
Depreciation & amortisation – relate to:
•intangible assets (relating to platform development and client migration activity) are amortised over 5-years
commencing from the migration completion date (which is aligned to administration fee revenue commencing).
Intangible asset amortisation will continue to increase with the continued product development and client
migration activity levels; and
•right of use assets (i.e. mainly property leases) are depreciated over the period of the lease
Wealth technologies
2025
$000
2024
$000
Change
Fav/(Adv)
Revenue
Administration (FUA based) fees11,9269,21229.5%
Development fees / deferred income release614724(15.2%)
Total operating revenue 12,5409,93626.2%
Operating expenses
Gross personnel costs12,41511,446(8.5%)
Less capitalised labour(7,192)(6,953)3.4%
Personnel costs5,2234,493(16.2%)
Information technology costs1,1681,121(4.2%)
Professional fees272259(5.0%)
Marketing3827(40.7%)
Other expenses757624(21.3%)
Capitalised overhead(1,195)(1,377)(13.2%)
Total operating expenses (excl. restructure costs)6,2635,147(21.7%)
Operating earnings (excl. restructure costs)6,2774,78931.1%
Restructure costs- - n/a
Operating earnings 6,2774,78931.1%
Depreciation and amortisation expenses8,6196,933(24.3%)
Earnings after depreciation and amortisation(2,342)(2,144)(9.2%)
Operating margin (excl. restructure costs)50.1%48.2%3.9%
35
Appendix 1: Segment – Wealth Technologies
This business administers and manages a platform that enables advisers and brokers to manage client investments
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
External Clients20242025Incr.
Clients on the NZXWT platform at start of year2132
New clients migrated during the year1113
Clients on the NZXWT platform at year end3245+40.6%
New clients won in the year1213
Clients migrating FUA onto platform 96
36
Appendix 1: Segment – Corporate Services
This function provides accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, communications and project management support to the business
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Corporate Services provides accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, risk management, communication, policy and project management
support to all business units and subsidiaries (including the Smart and Wealth Technologies businesses). Related costs are currently not
recharged to the commercial business units and subsidiaries, with the exception of NZ RegCo
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be
comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
Operating Revenue
Revenue relates to costs recharged to business units (which are eliminated via the inter-segment eliminations), the
sublease of space in Auckland office, and commission fees on NZX related accredited courses
Operating Expenses
Personnel costs are driven by the average number of FTEs, wage inflation and capitalisation levels:
•Headcount (FTEs Dec 2025: 71.0, Dec 2024: 67.2) reflects lower vacancies, and additional roles (HR, finance and
PMO) to support the growth businesses
•capitalised labour and overhead reflects the project management team’s activity on NZX capitalisable projects
IT costs driven by IT inflation and increased cyber security coverage / tooling and support of the growth businesses
Professional fees include legal fees, internal audit fees, annual conflicts review, corporate governance review.
Marketing costs relate to the investor relations programme (including annual / interim reporting, investor day etc)
Other expenses include office costs (e.g. electricity, rates, stationery etc. for Wellington and the Capital Markets
Centre in Auckland, including tickers / signage), insurance premiums, directors’ fees (increased during the year),
travel, external audit costs, outsourced payroll system, corporate memberships, carbon credits, non-recoverable GST
(including one off non-recoverable GST savings) and statutory and compliance costs.
Non-operating Expenses
Depreciation & amortisation – increases relate to:
•network enhancements (completed in 2020 / 2021) become fully depreciated by late 2024; offset by
•depreciation of the refit of the Wellington office commencing from mid 2024; and
•strategic storage assets commencing amortisation in late 2024
Corporate Services
2025
$000
2024
$000
Change
Fav/(Adv)
Revenue
Other revenue
1,25269181.2%
Total operating revenue 1,25269181.2%
Operating expenses
Gross personnel costs
13,67712,678(7.9%)
Less capitalised labour
(25)(201)(87.6%)
Personnel costs
13,65212,477(9.4%)
Information technology costs
5,0894,693(8.4%)
Professional fees
935729(28.3%)
Marketing
126116(8.6%)
Other expenses
2,8733,59820.2%
Capitalised overhead
(6)(50)(88.0%)
Internal allocation to NZ RegCo
(942)(780)20.8%
Total operating expenses (excl. restructure costs)21,72720,783(4.5%)
Operating earnings (excl. restructure costs)(20,475)(20,092)(1.9%)
Restructure costs1251325.3%
Operating earnings(20,600)(20,224)(1.9%)
Depreciation & amortisation expenses4,0814,1020.5%
Earnings after depreciation and amortisation(24,681)(24,326)(1.5%)
37
Appendix 1: Segment – Regulation (NZ RegCo)
Tasked with performing all of NZX’s frontline regulatory functions, resulting in the structural separation of the Group's commercial and regulatory roles
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS. The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be
comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
Regulation (NZ RegCo)
Regulation is structurally separate, in accordance with global best practice, from NZX's commercial and operational
activities. Governed by a separate board with an independent Chair, the majority of directors are independent of the
NZX Group
NZ RegCo is targeted to operate on a cost-neutral basis after internal allocations. The internal allocations are set at the
commencement of the year based on the services expected to be provided by/to NZ RegCo, and are intended to
subsidise NZ RegCo to achieve a break-even operating result over the medium term
Operating Revenue
Regulatory revenue relates to:
•regulatory fees relate to Issuer Regulation, Participant Compliance, Market Conduct and Surveillance services
(based on a fee schedule); and
•revenue for costs awards recovered from enforcement matters referred to the NZ Markets Disciplinary Tribunal
Regulatory fee generating activity levels have been lower than 2024 due to the levels of market activity
Additionally, there is an internal allocation of Annual Listing Fees, Annual Participants Fees and internal fees for the
recovery of NZ RegCo staff time
Operating Expenses
Personnel costs are driven by average number of FTEs and wage inflation:
•headcount – FTEs (FTEs Dec 2025: 15.6; Dec 2024: 16.1) reflect a change in vacancy levels; and
•wage inflation – for specialist qualified personnel
Information technology costs include SMARTS surveillance software costs. Annual cost increases are incurred each
July and are impacted by the movement in the AUD exchange rate
Professional fees primarily relate to NZ RegCo independent directors' fees (which increased in July 2024) and an
independent Board performance review was undertaken in the current year
Other expenses relate to travel costs to undertake on site participant inspections
Internal costs allocations relate to Corporate Services costs i.e. accommodation, legal, finance, IT, HR, communications
and project management support
Non-operating Expenses
Depreciation & amortisation – NZ RegCo systems are fully depreciated
NZ RegCo
2025
$000
2024
$000
Change
Fav/(Adv)
Revenue
Issuer compliance service
523
556
(5.9%)
Participant compliance service
107
117
(8.5%)
Market conduct
7
10
(30.0%)
Surveillance
742
738
0.5%
Listing fees & participants Fee allocation
2,641
2,575
2.6%
Total operating revenue
4,020
3,996
0.6%
Operating expenses
Gross personnel costs
2,601
2,528
(2.9%)
Less capitalised labour
(4)
(5)
(20.0%)
Personnel costs
2,597
2,523
(2.9%)
Information technology costs
305
289
(5.5%)
Professional fees
374
277
(35.0%)
Marketing
-
-
n/a
Other expenses
58
71
18.3%
Capitalised overhead
(1)
(1)
0.0%
Internal costs allocation to NZ RegCo
942
780
(20.8%)
Total operating expenses (excl. restructure costs)
4,275
3,939
(8.5%)
Operating earnings (excl. restructure costs)
(255)
57
(552.1%)
Restructure cost
-
-
n/a
Operating earnings
(255)
57
(552.1%)
38
Appendix 1: Non-Operating Expenses
Non-Operating Expenses
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Integration & restructure costs
Integration and restructure costs relate to:
•Smart:
•integration of QuayStreet Asset Management; and
•activities to mature the Smart
•Capital Markets / Corporate Services teams restructured
Non-Operating Expenses
Net finance costs include:
•Interest income on cash balances and risk / regulatory capital – negatively impacted by lower average
interest rates
•Interest expenses relate to the subordinated notes (interest rate fixed at 6.8% until the next election
date on 20 June 2028) and the acquisition facility (interest rates variable – positively impacted by
lower average interest rates)
Depreciation and amortisation increased mainly due to the impact of:
•NZX WT – increased amortisation relating to new client migrations. Intangible asset amortisation will
continue to increase with the continued product development and client migration activity levels.
Specifically, the amortisation profile lags the CAPEX profile by a few years (‘amortisation bubble’)
•Markets – amortisation commenced on the completion of the depository automation (phase 1)
Non-Operating Expenses (continued)
Share of profit/loss of associate relates to our investment in GlobalDairyTrade (GDT).
GDT’s growth initiatives are progressing:
•Auction platform upgrade –as previously highlighted, the upgrade (OPEX) to the auction
platform was completed mid 2025 and impacted GDT’s profitability in the current period; and
•European and US sales presences are in place and are expected to mature over the coming years
GDT’s underlying profitability remains comparable to previous periods. With the Auction Platform
upgrade completed, GDT has reverted to historic levels (noting the seasonality of GDT’s revenue)
Accounting Adjustments (2024 net $7.2m):
•Change in fair value of contingent consideration ($10.9m) related to a decrease in the fair value
of the QuayStreet earnout provision to recognise that the reassessment of the probability of
achieving the net FUM inflow target by November 2025 had reduced; and
•Goodwill write off ($2.7m) related to the partial write down of the energy contracts intangible
asset to recognise the current year renewal pricing terms, the reduced number of energy
contracts during the current term, and the expected terms of a successful retendering in 2027.
Effective tax rate is lower than statutory rate (28%) due to:
•non-taxable items (particularly for the accounting adjustments); partially offset by
•differences in valuation method (accounting v taxation)
39
Appendix 2: People
NZX has strong employee engagement and a positive culture.
Culture and Engagement
•NZX uses the Gallup survey to measure employee engagement
bi-annually. Employee engagement remained high, with our
most recent score in October placing us above 70% of
organisations globally in Gallup’s database.
•Overall voluntary turnover for FY25 was 12.4% - broadly aligned
with the EY financial services benchmark (12%) and below our
FY25 target of 16%.
•NZX supports flexible working options for our staff, with the
majority of our people coming into the office either on a regular
or full-time basis.
Workforce Diversity
•NZX has a balanced spread of tenure, with 34% of employees
having 0 - 2 years service, 37% with 2 - 5 years, and 29% with
more than five years – providing fresh thinking as well as long-
term continuity and organisational knowledge.
•Age distribution also remains well-diversified - with strong
representation across all age groups, and no single cohort
dominating the workforce composition.
•The majority of employees work full time, with women
representing 39% of full-time roles and maintaining strong
participation across employment types.
Gender Pay Gap (GPG) and Gender Representation
•NZX’s remuneration approach remains focused on paying people
fairly and competitively to attract, retain and reward the talent
required to deliver strategic and shareholder outcomes.
•Overall gender representation aligns with NZX’s 40:40:20 gender
balance goal, with 43% of employees identifying as women.
•At the end of FY25, NZX’s overall organisational GPG was 13.6%
(reduced from 16.6% at the end of FY24), with a 11.1% gap when
excluding the CEO and NZ RegCo (down from 13.8% in FY24).
•The key driver of NZX’s GPG is from the Management level
(18.0%), which is also the level with the lowest female
representation, and will be a focus for FY26.
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
https://www.women.govt.nz/gender-pay-gaps/new-zealands-gender-pay-gap/industry/financial-and-insurance-
services
GPG is calculated as [(average male base salary – average female base salary) ÷ average base male salary)].
54%
64%
60%
57%
57%
5.6%
18.0%
1.0%
11.1%
13.6%
46%
36%
40%
43%
43%
NZX Overall (All Employees)
NZX excl. CEO & NZ RegCo
Extended SLT excl. NZX CEO
Management
Workforce
% Male GPG % Female
3.97
3.98
4.08
4.09
4.15
4.26
4.28
4.11
4.09
4.16
4.25
4.27
4.3
4.22
4.36
4.37
4.36
Sep-17Apr-18Oct-18May-19Oct-19May-20Nov-20Apr-21Oct-21May 22Oct 22May 23Oct 23May 24Oct 24May 25Oct 25
Overall Engagement at NZX from 2017 to 2025
All Employees:includes all permanent and fixed-term employees.
NZX excluding CEO & NZRegCo: same as ‘all employees’ but excludes the Group CEO and NZRegCo.
Executive: includes the extended Senior Leadership Team who lead and set strategic direction for the organisation,
driving overall business performance and long-term growth
Management: people who oversee teams and operations, ensuring goals are met and business objectives are
achieved efficiently.
Workforce: professionals who are individual contributors with specialised skills and knowledge, and support level
workers who assist with day-to-day operations to keep the business running smoothly
40
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Appendix 3: NZX Group overview
A diverse and connected capital markets focused business
NZX Group
Corporate, Legal, Technology
Capital Markets
Cash (Shares), Derivatives, Energy,
Environmental
Information
Services
Market data,
Indices,
Connectivity
Smart
(Funds
Management)
A leading investment fund
manager in New Zealand
Secondary markets
NZX Wealth
Technologies
A market leading, tailored
custodial investment
management platform
Capital Markets
Origination
Existing and new
issuance
Markets
Development
Market
Participants
Market
Operations
Policy
Clearing House &
Operations
Strategic Delivery
Derivatives
(including dairy
with SGX),
Electricity and
Carbon Markets
NZ RegCo
(Issuer Regulation,
Participant Compliance,
Surveillance and Market
Conduct)
An independently
governed agency which
performs all frontline
regulatory functions in
support of NZX’s
statutory obligations as a
licensed market operator
41
Appendix 4: Operating Revenue Definitions
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Capital Markets Origination
Annual listing fees paid by NZX’s equity, fund and debt issuers is
driven by the number of listed issuers, and equity, debt and fund
market capitalisations as at 31 May each year.
Primary listing fees are paid by all issuers at the time of
listing. The primary driver of this revenue is the number of
new listings and the value of capital listed. Fees are
recognised to revenue over a 5 year period.
Secondary issuance fees are paid by existing issuers when a
company raises additional capital through placements, rights
issues, the exercise of options, dividend reinvestment plans, or
subsequent debt issues. The primary driver for this revenue is
the number of secondary issuances and the value of secondary
capital raised. Fees are recognised to revenue over a 3 year
period.
Information Services
Royalties from terminals revenue relate to the provision of
markets data for display on terminals (retail and professional).
Subscription and licences revenue relate to the provision of
markets data to market participants and stakeholders.
Dairy data subscriptions revenue relate to the sale of dairy
data and analytical products.
Indices revenue relates to the revenue generated on index
licensing in partnership with S&P.
Connectivity revenue relates to the provision of connectivity
and access to the NZX operated markets for market
participants and data vendors, which is recognised over the
period the service is provided.
Secondary Markets
Participant services revenue is charged to market participants
(broking, clearing and advisory firms) that are accredited for NZX’s
equity, debt and derivatives market.
Securities trading revenue comes from the execution of trades on
the equity and debt markets operated by NZX. Trading fees are a
variable fee based on the value of the trade.
Securities clearing revenue relates to clearing and settlement
activities, and related depository services undertaken by
NZX’s subsidiary New Zealand Clearing and Depository
Corporation Limited. The largest component is clearing fees,
which are based on the value of settled transactions.
Dairy derivatives revenue relates to trading, clearing and
settlement and margin fees for trading SGX-NZX dairy futures and
options. Fees are largely charged in USD (reflecting the global
nature of the market) per lot traded.
Contractual revenue arises from the operation of:
•New Zealand’s electricity market, under long term contract
from the Electricity Authority; and
•New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme managed auction
services, under a long term contract from the Ministry for the
Environment.
Consulting and Development revenue arises on a time and
materials basis for the electricity market and for the
implementation of New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme
managed auction services.
FundsManagement (Smart)
Funds Under Management based revenue relates to variable Funds
Under Management (FUM) fees, which are now received net of
fund expenses for all funds. Fund expenses include a combination of
fixed costs (principally outsourced fund accounting and
administration costs, registry fees and audit fees), and variable costs
proportionate to FUM (principally custodian fees, trustee fees,
index fees, settlement costs and third party manager fees).
Member based revenue includes fixed membership
administration fees and other member services.
Wealth Technologies (NZXWT)
Administration (funds under administration based) fees relates
to administration fees for the wealth management platforms and
are proportionate to Funds Under Administration (FUA).
Development fees/deferred income release relates to
customisation of the wealth management platform or data
migration effort specific to client requirements.
Regulation (NZ RegCo)
Issuer Regulation services revenue arises from time spent by NZ
RegCo reviewing listing and secondary capital raising documents,
requests for listing rule waivers and rulings, and other activity
subject to per hour recoveries.
Participant Compliance services revenue arises fromtime spent by
NZ RegCo reviewingparticipant applications and oversight activity
subject to direct recoveries.
Market Conduct revenue arises from cost awards for enforcement
matters referred to the NZ Markets Disciplinary Tribunal.
Surveillance revenue arises frommarket surveillance activities that
are recoverable from market participants.
42
Appendix 5: Historical Information
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
Financial Information2018
1
Restated
201920202021202220232024
3
Restated
2025
Operating Earnings
(ex. acquisition, integration and restructuring costs)
$28.6m$31.4m$34.4m$35.8m$36.6m$40.1m$47.9m$53.5m
Net Profit After Tax$13.7m$14.6m$17.6m$15.0m$14.2m$13.6m$25.0m$21.5m
Earnings per Share5.1 cps5.3 cps6.3 cps5.4 cps4.6 cps4.2 cps7.7 cps6.5 cps
Dividend per Share7.6 cps
2
6.1 cps6.1 cps6.1 cps6.1 cps6.1 cps6.1 cps6.3 cps
Net Cash Flow$5.0m$2.4m$5.0m$(3.7)m$(8.5)m$4.1m$4.2m$3.2m
Notes:
12018 financial results restated for the adoption of NZIFRS 16 and excludes discontinued activities
22018 dividend includes a special dividend of 1.5 cps (from the proceeds of disposals)
32024 financial results restated for a change in accounting policy for initial and subsequent listing recognition
Key Metrics20182019202020212022202320242025
Capital listed and raised$9.5b$18.7b$17.6b$19.8b$20.9b$14.2b$15.8b$14.4b
(plus $7.1b FCG)
Total value traded / cleared$38.2b$37.8b$53.7b$52.4b$37.4b$33.8b$41.5b$41.2b
Dairy derivative lots346k359k361k306k428k579k667k815k
Information Services revenue
(ex audit and back dated revenue)
$13.9m$13.8m$15.1m$16.2m$17.9m$18.8m$18.8m$20.2m
Funds Under Management$2.9b$4.0b$5.1b$6.5b$8.3b$11.0b$13.5b$15.8b
Funds Under Administration$2.0b$2.3b$7.2b$11.0b$10.0b$11.5b$16.2b$19.9b
43
Contact
MarkPeterson
Chief Executive Officer
mark.peterson@nzx.com
+64 21 390636
Graham Law
Chief Financial Officer
graham.law@nzx.com
+64 29 494 2223
NZX Full Year 2025 Results
44
Thank you
---
26 February 2026
NZX delivers strong result in mixed year for local market
•
Normalised operating earnings
1
of $53.5 million (excluding integration and restructure costs), up
11.6% year on year
•
Net profit after tax (NPAT) of $21.5 million, up 20.2% on a like-for-like basis
2
•
Final dividend of 3.3 cents per share, fully imputed. FY2025 dividends total 6.3 cents per share, fully
imputed
•
Smart – finished 2025 with $15.8 billion in funds under management – up 17.6% from 2024
•
NZX Wealth Technologies – finished 2025 with funds under administration of $19.9 billion – up 23.1%
from 2024. It onboarded 13 clients onto its platform bringing the total number of clients to 45.
•
FY2026 operating earnings guidance range is $53 million to $58.5 million
NZX today announced normalised Group operating earnings (EBITDA) of $53.5 million (excluding
integration and restructure costs) for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 – up 11.6%. Including
integration and restructure costs, reported Group operating earnings (EBITDA) for the same period were
$51.7 million – up 11%.
“NZX has produced a strong operating financial result despite a mixed year for the local market,” NZX
Board Chair John McMahon says.
“A strong first quarter in 2025 was offset by a weaker second quarter due to increased market uncertainty
and economic volatility caused by mounting geopolitical and trade tensions. This created market
uncertainty and affected asset prices.
“The second half of the year saw New Zealand short-term interest rates continue to fall, a drop in
international trade concerns, and a boost in market activity. The level of new issuance, alongside three
companies listing in the last quarter of the year, demonstrated the value of being NZX-listed in a capital
constrained environment. More companies are showing strong interest in coming to market and this
bodes well for 2026.
“At the same time, our funds manager Smart and our funds administration platform provider NZX Wealth
Technologies continue to go from strength to strength and are key components of the Group’s growth
strategy. Overall NZX has positive exposure to long-term structural growth tail winds from equity markets,
1
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on
disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, impairment loss on goodwill, change in fair value of contingent
consideration and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS.
The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and
disclosures by other entities.
2
"Like-for-like" net profit after tax excludes the 2024 accounting adjustments to the fair value of the QuayStreet
earnout provision, offset by a partial write down in the value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority. The
2024 financial information has also been restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to Financial Statements
Note 8 in NZX’s 2025 Annual Report). "Like-for-like" net profit after tax for 2024 was $17.9 million, with 2025 NPAT
up 20.2% year-on-year.
increases in the use of exchange-traded funds (ETFs), significant future growth in KiwiSaver fund
contributions, and a substantial future client pipeline in funds administration.
“This is a pleasing result demonstrating NZX’s strength as an exchange, funds manager and funds
technology platform helping companies, investors and the New Zealand economy get ahead.”
At a Group level, growth was reflected by operating revenue increasing 7.3% to $129.0 million. This was
driven by strong growth in Smart and NZX Wealth Technologies. It was partially offset by the impacts of
the Fonterra contract ceasing on its move to the Main Board, and no one-off audit and back-dated
revenue.
Operating expenses, excluding integration and restructure costs, were up 4.5% to $75.5 million. This was
driven by an inflation and exchange rate lift in IT costs and further investment into Smart and NZX Wealth
Technologies to accommodate business growth and capability.
NZX produced a net profit after tax (NPAT) of $21.5 million. This was up from $17.9 million in 2024, or
20.2% on like-for-like basis.
Earnings per share increased from 5.5 to 6.5 cents per share on a like-for-like basis in line with the strong
uplift in normalised NPAT. This demonstrates the benefits of operating leverage across the business.
Free cash flow also strengthened over the year, reflecting the earnings growth and normalised capex
levels. This improvement enhances NZX’s capacity to continue investing in strategic initiatives while
sustaining a reliable dividend profile for shareholders.
NZX Chief Executive Mark Peterson says alongside the Company delivering to its growth strategy, it has
been focused on streamlining government regulatory settings to reduce compliance and cost for
companies and stimulating market activity.
“This year we achieved significant success with the Government for changes we have been advocating
for, “ Mr Peterson says.
“On 12 June prospective financial information (PFI) for initial public offers in disclosure documents was
made optional and in October the Government announced it would make changes to climate-related
disclosures for NZX-listed companies.
“These adjustments are practical and sensible, and were strongly welcomed by the New Zealand issuers
and companies looking to list.”
The NZX/S&P 50 index (gross) produced a return of 3.3% for 2025. Capital listed and raised totalled
$21.5 billion – up 35.9% on 2024. This was primarily driven by listing activity in equities and retail debt. It
also includes the move of Fonterra from its own private market to the NZX main board. Total value traded
finished the year totalling $41.2 billion.
Mr Peterson says even through the challenging economic environment, the market was able to support
companies raising equity and debt capital. This highlights the value of being NZX-listed in a capital
constrained environment.
Large capital raises and placements included Contact Energy equity capital raise ($1.5 billion), Ryman
Healthcare placement and accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer ($1 billion), and ASB Group
debt listing ($1.2 billion).
Other NZX Group highlights for 2025 include:
▪ Dairy market derivatives partnership with Singapore Exchange (SGX Group) – saw continued
volume growth for lots traded, increasing 22.2% to 815,494. In December we achieved a record
for the number of lots traded (103,903) in a month
▪ NZX Dark – our anonymous mid-point trading venue completed its first full calendar year after
launching in June 2024. Highlights from 2025 included $1.7 billion of value traded delivering $4.6
million of price improvement back to the market, mid-point execution occurring in 126 distinct
securities, and 6.63% of on-market value was traded, well above our two-year target of 4%.
▪ Smart finished 2025 with $15.8 billion in funds under management – up 17.6% from 2024
▪ NZXWT onboarded 13 clients onto its platform bringing the total number of clients to 45. In
December NZXWT announced it would be extending the services it provides to Craigs
Investment Partners to include their custody and private wealth business. At the end of 2025,
NZXWT reached funds under administration of $19.9 billion – up 23.1% from 2024.
In market development, work is progressing well on the launch of the S&P/NZX20 Index Futures in H1
2026.
“New Zealand has not had an active equity futures product since the New Zealand Futures and Options
Exchange was sold to the Sydney Futures Exchange in 1991,” Mr Peterson says.
“It has been a significant product gap in the New Zealand market. In 2025 NZX accomplished key
milestones in relation to the launch of the S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures Contract. This included the
completion of testing of the connectivity of our systems with 12 participants who will trade the product. We
have the backing of global banks who will provide risk capital for market making. A liquid equity
derivatives market will help drive growth in the broader capital markets through additional cash market
trading, participation and data revenues.”
Mr Peterson says 2025 was the fourth year in a row where NZX maintained 100% uptime for its critical
applications with no market outages to the operating platform. This was a credit to the operational
management of the technology team. It also highlights the increased resilience, capability, and capacity of
NZX’s systems.
Likewise the performance of NZX in meeting its market operator obligations, including its technology and
relationships with the market, continued to be positively noted by the Financial Market Authority in its
latest annual review of NZX published in June 2025.
“Our results continue to demonstrate that NZX is a resilient and growing financial markets infrastructure
and services business that is creating further value to our shareholders,” Mr Peterson says.
Mr McMahon noted that Mr Peterson is set to depart NZX at the end of April 2026, following the annual
general meeting. He thanked him for his nearly 10 years as chief executive.
“Mark has been an exceptional leader of NZX and will leave a strong legacy. He has built strong
relationships in New Zealand and internationally, in particular the business partnerships we have with the
Singapore Stock Exchange and the European Energy Exchange, and scaling up Smart and NZX Wealth
Technologies, ” Mr McMahon says.
The NZX Board is conducting a search for a new chief executive. It is undertaking a deliberate and
thorough appointment process.
The NZX Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 3.3 cents per share (2024: 3.1 cents) to be
paid on 2 April 2026 to shareholders registered as at the record date of 19 March 2026. Total dividends
for the 2025 Financial Year are 6.3 cents per share fully imputed (2024: 6.1 cents).
NZX is forecasting full year 2026 operating earnings (excluding project costs) to be in the range of $53.0
million to $58.5 million. The guidance is subject to the usual market risks and outcomes.
ENDS
For further information, please contact:
Media and Investors – Simon Beattie – 021 702 694
About NZX
For 160 years we have been committed to connecting people, businesses and capital. Our vision is to be
a trusted New Zealand business delivering sustainable wealth, value and opportunities for all.
NZX operates New Zealand's equity, debt, funds, derivatives and energy markets. To support the growth
of our markets, we provide trading, clearing, settlement, depository and data services for our customers.
We also own Smart, New Zealand's only issuer of listed Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), KiwiSaver
provider SuperLife, and funds manager QuayStreet Asset Management. NZX Wealth Technologies is a
100%-owned subsidiary delivering rich online platform functionality to enable New Zealand investment
advisors and providers to efficiently manage, trade and administer their client's assets. Learn more about
us at: www.nzx.com
---
NZX Limited – Full Year 2025 Results and Annual Report
26 February 2026
Dear Shareholder,
On behalf of the NZX Board, I am pleased to share with you our 2025 Annual Report and Financial
Results, which were released today and are available to read online [here].
NZX today announced normalised Group operating earnings (EBITDA)
1
of $53.5 million (excluding
integration and restructure costs) for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 – up 11.6%. Including
integration and restructure costs, reported Group operating earnings (EBITDA) for the same period were
$51.7 million – up 11%.
NZX produced a net profit after tax (NPAT)
2
of $21.5 million. This was up from $17.9 million in 2024, or
20.2% on like-for-like basis.
Earnings per share increased from 5.5 to 6.5 cents per share on a like-for-like basis in line with the strong
uplift in normalised NPAT. This demonstrates the benefits of operating leverage across the business.
Free cash flow also strengthened over the year, reflecting the earnings growth and normalised capex
levels. This improvement enhances NZX’s capacity to continue investing in strategic initiatives while
providing an increase in the dividend for shareholders.
The NZX Board has declared an increased fully imputed final dividend of 3.3 cents per share (2024: 3.1
cents) to be paid on 2 April 2026 to shareholders registered as at the record date of 19 March 2026. Total
dividends for the 2025 Financial Year are 6.3 cents per share fully imputed (2024: 6.1 cents).
NZX has produced a strong financial result despite a mixed year for the local market. A strong first
quarter in 2025 was offset by a weaker second quarter due to increased market uncertainty and
economic volatility caused by mounting geopolitical and trade tensions. This created market uncertainty
and affected asset prices.
1
Operating earnings (EBITDA) is before net finance expense, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, loss on
disposal of assets, gain on lease modification, impairment loss on goodwill, change in fair value of contingent
consideration and share of profit of associate. Operating earnings is not a defined performance measure in NZ IFRS.
The Group's definition of operating earnings may not be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and
disclosures by other entities.
2
"Like-for-like" net profit after tax excludes the 2024 accounting adjustments to the fair value of the QuayStreet
earnout provision, offset by a partial write down in the value of the energy contracts with the Electricity Authority. The
2024 financial information has also been restated for a change in accounting policy (refer to Financial Statements
Note 8 in NZX’s 2025 Annual Report). "Like-for-like" net profit after tax for 2024 was $17.9 million, with 2025 NPAT
up 20.2% year-on-year.
The second half of the year saw New Zealand short-term interest rates continue to fall, a drop in
international trade concerns, and a boost in market activity. The level of new issuance, alongside three
companies listing in the last quarter of the year, demonstrated the value of being NZX-listed in a capital
constrained environment. More companies are showing strong interest in coming to market and this
bodes well for 2026.
At the same time, our funds manager Smart and our funds administration platform provider NZX Wealth
Technologies continue to go from strength to strength and are key components of the Group’s growth
strategy. Overall NZX has positive exposure to long-term structural growth tail winds from equity markets,
increases in the use of exchange-traded funds (ETFs), significant future growth in KiwiSaver fund
contributions, and a substantial future client pipeline in funds administration.
This is a pleasing result demonstrating NZX’s strength as an exchange, funds manager and funds
technology platform helping companies, investors and the New Zealand economy get ahead.
At a Group level, growth was reflected by operating revenue increasing 7.3% to $129.0 million. This was
driven by strong growth in Smart and NZX Wealth Technologies. It was partially offset by the impacts of
the Fonterra contract ceasing on its move to the Main Board, and no one-off audit and back-dated
revenue.
Operating expenses, excluding integration and restructure costs, were up 4.5% to $75.5 million. This was
driven by an inflation and exchange rate lift in IT costs and further investment into Smart and NZX Wealth
Technologies to accommodate business growth and capability.
Alongside the Company delivering to its growth strategy, it has been focused on streamlining government
regulatory settings to reduce compliance and cost for companies and stimulating market activity. This
year we achieved significant success with the Government for changes we have been advocating for.
On 12 June, prospective financial information (PFI) for initial public offers in disclosure documents was
made optional and in October the Government announced it would make changes to climate-related
disclosures for NZX-listed companies. These adjustments are practical and sensible, and were strongly
welcomed by the New Zealand issuers and companies looking to list.
The NZX/S&P 50 index (gross) produced a return of 3.3% for 2025. Capital listed and raised totalled
$21.5 billion – up 35.9% on 2024. This was primarily driven by listing activity in equities and retail debt. It
also includes the move of Fonterra from its own private market to the NZX main board. Total value traded
finished the year totalling $41.2 billion.
Even through the challenging economic environment, the market was able to support companies raising
equity and debt capital. This highlights the value of being NZX-listed in a capital constrained environment.
Large capital raises and placements included Contact Energy equity capital raise ($1.5 billion), Ryman
Healthcare placement and accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer ($1 billion), and ASB Group
debt listing ($1.2 billion).
Other NZX Group highlights for 2025 include:
▪ Dairy market derivatives partnership with Singapore Exchange (SGX Group) – saw continued
volume growth for lots traded, increasing 22.2% to 815,494. In December we achieved a record
for the number of lots traded (103,903) in a month
▪ NZX Dark – our anonymous mid-point trading venue completed its first full calendar year after
launching in June 2024. Highlights from 2025 included $1.7 billion of value traded delivering $4.6
million of price improvement back to the market, mid-point execution occurring in 126 distinct
securities, and 6.63% of on-market value was traded, well above our two-year target of 4%.
▪ Smart finished 2025 with $15.8 billion in funds under management – up 17.6% from 2024
▪ NZXWT onboarded 13 clients onto its platform bringing the total number of clients to 45. In
December NZXWT announced it would be extending the services it provides to Craigs
Investment Partners to include their custody and private wealth business. At the end of 2025,
NZXWT reached funds under administration of $19.9 billion – up 23.1% from 2024.
In market development, work is progressing well on the launch of the S&P/NZX20 Index Futures in H1
2026.
New Zealand has not had an active equity futures product since the New Zealand Futures and Options
Exchange was sold to the Sydney Futures Exchange in 1991.
Derivatives has been a significant product gap in the New Zealand market. In 2025 NZX accomplished
key milestones in relation to the upcoming launch of the S&P/NZX 20 Index Futures Contract. This
included the completion of testing of the connectivity of our systems with 12 participants who will trade the
product. We have the backing of global banks who will provide risk capital for market making. A liquid
equity derivatives market will help drive growth in the broader capital markets through additional cash
market trading, participation and data revenues.
2025 was the fourth year in a row where NZX maintained 100% uptime for its critical applications with no
market outages to the operating platform. This was a credit to the operational management of the
technology team. It also highlights the increased resilience, capability, and capacity of NZX’s systems.
Likewise the performance of NZX in meeting its market operator obligations, including its technology and
relationships with the market, continued to be positively noted by the Financial Market Authority in its
latest annual review of NZX published in June 2025.
Our results continue to demonstrate that NZX is a resilient and growing financial markets infrastructure
and services business that is creating further value to our shareholders.
Mark Peterson is set to depart NZX at the end of April 2026, following the annual general meeting. We
thank him for his nearly 10 years as Chief Executive.
Mark has been an exceptional leader of NZX and will leave a strong legacy. He has built strong
relationships in New Zealand and internationally, in particular the business partnerships we have with the
Singapore Stock Exchange and the European Energy Exchange, and scaling up Smart and NZX Wealth
Technologies.
The NZX Board is conducting a search for a new chief executive. It is undertaking a deliberate and
thorough appointment process.
NZX is forecasting full year 2026 operating earnings (excluding project costs) to be in the range of $53.0
million to $58.5 million. The guidance is subject to the usual market risks and outcomes.
John McMahon
NZX Chair
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.